#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:23 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:22 msgid "AUTHOR" msgstr "作者" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:24 msgid "Thomas Huriaux" msgstr "Thomas Huriaux" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:2 msgid "<date>2009-03-16</date>" msgstr "<date>2009-03-16</date>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refentrytitle> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:3 msgid "PO4A-DISPLAY-POD" msgstr "PO4A-DISPLAY-POD" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:5 msgid "2009-03-16" msgstr "2009-03-16" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:8 msgid "po4a-display-pod" msgstr "po4a-display-pod" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:9 msgid "display of a translated POD file according to a PO" msgstr "根据 PO 显示翻译的 POD 文件" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:10 msgid "" "<command>po4a-display-pod</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p </" "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable></arg> " "<arg choice='plain'><option>-m </option></arg> <arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable></arg> <arg " "choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o </option></arg><arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable></arg></arg>" msgstr "" "<command>po4a-display-pod</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p </" "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable></arg> " "<arg choice='plain'><option>-m </option></arg> <arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable></arg> <arg " "choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o </option></arg><arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable></arg></arg>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:12 msgid "" "Translators can use <command>po4a-display-pod</command> to see how their " "translation of a man page will be rendered to the end users, without " "recompiling and reinstalling the whole project. Most of the time, the POD " "file is only available in source package or embedded in Perl script." msgstr "" "翻译人员可以使用 <command>po4a display pod</command> 查看如何将其对手册页的翻" "译呈现给最终用户，而无需重新编译和重新安装整个项目。大多数情况下，POD 文件只" "在源包中可用或嵌入在 Perl 脚本中。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:16 msgid "<option>-m </option><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable>" msgstr "<option>-m </option><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:17 msgid "The original POD file used by po4a to generate PO file." msgstr "Po4a 用于生成 PO 文件的原始 POD 文件。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:21 msgid "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>" msgstr "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:23 msgid "Florentin Duneau" msgstr "Florentin Duneau" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:1 po4a-gettextize:1 po4a-normalize:1 po4a-translate:1 po4a-updatepo:1 #: msguntypot:1 doc/po4a.7.pod:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:1 msgid "NAME" msgstr "名称" #. type: textblock #: po4a:2 msgid "po4a - update both the PO files and translated documents in one shot" msgstr "po4a - 一次性更新 PO 文件和翻译文档" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:3 po4a-gettextize:3 po4a-normalize:3 po4a-translate:3 po4a-updatepo:3 #: msguntypot:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:24 msgid "SYNOPSIS" msgstr "简介" #. type: textblock #: po4a:4 msgid "B<po4a> [I<options>] I<config_file>" msgstr "B<po4a> [I<options>] I<config_file>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:6 po4a-gettextize:7 msgid "" "po4a (PO for anything) eases the maintenance of documentation translation " "using the classical gettext tools. The main feature of po4a is that it " "decouples the translation of content from its document structure. Please " "refer to the page L<po4a(7)> for a gentle introduction to this project." msgstr "" "po4a (PO 代表任何东西)使用经典的 gettext 工具简化了文档翻译的维护。po4a 的主" "要特点是将内容的翻译与文档结构分离。请参阅 L<po4a(7)> 页了解本项目的详细介" "绍。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When you run the B<po4a> program with both the master documents and the " #| "PO files, it produces the translated documents by injecting the content's " #| "translation (found in the PO files) into the structure of the original " #| "master document." msgid "" "Upon execution, B<po4a> parses all documentation files specified in its " "configuration file. It updates the PO files (containing the translation) to " "reflect any change to the documentation, and produce a translated " "documentation by injecting the content's translation (found in the PO files) " "into the structure of the original master document." msgstr "" "当您使用主文档和 PO 文件运行 B<po4a> 程序时，它通过将内容的翻译（在 PO 文件中" "找到）注入到原始主文档的结构中来生成翻译后的文档。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:8 msgid "" "At first, the PO files only contain the strings to translate from the " "original documentation. This file format allows the translators to manually " "provide a translation for each paragraph extracted by B<po4a>. If the " "documentation is modified after translation, B<po4a> marks the corresponding " "translations as \"fuzzy\" in the PO file to request a manual review by the " "translators. The translators can also provide so-called \"addendum\", that " "are extra content stating for example who did the translation and how to " "report bugs." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:9 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " master documents ---+---->-------->---------+\n" #| " (doc authoring) | |\n" #| " V (po4a executions) >-----+--> translations\n" #| " | | |\n" #| " existing PO files -->--> updated PO files >-+ |\n" #| " ^ | |\n" #| " | V |\n" #| " +----------<---------<-------+ ^\n" #| " (manual translation process) |\n" #| " |\n" #| " addendum -->--------------------------------------+\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " master documents ---+---->-------->---------+\n" " (doc authoring) | |\n" " V (po4a executions) >-----+--> translated\n" " | | | documents\n" " existing PO files -->--> updated PO files >-+ |\n" " ^ | |\n" " | V |\n" " +----------<---------<-------+ ^\n" " (manual translation process) |\n" " |\n" " addendum -->--------------------------------------+\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 主文档 ---+---->-------->---------+\n" " （文档编写） | |\n" " V （po4a 执行） >----+--> 翻译\n" " | | |\n" "现有的 PO 文件 -->--> 更新的 PO 文件> -+|\n" " ^ | |\n" " | V |\n" " +----<------<------+ ^\n" " （人工翻译过程） |\n" " |\n" "附录 -->--------------------------- ------+\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:10 msgid "" "The workflow of B<po4a> is asynchronous, as suited to open-source projects. " "The documentation writers author the master documents at their own pace. The " "translators review and update the translations in the PO files. The " "maintainers rerun B<po4a> on need, to reflect any change to the original " "documentation to the PO files, and to produce updated documentation " "translations, by injecting the latest translation into the latest document " "structure." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:11 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default, the translated documents are produced when at least 80% of " #| "their content is translated (see the I<--keep> option below). Discarding " #| "translations as soon as they are not 100% may be discouraging for the " #| "translators, while showing \"translations\" that are too incomplete may " #| "be troubling for the end users." msgid "" "By default, a given translated document is produced when at least 80% of its " "content is translated. The untranslated text is kept in the original " "language. The produced documentation thus mixes languages if the " "translation is not complete. You can change the 80% threshold with the I<--" "keep> option described below. Note however that discarding translations as " "soon as they are not 100% may be discouraging for the translators whose work " "will almost never be shown to the users, while showing \"translations\" that " "are too incomplete may be troubling for the end users." msgstr "" "默认情况下，翻译后的文档在至少 80% 的内容被翻译时生成（请参见下面的 I<--" "keep> 选项）。在翻译不到 100% 时立即丢弃译文可能会让译者感到沮丧，而显示太不" "完整的“译文”可能会让最终用户感到不安。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:12 msgid "" "Storing the translated documentation files in the version control system is " "probably a bad idea, since they are automatically generated. The precious " "files are the PO files, that contain the hard work of your fellow " "translators. Also, some people find it easier to interact with the " "translators through an online platform such as S<weblate>, but this is " "naturally fully optional." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:13 msgid "Quick start tutorial" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:14 msgid "" "Let's assume you maintain a program named B<foo> which has a man page F<man/" "foo.1> written in English (the bridge language in most open-source projects, " "but B<po4a> can be used from or to any language). Some times ago, someone " "provided a German translation named F<man/foo.de.1> and disappeared. This " "is a problem because you just got a bug report saying that your " "documentation contains a gravely misleading information that must be fixed " "in all languages, but you don't speak German so you can only modify the " "original, not the translation. Now, another contributor wants to contribute " "a translation to Japanese, a language that you don't master either." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:15 msgid "" "It is time to convert your documentation to B<po4a> to solve your " "documentation maintenance nightmares. You want to update the doc when " "needed, you want to ease the work of your fellow translators, and you want " "to ensure that your users never see any outdated and thus misleading " "documentation." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:16 msgid "" "The conversion includes two steps: setup the po4a infrastructure, and " "convert the previous German translation to salvage the previous work. This " "latter part is done using S<po4a-gettextize>, as follows. As detailed in the " "documentation of L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, this process rarely fully automatic, " "but once it's done, the B<de.po> file containing the German translation can " "be integrated in your po4a workflow." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:17 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " $ po4a-gettextize --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <translation.pot>\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " po4a-gettextize --format man --master foo.1 --localized foo.de.1 --po de.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " $ po4a-gettextize --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <translation.pot>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:18 msgid "" "Let's now configure po4a. With the appropriate file layout, your " "configuration file could be as simple as this:" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:19 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " [po_directory] man/po/\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " [po_directory] man/po4a/\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: man] man/foo.1 $lang:man/translated/foo.$lang.1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:21 msgid "" "It specifies that all PO files (containing the work of the translators) are " "in the F<man/po4a/> directory, and that you have only one master file, F<man/" "foo.1>. If you had several master files, you would have several lines " "similar to the second one. Each such line also specify where to write the " "corresponding translation files. Here, the German translation of F<man/" "foo.1> is in F<man/translated/foo.de.1>." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:22 msgid "" "The last thing we need to complete the configuration of B<po4a> is a POT " "file containing the template material that should be used to start a new " "translation. Simply create an empty file with the S<.pot> extension in the " "specified S<po_directory> (e.g. F<man/po4a/foo.pot>), and B<po4a> will fill " "it with the expected content." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgid "Here is a recap of the files in this setup:" msgstr "以下是这一点的图形表示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:24 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ├── man/\n" " │ ├── foo.1 <- The original man page, in English\n" " │ ├── po4a/\n" " │ │ ├── de.po <- The German PO translation, from gettextization\n" " │ │ └── foo.pot <- The POT template of future translations (empty at first)\n" " │ └── translated/ <- Directory where the translations will be created\n" " └── po4a.cfg <- The configuration file\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:25 msgid "" "Once setup, executing B<po4a> will parse your documentation, update the POT " "template file, use it to update the PO translation files, and use them to " "update the documentation translation files. All in one command:" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:26 #, no-wrap msgid "" " po4a --verbose po4a.cfg\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:27 msgid "" "This is it. B<po4a> is now fully configured. Once you've fixed your error in " "F<man/foo.1>, the offending paragraph in the German translation will be " "replaced by the fixed text in English. Mixing languages is not optimal, but " "it's the only way to remove errors in translations that you don't even " "understand, and ensure that the content presented to the users is never " "misleading. Updating the German translation is also much easier in the " "corresponding PO file, so the language mix-up may not last long. Finally, " "when a Japanese translator wants to contribute a new translation, she should " "rename the S<foo.pot> into S<ja.po> and complete the translation. Once you " "have this file, just drop it in F<man/po4a/po/>. A translated page will " "appear as F<man/translated/foo.ja.1> (provided that enough content is " "translated) when you run B<po4a> again." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: po4a:29 po4a-translate:28 msgid "B<-k>, B<--keep>" msgstr "B<-k>, B<--keep>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:30 msgid "" "Minimal threshold for translation percentage to keep (i.e. write) the " "resulting file (default: 80). I.e. by default, files have to be translated " "at least at 80% to be written on disk." msgstr "" "保留(即写入)结果文件的转换百分比的最小阈值(默认值：80)。即，默认情况下，文件" "必须至少翻译 80% 才能写入磁盘。" #. type: =item #: po4a:31 po4a-normalize:12 po4a-translate:30 msgid "B<-w>, B<--width>" msgstr "B<-w>, B<--width>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:32 po4a-normalize:13 po4a-translate:31 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Column at which we should wrap the resulting file." msgid "" "Column at which we should wrap the resulting file if the format supports it " "(default: 76)." msgstr "列，我们应该在该列换行生成的文件。" #. type: =item #: po4a:33 po4a-gettextize:26 po4a-normalize:22 po4a-translate:32 #: po4a-updatepo:28 msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:34 po4a-gettextize:27 po4a-normalize:23 po4a-translate:33 #: po4a-updatepo:29 msgid "Show a short help message." msgstr "显示简短的帮助消息。" #. type: =item #: po4a:35 po4a-gettextize:16 po4a-normalize:28 po4a-translate:18 #: po4a-updatepo:16 msgid "B<-M>, B<--master-charset>" msgstr "B<-M>, B<--master-charset>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:36 msgid "" "Charset of the files containing the documents to translate. Note that all " "master documents must use the same charset." msgstr "包含要翻译的文档的文件字符集。请注意，所有主文档必须使用相同的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a:37 po4a-gettextize:20 po4a-translate:22 msgid "B<-L>, B<--localized-charset>" msgstr "B<-L>, B<--localized-charset>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:38 msgid "" "Charset of the files containing the localized documents. Note that all " "translated documents will use the same charset." msgstr "包含本地化文档的文件字符集。请注意，所有翻译的文档将使用相同的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a:39 po4a-translate:14 msgid "B<-A>, B<--addendum-charset>" msgstr "B<-A>, B<--addendum-charset>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:40 po4a-translate:15 msgid "" "Charset of the addenda. Note that all the addenda should be in the same " "charset." msgstr "附录的字符集。请注意，所有附录应使用相同的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a:41 po4a-gettextize:32 po4a-normalize:34 po4a-translate:36 #: po4a-updatepo:32 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:42 po4a-gettextize:33 po4a-normalize:35 po4a-translate:37 #: po4a-updatepo:33 msgid "Display the version of the script and exit." msgstr "显示脚本的版本并退出。" #. type: =item #: po4a:43 po4a-gettextize:34 po4a-translate:38 po4a-updatepo:34 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:44 po4a-gettextize:35 po4a-translate:39 po4a-updatepo:35 msgid "Increase the verbosity of the program." msgstr "增加程序的冗长程度。" #. type: =item #: po4a:45 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:46 msgid "Decrease the verbosity of the program." msgstr "减少程序的冗长。" #. type: =item #: po4a:47 po4a-gettextize:36 po4a-translate:40 po4a-updatepo:36 msgid "B<-d>, B<--debug>" msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:48 po4a-gettextize:37 po4a-translate:41 po4a-updatepo:37 msgid "Output some debugging information." msgstr "输出一些调试信息。" #. type: =item #: po4a:49 po4a-gettextize:24 po4a-normalize:10 po4a-translate:26 #: po4a-updatepo:20 msgid "B<-o>, B<--option>" msgstr "B<-o>, B<--option>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:50 po4a-gettextize:25 po4a-normalize:11 po4a-translate:27 #: po4a-updatepo:21 msgid "" "Extra option(s) to pass to the format plugin. See the documentation of each " "plugin for more information about the valid options and their meanings. For " "example, you could pass '-o tablecells' to the AsciiDoc parser, while the " "text parser would accept '-o tabs=split'." msgstr "" "要传递给格式插件的额外选项。有关有效选项及其含义的更多信息，请参阅每个插件的" "文档。例如，您可以将 '-o tablecells' 传递给 AsciiDoc 解析器，而文本解析器将接" "受 '-o tabs=split'。" #. type: =item #: po4a:51 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:52 msgid "" "Always generate the POT and PO files, even if B<po4a> considers it is not " "necessary." msgstr "始终生成 POT 和 PO 文件，即使 B<po4a> 认为没有必要。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:53 msgid "" "The default behavior (when B<--force> is not specified) is the following:" msgstr "默认行为(未指定 B<--force> 时)如下：" #. type: textblock #: po4a:54 msgid "" "If the POT file already exists, it is regenerated if a master document or " "the configuration file is more recent (unless B<--no-update> is provided). " "The POT file is also written in a temporary document and B<po4a> verifies " "that the changes are really needed." msgstr "" "如果 POT 文件已经存在，则如果主文档或配置文件较新(除非提供了 B<--no-" "update>)，则会重新生成该文件。POT 文件也写入临时文档中，B<po4a> 验证是否确实" "需要更改。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:55 msgid "" "Also, a translation is regenerated only if its master document, the PO file, " "one of its addenda or the configuration file is more recent. To avoid " "trying to regenerate translations which do not pass the threshold test (see " "B<--keep>), a file with the F<.po4a-stamp> extension can be created (see B<--" "stamp>)." msgstr "" "此外，只有当翻译的主文档、PO 文件、其中一个附录或配置文件更新时，才会重新生成" "翻译。要避免尝试重新生成未通过阈值测试的翻译(请参见 B<--KEEP>)，可以创建扩展" "名为 F<.po4a-stamp> 的文件(请参见 B<--STAMP>)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:56 msgid "" "If a master document includes files, you should use the B<--force> flag " "because the modification time of these included files are not taken into " "account." msgstr "" "如果主文档包含文件，则应使用 B<--force> 标志，因为不会考虑这些包含文件的修改" "时间。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:57 msgid "" "The PO files are always re-generated based on the POT with B<msgmerge -U>." msgstr "PO 文件总是基于带有 B<msgmerge-U> 的 POT 重新生成。" #. type: =item #: po4a:58 msgid "B<--stamp>" msgstr "B<--stamp>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:59 msgid "" "Tells B<po4a> to create stamp files when a translation is not generated " "because it does not reach the threshold. These stamp files are named " "according to the expected translated document, with the F<.po4a-stamp> " "extension." msgstr "" "告诉 B<po4a> 在由于未达到阈值而未生成翻译时创建标记文件。这些戳记文件根据预期" "的翻译文档命名，扩展名为 F<.po4a stamp>。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:60 msgid "" "Note: This only activates the creation of the F<.po4a-stamp> files. The " "stamp files are always used if they exist, and they are removed with B<--rm-" "translations> or when the file is finally translated." msgstr "" "注意：这只会激活 F<.po4a stamp> 文件的创建。如果存在戳记文件，则始终使用它" "们，并使用 B<--rm translations> 或在最终翻译文件时删除它们。" #. type: =item #: po4a:61 msgid "B<--no-translations>" msgstr "B<--no-translations>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:62 msgid "" "Do not generate the translated documents, only update the POT and PO files." msgstr "不生成翻译的文档，只更新 POT 和 PO 文件。" #. type: =item #: po4a:63 msgid "B<--no-update>" msgstr "B<--no-update>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:64 msgid "" "Do not change the POT and PO files, only the translation may be updated." msgstr "不要更改 POT 和 PO 文件，只能更新翻译。" #. type: =item #: po4a:65 msgid "B<--keep-translations>" msgstr "B<--keep-translations>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:66 msgid "" "Keeps the existing translation files even if the translation doesn't meet " "the threshold specified by B<--keep>. This option does not create new " "translation files with few content, but it will save existing translations " "which decay because of changes to the master files." msgstr "" "即使翻译不符合 B<--keep> 指定的阈值，也保留现有翻译文件。此选项不会创建内容很" "少的新翻译文件，但会保存由于主文件更改而衰减的现有翻译。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:67 msgid "" "WARNING: This flag changes the po4a behavior in a rather drastic way: your " "translated files will not get updated at all until the translation improves. " "Only use this flag if you prefer shipping an outdated translated " "documentation rather than only shipping an accurate untranslated " "documentation." msgstr "" "警告：此标志以一种相当剧烈的方式更改 po4a 行为：在翻译改进之前，您的翻译文件" "根本不会更新。仅当您希望传送过时的翻译文档而不是只传送准确的未翻译文档时，才" "使用此标志。" #. type: =item #: po4a:68 msgid "B<--rm-translations>" msgstr "B<--rm-translations>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:69 msgid "Remove the translated files (implies B<--no-translations>)." msgstr "删除翻译的文件（意味着 B<--no translations>）。" #. type: =item #: po4a:70 msgid "B<--no-backups>" msgstr "B<--no-backups>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:71 po4a:73 msgid "" "This flag does nothing since 0.41, and may be removed in later releases." msgstr "此标志自 0.41 起不起作用，可能会在以后的版本中删除。" #. type: =item #: po4a:72 msgid "B<--rm-backups>" msgstr "B<--rm-backups>" #. type: =item #: po4a:74 msgid "B<--translate-only> I<translated-file>" msgstr "B<--translate-only> I<translated-file>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:75 msgid "" "Translate only the specified file. It may be useful to speed up processing " "if a configuration file contains a lot of files. Note that this option does " "not update PO and POT files. This option can be used multiple times." msgstr "" "只翻译指定的文件。如果配置文件包含大量文件，则加快处理速度可能会很有用。请注" "意，此选项不更新 PO 和 POT 文件。此选项可以多次使用。" #. type: =item #: po4a:76 msgid "B<--variable> I<var>B<=>I<value>" msgstr "B<--variable> I<var>B<=>I<value>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:77 msgid "" "Define a variable that will be expanded in the B<po4a> configuration file. " "Every occurrence of I<$(var)> will be replaced by I<value>. This option can " "be used multiple times." msgstr "" "定义将在 B<po4a> 配置文件中展开的变量。每次出现 I<$(var)> 都将被 I<value> 替" "换。此选项可以多次使用。" #. type: =item #: po4a:78 msgid "B<--srcdir> I<SRCDIR>" msgstr "B<--srcdir> I<SRCDIR>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:79 msgid "" "Set the base directory for all input documents specified in the B<po4a> " "configuration file." msgstr "为 B<po4a> 配置文件中指定的所有输入文档设置基本目录。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:80 msgid "" "If both I<destdir> and I<srcdir> are specified, input files are searched in " "the following directories, in order: I<destdir>, the current directory and " "I<srcdir>. Output files are written to I<destdir> if specified, or to the " "current directory." msgstr "" "如果同时指定了 I<destdir> 和 I<srcdir>，则按顺序在以下目录中搜索输入文件：" "I<destdir>、当前目录和 I<srcdir>。如果指定，输出文件将写入 I<destdir> 或当前" "目录。" #. type: =item #: po4a:81 msgid "B<--destdir> I<DESTDIR>" msgstr "B<--destdir> I<DESTDIR>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:82 msgid "" "Set the base directory for all the output documents specified in the B<po4a> " "configuration file (see B<--srcdir> above)." msgstr "" "为 B<po4a> 配置文件中指定的所有输出文档设置基本目录（请参见上面的 B<--" "srcdir>）。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:83 msgid "Options modifying the POT header" msgstr "选项修改 POT 头" #. type: =item #: po4a:84 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:14 msgid "B<--porefs> I<type>" msgstr "B<--porefs> I<type>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:85 po4a-translate:43 po4a-updatepo:39 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:15 msgid "" "Specify the reference format. Argument I<type> can be one of B<never> to not " "produce any reference, B<file> to only specify the file without the line " "number, B<counter> to replace line number by an increasing counter, and " "B<full> to include complete references (default: full)." msgstr "" "指定引用格式。参数 I<type> 可以是以下值之一：B<never> 不生成任何引用；" "B<file> 只指定不带行号的文件；B<counter> 用递增的计数器替换行号；B<full> 包含" "完整引用（默认值：full）。" #. type: =item #: po4a:86 po4a-updatepo:41 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:16 msgid "B<--wrap-po> B<no>|B<newlines>|I<number> (default: 76)" msgstr "B<--wrap-po> B<no>|B<newlines>|I<number> (default: 76)" #. type: textblock #: po4a:87 po4a-updatepo:42 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:17 msgid "" "Specify how the po file should be wrapped. This gives the choice between " "either files that are nicely wrapped but could lead to git conflicts, or " "files that are easier to handle automatically, but harder to read for humans." msgstr "" "指定应如何封装 po 文件。这使我们可以选择封装良好但可能导致 git 冲突的文件，或" "者更容易自动处理但对人类来说更难读取的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:88 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:18 msgid "" "Historically, the gettext suite has reformatted the po files at the 77th " "column for cosmetics. This option specifies the behavior of po4a. If set to " "a numerical value, po4a will wrap the po file after this column and after " "newlines in the content. If set to B<newlines>, po4a will only split the " "msgid and msgstr after newlines in the content. If set to B<no>, po4a will " "not wrap the po file at all. The reference comments are always wrapped by " "the gettext tools that we use internally." msgstr "" "从历史上看，gettext 套件已经重新格式化了第 77 列化妆品的 po 文件。此选项指定 " "po4a 的行为。如果设置为数值，po4a 将在内容中的此列和换行之后封装 po 文件。如" "果设置为 B<newlines>，po4a 将只在内容中的新行之后拆分 msgid 和 msgstr。如果设" "置为 B<no>，则 po4a 根本不会封装 po 文件。引用注释总是由我们在内部使用的 " "gettext 工具封装。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:89 po4a-updatepo:44 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:19 msgid "" "Note that this option has no impact on how the msgid and msgstr are wrapped, " "i.e. on how newlines are added to the content of these strings." msgstr "" "请注意，此选项对 msgid 和 msgstr 的封装方式（即，将换行符添加到这些字符串的内" "容中）没有影响。" #. type: =item #: po4a:90 msgid "B<--master-language>" msgstr "B<--master-language>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:91 msgid "" "Language of the source files containing the documents to translate. Note " "that all master documents must use the same language." msgstr "" "包含要翻译的文档的源文件的语言。请注意，所有主文档必须使用相同的语言。" #. type: =item #: po4a:92 po4a-gettextize:38 po4a-updatepo:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:20 msgid "B<--msgid-bugs-address> I<email@address>" msgstr "B<--msgid-bugs-address> I<email@address>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:93 po4a-gettextize:39 po4a-updatepo:46 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:21 msgid "" "Set the report address for msgid bugs. By default, the created POT files " "have no Report-Msgid-Bugs-To fields." msgstr "" "设置 msgid 错误的报告地址。默认情况下，创建的 POT 文件没有 Report-Msgid-" "Bugs-To 字段。" #. type: =item #: po4a:94 po4a-gettextize:40 po4a-updatepo:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:22 msgid "B<--copyright-holder> I<string>" msgstr "B<--copyright-holder> I<string>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:95 po4a-gettextize:41 po4a-updatepo:48 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:23 msgid "" "Set the copyright holder in the POT header. The default value is \"Free " "Software Foundation, Inc.\"" msgstr "在 POT 标头中设置版权所有者。默认值为“自由软件基金会有限公司。”" #. type: =item #: po4a:96 po4a-gettextize:42 po4a-updatepo:49 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:24 msgid "B<--package-name> I<string>" msgstr "B<--package-name> I<string>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:97 po4a-gettextize:43 po4a-updatepo:50 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:25 msgid "Set the package name for the POT header. The default is \"PACKAGE\"." msgstr "设置 POT 标头的程序包名称。默认值为“封装”。" #. type: =item #: po4a:98 po4a-gettextize:44 po4a-updatepo:51 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:26 msgid "B<--package-version> I<string>" msgstr "B<--package-version> I<string>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:99 po4a-gettextize:45 po4a-updatepo:52 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:27 msgid "Set the package version for the POT header. The default is \"VERSION\"." msgstr "设置 POT 标头的软件包版本。默认值为“版本”。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:100 msgid "Options to modify the PO files" msgstr "修改 PO 文件的选项" #. type: =item #: po4a:101 po4a-updatepo:26 msgid "B<--msgmerge-opt> I<options>" msgstr "B<--msgmerge-opt> I<options>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:102 po4a-updatepo:27 msgid "Extra options for B<msgmerge>(1)." msgstr "B<msgmerge>(1) 的其他选项。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:103 msgid "Note: B<$lang> will be extended to the current language." msgstr "注意： B<$lang> 将扩展为当前语言。" #. type: =item #: po4a:104 po4a-updatepo:22 msgid "B<--no-previous>" msgstr "B<--no-previous>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:105 msgid "" "This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to B<msgmerge>. " "This is necessary to support versions of B<gettext> earlier than 0.16." msgstr "" "此选项从传递给 B<msgmerge> 的选项中删除 B<-previous>。这是支持 0.16 之前的 " "B<gettext> 版本所必需的。" #. type: =item #: po4a:106 po4a-updatepo:24 msgid "B<--previous>" msgstr "B<--previous>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:107 po4a-updatepo:25 msgid "" "This option adds B<--previous> to the options passed to B<msgmerge>. It " "requires B<gettext> 0.16 or later, and is activated by default." msgstr "" "此选项 B<--previous> 添加到传递给 B<msgmerge> 的选项中。它需要 B<gettext> " "0.16 或更高版本，并在默认情况下激活。" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:108 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE" msgstr "配置文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a:109 msgid "" "po4a expects a configuration file as argument. This file must contain the " "following elements:" msgstr "po4a 需要一个配置文件作为参数。此文件必须包含以下元素：" #. type: textblock #: po4a:110 msgid "" "The path to the PO files and the list of languages existing in the project;" msgstr "PO 文件的路径和项目中存在的语言列表;" #. type: textblock #: po4a:111 msgid "" "Optionally, some global options and so-called configuration aliases that are " "used as templates to configure individual master files;" msgstr "可选地，一些全局选项和所谓的配置别名，用作配置单个主文件的模板;" #. type: textblock #: po4a:112 msgid "" "The list of each master file to translate, along with specific parameters." msgstr "要转换的每个主文件的列表以及特定参数。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:113 msgid "" "All lines contain a command between square braces, followed by its " "parameters. Comments begin with the char '#' and run until the end of the " "line. You can escape the end of line to spread a command over several lines." msgstr "" "所有行在方括号之间都包含一个命令，后跟其参数。注释以字符 '#' 开头，并一直运行" "到行的末尾。您可以转义行尾，将命令分散到几行。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:114 msgid "" "Some full examples are presented on this page, while other examples can be " "found in the C<t/cfg> directory of the source distribution." msgstr "" "本页提供了一些完整的示例，而其他示例可以在源代码分发的 C<t/cfg> 目录中找到。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:115 msgid "Finding the PO and POT files" msgstr "查找 PO 和 POT 文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a:116 msgid "" "The simplest solution is to explicitly give the path to POT and PO files, as " "follows:" msgstr "最简单的解决方案是显式指定 POT 和 PO 文件的路径，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot de:man/po/de.po fr:man/po/fr.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot de:man/po/de.po fr:man/po/fr.po\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:118 msgid "" "This specifies the path to the POT file first, and then the paths to the " "German and French PO files." msgstr "首先指定 POT 文件的路径，然后指定德语和法语 PO 文件的路径。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:119 msgid "" "The same information can be written as follows to reduce the risk of copy/" "paste errors:" msgstr "可以按如下方式写入相同的信息，以降低复制/粘贴错误的风险：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:120 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_langs] fr de\n" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot $lang:man/po/$lang.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_langs] fr de\n" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot $lang:man/po/$lang.po\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:121 msgid "" "The C<$lang> component is automatically expanded using the provided " "languages list, reducing the risk of copy/paste error when a new language is " "added." msgstr "" "C<$lang> 组件使用提供的语言列表自动展开，减少了添加新语言时出现复制/粘贴错误" "的风险。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:122 msgid "" "You can further compact the same information by only providing the path to " "the directory containing your translation project, as follows." msgstr "" "通过只提供包含翻译项目的目录的路径，您可以进一步压缩相同的信息，如下所示。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:123 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:124 msgid "" "The provided directory must contain a set of PO files, each named F<XX.po> " "with C<XX> the ISO 639-1 of the language used in this file. The directory " "must also contain a single POT file, with the C<.pot> file extension. For " "the first run, this file can be empty but it must exist (po4a cannot guess " "the name to use before the extension)." msgstr "" "提供的目录必须包含一组 PO 文件，每个文件名为 F<XX.po>，C<XX> 为此文件中使用的" "语言的 ISO 639-1。该目录还必须包含单个 POT 文件，文件扩展名为 C<.pot>。在第一" "次运行时，该文件可以是空的，但必须存在(po4a 无法猜测要在扩展名之前使用的名" "称)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:125 msgid "" "Note that you must choose only one between C<po_directory> and " "C<po4a_paths>. The first one (C<po_directory>) is more compact, further " "reduces the risk of copy/paste error, but forces you to use the expected " "project structure and file names. The second one (C<po4a_paths>), is more " "explicit, probably more readable, and advised when you setup your first " "project with po4a." msgstr "" "请注意，您只能在 C<po_文件夹> 和 C<po4a_路径> 之间选择一个。第一个 (C<po_文件" "夹>) 更紧凑，进一步降低了复制/粘贴错误的风险，但强制您使用预期的项目结构和文" "件名。第二个 (C<po4a_路径>) 更明确，可能更具可读性，建议您在使用 po4a 设置第" "一个项目时使用。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:126 msgid "Centralized or split PO files?" msgstr "集中或拆分 PO 文件？" #. type: textblock #: po4a:127 msgid "" "By default, po4a produces one single PO file per target language, containing " "the whole content of your translation project. As your project grows, the " "size of these files may become problematic. When using weblate, it is " "possible to specify priorities for each translation segment (i.e., msgid) so " "that the important ones get translated first. Still, some translation teams " "prefer to split the content in several files." msgstr "" "默认情况下，po4a 为每种目标语言生成一个 PO 文件，其中包含翻译项目的全部内容。" "随着项目的增长，这些文件的大小可能会出现问题。使用 weblate 时，可以为每个翻译" "段（即 msgid）指定优先级，以便首先翻译重要的部分。尽管如此，一些翻译团队还是" "喜欢将内容分成几个文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:128 msgid "" "To have one PO file per master file, you simply have to use the string " "C<$master> in the name of your PO files on the C<[po4a_paths]> line, as " "follows." msgstr "" "要在每个主文件中有一个 PO 文件，只需在 C<[po4a_paths]> 行上的 PO 文件名中使用" "字符串 C<$master>，如下所示。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:129 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_paths] doc/$master/$master.pot $lang:doc/$master/$lang.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_paths] doc/$master/$master.pot $lang:doc/$master/$lang.po\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With this line, po4a will produce separate POT and PO files for each " #| "document to translate. For example, if you have 3 documents and 5 " #| "languages, this will result in 3 POT files and 15 PO files. These files " #| "are named as specified on the C<po4a_paths> template, with C<$master> " #| "substituted to the basename of each document to translate. In case of " #| "name conflict, you can specify the POT file to use as follows, with the " #| "C<pot=> parameter. This feature can also be used to group several " #| "translated files into the same POT file." msgid "" "With this line, po4a will produce separate POT and PO files for each " "document to translate. For example, if you have 3 documents and 5 " "languages, this will result in 3 POT files and 15 PO files. These files are " "named as specified on the C<po4a_paths> template, with C<$master> " "substituted to the basename of each document to translate. In case of name " "conflict, you can specify the POT file to use as follows, with the C<pot=> " "parameter." msgstr "" "通过这一行，po4a 将为每个要翻译的文档生成单独的 POT 和 PO 文件。例如，如果您" "有 3 个文档和 5 种语言，这将产生 3 个 POT 文件和 15 个 PO 文件。这些文件按照 " "C<po4a_paths> 模板上的指定命名，并将 C<$master> 替换为要翻译的每个文档的基" "名。在名称冲突的情况下，您可以使用 C<pot=> 参数指定要使用的 POT 文件，如下所" "示。此功能还可用于将多个翻译后的文件组合到同一 POT 文件中。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:131 msgid "" "This feature can also be used to group several translated files into the " "same POT file. The following example only produces 2 POT files: F<l10n/po/" "foo.pot> (containing the material from F<foo/gui.xml>) and F<l10n/po/bar." "pot> (containing the material from both F<bar/gui.xml> and F<bar/cli.xml>)." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:132 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n" #| " [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n" #| " [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo-gui\n" #| " [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" #| " [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n" " [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n" " [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo\n" " [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" " [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n" " [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n" " [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo-gui\n" " [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" " [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:133 msgid "" "In split mode, B<po4a> builds a temporary compendium during the PO update, " "to share the translations between all the PO files. If two PO files have " "different translations for the same string, B<po4a> will mark this string as " "fuzzy and will submit both translations in all the PO files containing this " "string. When unfuzzied by the translator, the translation is automatically " "used in every PO files." msgstr "" "在 split 模式下，B<po4a> 在 PO 更新期间构建一个临时概要，以便在所有 PO 文件之" "间共享翻译。如果两个 PO 文件对同一字符串有不同的翻译，B<po4a> 将此字符串标记" "为 fuzzy，并将在包含此字符串的所有 PO 文件中提交两个翻译。当翻译人员解除困惑" "时，翻译将自动用于每个 PO 文件中。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:134 msgid "Specifying the documents to translate" msgstr "指定要翻译的文档" #. type: textblock #: po4a:135 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You must also list the documents that should be translated. For each " #| "master file, you must specify the format parser to use, the location of " #| "the translated document to produce, and optionally some configuration. " #| "Here is an example:" msgid "" "You must also list the documents that should be translated. For each master " "file, you must specify the format parser to use, the location of the " "translated document to produce, and optionally some configuration. File " "names should be quoted or escaped if they contain spaces. Here is an example:" msgstr "" "您还必须列出应翻译的文档。对于每个主文件，必须指定要使用的格式解析器、要生成" "的转换文档的位置，以及一些可选的配置。下面是一个例子：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:136 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml fr:doc/fr/mon_truc.sgml \\\n" #| " de:doc/de/mein_kram.sgml\n" #| " [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n" #| " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n" #| " de:doc/de/script.xml\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " [type: sgml] \"doc/my stuff.sgml\" \"fr:doc/fr/mon truc.sgml\" de:doc/de/mein\\ kram.sgml\n" " [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n" " de:doc/de/script.xml\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml fr:doc/fr/mon_truc.sgml \\\n" " de:doc/de/mein_kram.sgml\n" " [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n" " de:doc/de/script.xml\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:137 msgid "" "But again, these complex lines are difficult to read and modify, e.g. when " "adding a new language. It is much simpler to reorganize things using the " "C<$lang> template as follows:" msgstr "" "但同样，这些复杂的行很难阅读和修改，例如在添加新语言时。使用 C<$lang> 模板重" "新组织内容要简单得多，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml $lang:doc/$lang/my_stuff.sgml\n" " [type: man] script.1 $lang:po/$lang/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml $lang:doc/$lang/script.xml\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml $lang:doc/$lang/my_stuff.sgml\n" " [type: man] script.1 $lang:po/$lang/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml $lang:doc/$lang/script.xml\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:139 msgid "Specifying options" msgstr "指定选项" #. type: textblock #: po4a:140 msgid "" "There is two types of options: I<po4a options> are default values to the " "po4a command line options while I<format options> are used to change the " "behavior of the format parsers. As a I<po4a options>, you could for example " "specify in your configuration file that the default value of the B<--keep> " "command line parameter is 50% instead of 80%. I<Format options> are " "documented on the specific page of each parsing module, e.g. L<Locale::Po4a::" "Xml(3pm)>. You could for example pass B<nostrip> to the XML parser to not " "strip the spaces around the extracted strings." msgstr "" "有两种类型的选项：I<po4a options> 是 po4a 命令行选项的默认值，而 I<format " "options> 用于更改格式分析器的行为。作为 I<po4a options>，您可以在配置文件中指" "定 B<--keep> 命令行参数的默认值是 50%，而不是 80%。I<Format options> 记录在每" "个解析模块的特定页面上，例如 L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>。例如，您可以将 " "B<nostrip> 传递给 XML 解析器，以不除去提取的字符串周围的空格。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:141 msgid "" "You can pass these options for a specific master file, or even for a " "specific translation of that file, using C<opt:> and C<opt_XX:> for the " "C<XX> language. In the following example, the B<nostrip> option is passed " "to the XML parser (for all languages), while the threshold will be reduced " "to 0% for the French translation (that is thus always kept)." msgstr "" "您可以为特定主文件传递这些选项，甚至为该文件的特定翻译传递这些选项，使用 " "C<opt:> 和 C<opt_XX:> 作为 C<XX> 语言。在下面的示例中， B<nostrip> 选项被传递" "给 XML 解析器（对于所有语言），而对于法语翻译，阈值将降低到 0%（因此始终保" "持）。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:142 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:143 msgid "" "In any case, these configuration chunks must be located at the end of the " "line. The declaration of files must come first, then the addendum if any " "(see below), and then only the options. The grouping of configuration chunks " "is not very important, since elements are internally concatenated as " "strings. The following examples are all equivalent:" msgstr "" "无论如何，这些配置块必须位于行的末尾。必须先声明文件，然后才是附录（如有）" "（见下文），然后才是选项。配置块的分组不是很重要，因为元素在内部连接为字符" "串。以下示例都是等效的：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:144 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20\" opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20 -o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:--keep opt:20 opt:-o opt:nostrip opt_fr:--keep opt_fr:0\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20\" opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20 -o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:--keep opt:20 opt:-o opt:nostrip opt_fr:--keep opt_fr:0\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:145 msgid "" "Note that language specific options are not used when building the POT file. " "It is for example impossible to pass B<nostrip> to the parser only when " "building the French translation, because the same POT file is used to update " "every languages. So the only options that can be language-specific are the " "ones that are used when producing the translation, as the C<--keep> option." msgstr "" "请注意，生成 POT 文件时不使用特定于语言的选项。例如，仅在构建法语翻译时，不可" "能将 B<nostrip> 传递给解析器，因为同一 POT 文件用于更新每种语言。因此，唯一可" "以特定于语言的选项是生成翻译时使用的选项，如 C<--keep> 选项。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:146 msgid "Configuration aliases" msgstr "配置别名" #. type: textblock #: po4a:147 msgid "" "To pass the same options to several files, the best is to define a type " "alias as follows. In the next example, C<--keep 0> is passed to every " "Italian translation using this C<test> type, that is an extension of the " "C<man> type." msgstr "" "要将相同的选项传递给多个文件，最好的方法是按如下所示定义类型别名。在下一个示" "例中，使用此 C<test> 类型（即 C<man> 类型的扩展）将 C<--keep 0> 传递给每个意" "大利语翻译。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:148 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_alias:test] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: test] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_alias:test] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: test] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:149 msgid "" "You can also extend an existing type reusing the same name for the alias as " "follows. This is not interpreted as as an erroneous recursive definition." msgstr "" "还可以对现有类型进行扩展，对别名使用相同的名称，如下所示。这不是一个错误的递" "归定义。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:150 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: man] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: man] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:151 msgid "Global default options" msgstr "全局默认选项" #. type: textblock #: po4a:152 msgid "" "You can also use C<[options]> lines to define options that must be used for " "all files, regardless of their type." msgstr "" "您还可以使用 C<[options]> 行定义必须用于所有文件的选项，无论其类型如何。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:153 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [options] --keep 20 --option nostrip\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [options] --keep 20 --option nostrip\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:154 msgid "" "As with the command line options, you can abbreviate the parameters passed " "in the configuration file:" msgstr "与命令行选项一样，您可以缩写配置文件中传递的参数：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:155 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [options] -k 20 -o nostrip\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [options] -k 20 -o nostrip\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:156 msgid "Option priorities" msgstr "选项优先权" #. type: textblock #: po4a:157 msgid "" "The options of every sources are concatenated, ensuring that the default " "values can easily be overridden by more specific options. The order is as " "follows:" msgstr "" "每个源的选项都是串联的，确保默认值可以很容易地被更具体的选项覆盖。顺序如下：" #. type: textblock #: po4a:158 msgid "" "C<[options]> lines provide default values that can be overridden by any " "other source." msgstr "C<[options]> 行提供可由任何其他源重写的默认值。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:159 msgid "" "Type aliases are then used. Language specific settings override the ones " "applicable to all languages." msgstr "然后使用类型别名。特定于语言的设置将覆盖适用于所有语言的设置。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:160 msgid "" "Settings that are specific to a given master file override both the default " "ones and the ones coming from the type alias. In this case also, language " "specific settings override the global ones." msgstr "" "特定于给定主文件的设置将同时覆盖默认设置和来自类型别名的设置。在这种情况下，" "特定于语言的设置也会覆盖全局设置。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:161 msgid "" "Finally, parameters provided on the B<po4a> command line override any " "settings from the configuration file." msgstr "最后，B<po4a> 命令行上提供的参数会覆盖配置文件中的任何设置。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:162 msgid "Example" msgstr "示例" #. type: textblock #: po4a:163 msgid "Here is an example showing how to quote the spaces and quotes:" msgstr "下面是一个示例，演示如何引用空格和引号：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" " \n" msgstr "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" " \n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [options] --master-charset UTF-8\n" " \n" msgstr "" " [options] --master-charset UTF-8\n" " \n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt:\"-o \\\"mdoc=NAME,SEE ALSO\\\"\"\n" " [type:man] t-05-config/test02_man.1 $lang:tmp/test02_man.$lang.1 \\\n" " opt:\"-k 75\" opt_it:\"-L UTF-8\" opt_fr:--verbose\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt:\"-o \\\"mdoc=NAME,SEE ALSO\\\"\"\n" " [type:man] t-05-config/test02_man.1 $lang:tmp/test02_man.$lang.1 \\\n" " opt:\"-k 75\" opt_it:\"-L UTF-8\" opt_fr:--verbose\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:167 msgid "Addendum: Adding extra content in the translation" msgstr "附录：在译文中增加额外内容" #. type: textblock #: po4a:168 msgid "" "If you want to add an extra section to the translation, for example to give " "credit to the translator, then you need to define an addendum to the line " "defining your master file. Please refer to the page L<po4a(7)> for more " "details on the syntax of addendum files." msgstr "" "如果您想在翻译中添加一个额外的部分，例如给翻译人员加学分，那么您需要在定义主" "文件的行中定义一个附录。有关附录文件语法的更多详细信息，请参阅第 L<po4a(7)> " "页。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:169 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 \\\n" " add_fr:doc/l10n/script.fr.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 \\\n" " add_fr:doc/l10n/script.fr.add\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:170 msgid "You can also use language templates as follow:" msgstr "您还可以使用语言模板，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:171 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 \\\n" " add_$lang:doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 \\\n" " add_$lang:doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:172 msgid "If an addendum fails to apply, the translation is discarded." msgstr "如果补遗不适用，翻译将被丢弃。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:173 msgid "Modifiers for the addendum declaration" msgstr "附录声明的修饰符" #. type: textblock #: po4a:174 msgid "" "Addendum modifiers can simplify the configuration file in the case where not " "all languages provide an addendum, or when the list of addenda changes from " "one language to the other. The modifier is a single char located before the " "file name." msgstr "" "在并非所有语言都提供附录的情况下，或者当附录列表从一种语言更改为另一种语言" "时，附录修饰符可以简化配置文件。修饰符是位于文件名之前的单个字符。" #. type: =item #: po4a:175 msgid "B<?>" msgstr "B<?>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:176 msgid "Include I<addendum_path> if this file does exist, otherwise do nothing." msgstr "如果此文件确实存在，请包括 I<appendment_path>，否则不执行任何操作。" #. type: =item #: po4a:177 msgid "B<@>" msgstr "B<@>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:178 msgid "" "I<addendum_path> is not a regular addendum but a file containing a list of " "addenda, one by line. Each addendum may be preceded by modifiers." msgstr "" "I<addendment_path> 不是常规的附录，而是一个逐行包含附录列表的文件。每个附录前" "面都可以加上修饰符。" #. type: =item #: po4a:179 msgid "B<!>" msgstr "B<!>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:180 msgid "" "I<addendum_path> is discarded, it is not loaded and will not be loaded by " "any further addendum specification." msgstr "" "I<appendment_path> 被丢弃，它不会被加载，也不会被任何进一步的附录规范加载。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:181 msgid "" "The following includes an addendum in any language, but if only it exists. " "No error is reported if the addendum does not exist." msgstr "" "以下内容包括任何语言的附录，但前提是该附录存在。如果附录不存在，则不会报告任" "何错误。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:?doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:?doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:183 msgid "The following includes a list of addendum for every language:" msgstr "以下为每种语言的附录清单：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:184 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:@doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:@doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:185 msgid "Filtering the translated strings" msgstr "过滤翻译的字符串" #. type: textblock #: po4a:186 msgid "" "Sometimes, you want to hide some strings from the translation process. To " "that extend, you can give a C<pot_in> parameter to your master file to " "specify the name of the file to use instead of the real master when building " "the POT file. Here is an example:" msgstr "" "有时候，你想在翻译过程中隐藏一些字符串。为此，可以为主文件指定一个 C<pot_in> " "参数，以指定在生成 pot 文件时要使用的文件名，而不是实际的主文件名。下面是一个" "例子：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:187 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type:docbook] book.xml \\\n" " pot_in:book-filtered.xml \\\n" " $lang:book.$lang.xml\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type:docbook] book.xml \\\n" " pot_in:book-filtered.xml \\\n" " $lang:book.$lang.xml\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:188 msgid "" "With this setting, the strings to translate will be extracted from the " "F<book-filtered.xml> (that must be produced before calling B<po4a>) while " "the translated files will be built from F<book.xml>. As a result, any string " "that is part of F<book.xml> but not in F<book-filtered.xml> will not be " "included in the PO files, preventing the translators from providing a " "translation for them. So these strings will be left unmodified when " "producing the translated documents. This naturally decreases the level of " "translation, so you may need the C<--keep> option to ensure that the " "document is produced anyway." msgstr "" "使用此设置，将从 F<book-filtered.xml> （必须在调用 B<po4a> 之前生成），而转换" "后的文件将从生成 F<book.xml> 文件. 因此，任何属于F的字符串 F<book.xml> 文件但" "不在 F<book-filtered.xml> 不会包含在 PO 文件中，从而阻止翻译人员为其提供翻" "译。因此，在生成翻译的文档时，这些字符串将保持不变。这自然会降低翻译的级别，" "因此您可能需要使用 C<--keep> 选项来确保无论如何都会生成文档。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:190 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, " #| "L<po4a(7)>" msgid "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a(7)>." msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:191 po4a-gettextize:78 po4a-normalize:38 po4a-translate:52 #: po4a-updatepo:55 msguntypot:32 doc/po4a.7.pod:196 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:56 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:11 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:28 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:14 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:17 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:109 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:93 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:23 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:16 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:53 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:120 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:158 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:17 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:189 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:17 msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "作者" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:192 po4a-gettextize:79 po4a-normalize:39 po4a-translate:53 #: po4a-updatepo:56 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:110 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" #| " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" #| " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:193 po4a-gettextize:80 po4a-normalize:40 po4a-translate:54 #: po4a-updatepo:57 msguntypot:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:58 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:30 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:19 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:12 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:12 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:111 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:25 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:58 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:122 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:18 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:13 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:19 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:191 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:19 msgid "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE" msgstr "版权和许可" #. type: textblock #: po4a:194 po4a-gettextize:81 po4a-normalize:41 po4a-translate:55 #: po4a-updatepo:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copyright 2002-2020 by SPI, inc." msgid "Copyright 2002-2023 by SPI, inc." msgstr "版权所有 2002-2020，SPI，Inc." #. type: textblock #: po4a:195 po4a-gettextize:82 po4a-normalize:42 po4a-translate:56 #: po4a-updatepo:59 msguntypot:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:60 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:32 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:18 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:21 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:20 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:113 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:27 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:60 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:124 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:20 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:50 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:21 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:193 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:21 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it " #| "under the terms of GPL (see the COPYING file)." msgid "" "This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of GPL v2.0 or later (see the COPYING file)." msgstr "" "此程序是自由软件；您可以根据 GPL 条款重新分发和/或修改它(请参阅复制文件)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:2 msgid "" "po4a-gettextize - convert an original file (and its translation) to a PO file" msgstr "po4a-gettexalize-convert 将原始文件(及其翻译)转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:4 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> [B<-l> I<XX.doc>] B<-" #| "p> I<XX.po>" msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-l> I<XX.doc> B<-p> " "I<XX.po>" msgstr "" "B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> [B<-l> I<XX.doc>] B<-p> " "I<XX.po>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:5 msgid "(I<XX.po> is the output, all others are inputs)" msgstr "(I<XX.po> is the output, all others are inputs)" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:8 msgid "" "The B<po4a-gettextize> script helps you converting your previously existing " "translations into a po4a-based workflow. This is only to be done once to " "salvage an existing translation while converting to po4a, not on a regular " "basis after the conversion of your project. This tedious process is " "explained in details in Section 'Converting a manual translation to po4a' " "below." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:9 msgid "" "You must provide both a master file (e.g., the source in English) and an " "existing translated file (e.g., a previous translation attempt without " "po4a). If you provide more than one master or translation files, they will " "be used in sequence, but it may be easier to gettextize each page or chapter " "separately and then use B<msgmerge> to merge all produced PO files. As you " "wish." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If the master document has non-ASCII characters, the new generated PO " #| "file will be in UTF-8. Else (if the master document is completely in " #| "ASCII), the generated PO will use the encoding of the translated input " #| "document, or UTF-8 if no translated document is provided." msgid "" "If the master document has non-ASCII characters, the new generated PO file " "will be in UTF-8. If the master document is completely in ASCII, the " "generated PO will use the encoding of the translated input document." msgstr "" "如果主文档具有非 ASCII 字符，则新生成的 PO 文件将表示为 UTF-8。否则（如果主文" "档完全在 ASCII 中），生成的 PO 将使用已翻译输入文档的编码，如果未提供翻译文" "档，则使用 UTF-8。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:12 po4a-normalize:26 po4a-translate:10 po4a-updatepo:12 msgid "B<-f>, B<--format>" msgstr "B<-f>, B<--format>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:13 po4a-normalize:27 po4a-translate:11 po4a-updatepo:13 msgid "" "Format of the documentation you want to handle. Use the B<--help-format> " "option to see the list of available formats." msgstr "" "要处理的文档的格式。使用 B<--help-format> 帮助格式选项查看可用格式的列表。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:14 po4a-translate:16 po4a-updatepo:14 msgid "B<-m>, B<--master>" msgstr "B<-m>, B<--master>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:15 msgid "" "File containing the master document to translate. You can use this option " "multiple times if you want to gettextize multiple documents." msgstr "" "包含要翻译的主文档的文件。如果要对多个文档进行文本化，可以多次使用此选项。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:17 po4a-normalize:29 po4a-translate:19 msgid "Charset of the file containing the document to translate." msgstr "包含要翻译的文档的文件的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:18 po4a-normalize:30 po4a-translate:20 msgid "B<-l>, B<--localized>" msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localized>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:19 msgid "" "File containing the localized (translated) document. If you provided " "multiple master files, you may wish to provide multiple localized file by " "using this option more than once." msgstr "" "包含本地化（已翻译）文档的文件。如果提供了多个主文件，您可能希望多次使用此选" "项提供多个本地化文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:21 po4a-translate:23 msgid "Charset of the file containing the localized document." msgstr "包含本地化文档的文件的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:22 po4a-translate:24 po4a-updatepo:18 msgid "B<-p>, B<--po>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--po>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:23 msgid "" "File where the message catalog should be written. If not given, the message " "catalog will be written to the standard output." msgstr "消息目录应写入的文件。如果未给出，消息目录将写入标准输出。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:28 po4a-normalize:24 po4a-translate:34 po4a-updatepo:30 msgid "B<--help-format>" msgstr "B<--help-format>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:29 po4a-normalize:25 po4a-translate:35 po4a-updatepo:31 msgid "List the documentation formats understood by po4a." msgstr "列出 po4a 理解的文档格式。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:30 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B<-k>, B<--keep>" msgid "B<-k> B<--keep-temps>" msgstr "B<-k>, B<--keep>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:31 msgid "" "Keep the temporary master and localized POT files built before merging. " "This can be useful to understand why these files get desynchronized, leading " "to gettextization problems." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:46 msgid "Converting a manual translation to po4a" msgstr "将手动翻译转换为 po4a" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "B<po4a-gettextize> will try to extract the content of any provided " #| "translation file, and use this content as msgstr in the produced PO file. " #| "Be warned that this process is very fragile: the Nth string of the " #| "translated file is supposed to be the translation of the Nth string in " #| "the original. This will naturally not work unless both files share " #| "exactly the same structure." msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> synchronizes the master and localized files to extract " "their content into a PO file. The content of the master file gives the " "B<msgid> while the content of the localized file gives the B<msgstr>. This " "process is somewhat fragile: the Nth string of the translated file is " "supposed to be the translation of the Nth string in the original." msgstr "" "B<po4a-gettextize>将尝试提取任何提供的翻译文件的内容，并将此内容用作生成 PO " "文件中的 msgstr。请注意，此过程非常脆弱：翻译文件的第 N 字符串应该是原始第 N " "字符串的翻译。除非两个文件共享完全相同的结构，否则这自然不起作用。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:48 msgid "" "Gettextization works best if you manage to retrieve the exact version of the " "original document that was used for translation. Even so, you may need to " "fiddle with both master and localized files to align their structure if it " "was changed by the original translator, so working on files' copies is " "advised." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Internally, each po4a parser reports the syntactical type of each " #| "extracted strings. This is how desynchronization are detected during the " #| "gettextization. For example, if the files have the following structure, " #| "it is very unlikely that the 4th string in translation (of type " #| "'chapter') is the translation of the 4th string in original (of type " #| "'paragraph'). It is more likely that a new paragraph was added to the " #| "original, or that two original paragraphs were merged together in the " #| "translation." msgid "" "Internally, each po4a parser reports the syntactical type of each extracted " "strings. This is how desynchronization are detected during the " "gettextization. In the example depicted below, it is very unlikely that the " "4th string in translation (of type 'chapter') is the translation of the 4th " "string in original (of type 'paragraph'). It is more likely that a new " "paragraph was added to the original, or that two original paragraphs were " "merged together in the translation." msgstr "" "在内部，每个 po4a 解析器报告每个提取字符串的语法类型。这是在 gettexted 期间检" "测到非同步化的。例如，如果文件具有以下结构，则翻译中的第 4 个字符串（类型为" "\"章节\"）不太可能是原始第 4 个字符串（类型为\"段落\"）的翻译。更有可能是将新" "段落添加到原稿中，或者两个原始段落在翻译中合并在一起。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a-gettextize:50 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Original Translation\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Original Translation\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a-gettextize:51 #, no-wrap msgid "" " chapter chapter\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph chapter\n" " chapter paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" "\n" msgstr "" " chapter chapter\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph chapter\n" " chapter paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:52 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "B<po4a-gettextize> will verbosely diagnose any detected structure " #| "desynchronization. When this happens, you should manually edit the files " #| "(this probably requires that you have some notions of the target " #| "language). You must add fake paragraphs or remove some content in one of " #| "the documents (or both) to fix the reported disparities, until the " #| "structure of both documents perfectly match. Some tricks are given in the " #| "next section." msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> will verbosely diagnose any structure desynchronization. " "When this happens, you should manually edit the files to add fake paragraphs " "or remove some content here and there until the structure of both files " "actually match. Some tricks are given below to salvage the most of the " "existing translation while doing so." msgstr "" "B<po4a-gettextize>详细诊断任何检测到的结构不同步。发生这种情况时，应手动编辑" "文件（这可能需要您具有目标语言的一些概念）。您必须在其中一个文档中添加假段落" "或删除某些内容（或两者）以修复所报告的差异，直到两个文档的结构完全匹配。下一" "节将介绍一些技巧。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:53 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you are lucky enough to have a a perfect match in the file structures, " #| "building a correct PO file is a matter of seconds. Otherwise, you will " #| "soon understand why this process has such an ugly name :) But remember " #| "that this grunt work is the price to pay to get the comfort of po4a " #| "afterward. Once converted, the synchronization between master documents " #| "and translations will always be fully automatic." msgid "" "If you are lucky enough to have a perfect match in the file structures out " "of the box, building a correct PO file is a matter of seconds. Otherwise, " "you will soon understand why this process has such an ugly name :) Even so, " "gettextization often remains faster than translating everything again. I " "gettextized the French translation of the whole Perl documentation in one " "day despite the I<many> synchronization issues. Given the amount of text " "(2MB of original text), restarting the translation without first salvaging " "the old translations would have required several months of work. In " "addition, this grunt work is the price to pay to get the comfort of po4a. " "Once converted, the synchronization between master documents and " "translations will always be fully automatic." msgstr "" "如果您足够幸运，在文件结构中拥有完美的匹配，则构建正确的 PO 文件需要几秒钟。" "否则，你很快就会明白为什么这个过程有这样一个丑陋的名称:)但请记住，这个咕咕的" "工作是代价，以获得舒适的po4a之后。转换后，主文档和翻译之间的同步将始终完全自" "动。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:54 msgid "" "After a successful gettextization, the produced documents should be manually " "checked for undetected disparities and silent errors, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: =head3 #: po4a-gettextize:55 msgid "Hints and tricks for the gettextization process" msgstr "获取文本化过程的提示和技巧" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When this happens, the whole game comes down to the alignment of these " #| "damn files' structures again through manual edits. B<po4a-gettextize> is " #| "rather verbose about what went wrong when it happens. It reports the " #| "strings that don't match, their positions in the text, and the type of " #| "each of them. Moreover, the PO file generated so far is dumped as " #| "F<gettextization.failed.po> for further inspection." msgid "" "The gettextization stops as soon as a desynchronization is detected. When " "this happens, you need to edit the files as much as needed to re-align the " "files' structures. B<po4a-gettextize> is rather verbose when things go " "wrong. It reports the strings that don't match, their positions in the text, " "and the type of each of them. Moreover, the PO file generated so far is " "dumped as F<gettextization.failed.po> for further inspection." msgstr "" "当这种情况发生时，整个游戏归结到这些该死的文件的结构再次通过手动编辑对齐。" "B<po4a-gettextize>关于它发生时哪里出了问题相当冗长。它报告不匹配的字符串、它" "们在文本中的位置以及每个字符串的类型。此外，到目前为止生成的 PO 文件将转储为 " "F<gettextization.failed.po> ，以便进一步检查。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here are some other tricks to help you in this tedious process:" msgid "" "Here are some tricks to help you in this tedious process and ensure that you " "salvage the most of the previous translation:" msgstr "下面是一些其他技巧，以帮助您在这个乏味的过程：" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Remove all extra content of the translations, such as the section giving " #| "credits to the translators. You can add them back in po4a afterward, " #| "using an addenda (see L<po4a(7)>)." msgid "" "Remove all extra content of the translations, such as the section giving " "credits to the translators. They should be added separately to B<po4a> as " "addenda (see L<po4a(7)>)." msgstr "" "删除翻译的所有额外内容，例如为译员提供学分的部分。以后可以使用附录将它们重新" "添加到 po4a 中（请参阅 L<po4a(7)>）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you need to edit the files to align their structures, you should " #| "prefer editing the translation if possible. Indeed, if the changes to the " #| "original are too intrusive, the old and new versions will not be matched " #| "during the PO update, and the corresponding translation will be dumped " #| "anyway. But do not hesitate to also edit the original document if " #| "required: the important thing is to get a first PO file to start with." msgid "" "When editing the files to align their structures, prefer editing the " "translation if possible. Indeed, if the changes to the original are too " "intrusive, the old and new versions will not be matched during the first " "po4a run after gettextization (see below). Any unmatched translation will be " "dumped anyway. That being said, you still want to edit the original " "document if it's too hard to get the gettextization to proceed otherwise, " "even if it means that one paragraph of the translation is dumped. The " "important thing is to get a first PO file to start with." msgstr "" "如果需要编辑文件以对齐其结构，则应尽可能选择编辑翻译。实际上，如果对原始版本" "的更改过于具有侵入性，则新旧版本在 PO 更新期间将不匹配，并且相应的翻译无论如" "何都会转储。但是，如果需要，不要犹豫，也编辑原始文档：重要的是获得第一个 PO " "文件开始。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:60 msgid "" "Do not hesitate to kill any original content that would not exist in the " "translated version. This content will be automatically reintroduced " "afterward, when synchronizing the PO file with the document." msgstr "" "不要犹豫，杀死任何原始内容，将不存在在翻译版本。将 PO 文件与文档同步时，以后" "将自动重新引入此内容。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:61 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You should probably inform the original author of any structural change " #| "in the translation that seems justified. Issues in the original document " #| "should reported to the author. Fixing them in your translation only fixes " #| "them for a part of the community. Plus, it is impossible to do so when " #| "using po4a ;)" msgid "" "You should probably inform the original author of any structural change in " "the translation that seems justified. Issues in the original document should " "reported to the author. Fixing them in your translation only fixes them for " "a part of the community. Plus, it is impossible to do so when using po4a ;) " "But you probably want to wait until the end of the conversion to B<po4a> " "before changing the original files." msgstr "" "你或许应该告诉原作者翻译中似乎合理的任何结构变化。原始文档中的问题应报告给作" "者。在翻译中修复它们只会为社区的一部分修复它们。此外，使用 po4a 时不可能;)" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:62 msgid "" "Sometimes, the paragraph content does match, but not their types. Fixing it " "is rather format-dependent. In POD and man, it often comes from the fact " "that one of them contains a line beginning with a white space while the " "other does not. In those formats, such paragraph cannot be wrapped and thus " "become a different type. Just remove the space and you are fine. It may also " "be a typo in the tag name in XML." msgstr "" "有时，段落内容确实匹配，但不匹配其类型。修复它与格式相当相关。在 POD 和人中，" "它通常来自这样一个事实，即其中一个包含以空白开头的行，而另一个则不包含。在这" "些格式中，此类段落不能换行，因此成为不同的类型。只需删除空间，您就没事了。它" "也可能在 XML 中的标记名称中出现拼写错误。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:63 msgid "" "Likewise, two paragraphs may get merged together in POD when the separating " "line contains some spaces, or when there is no empty line between the " "B<=item> line and the content of the item." msgstr "" "同样，当分隔线包含某些空格时，或者当 B<=item> 行和项内容之间没有空行时，两个" "段落可能会合并到 POD 中。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Sometimes, the desynchronization message seems odd because the " #| "translation is attached to the wrong original paragraph. It is the sign " #| "of an undetected issue earlier in the process. Search for the actual " #| "desynchronization point by inspecting F<gettextization.failed.po>, and " #| "fix the problem where it really is." msgid "" "Sometimes, the desynchronization message seems odd because the translation " "is attached to the wrong original paragraph. It is the sign of an undetected " "issue earlier in the process. Search for the actual desynchronization point " "by inspecting the file F<gettextization.failed.po> that was produced, and " "fix the problem where it really is." msgstr "" "有时，取消同步消息似乎很奇怪，因为翻译附加到错误的原始段落。这是流程早期未检" "测到问题的迹象。通过检查 F<gettextization.failed.po> 来搜索实际的取消同步点，" "并修复问题的实际所在。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:65 msgid "" "Other issues may come from duplicated strings in either the original or " "translation. Duplicated strings are merged in PO files, with two " "references. This constitutes a difficulty for the gettextization algorithm, " "that is a simple one to one pairing between the B<msgid>s of both the master " "and the localized files. It is however believed that recent versions of po4a " "deal properly with duplicated strings, so you should report any remaining " "issue that you may encounter." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:66 msgid "Reviewing files produced by B<po4a-gettextize>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:67 msgid "" "Any file produced by B<po4a-gettextize> should be manually reviewed, even " "when the script terminates successfully. You should skim over the PO file, " "ensuring that the B<msgid> and B<msgstr> actually match. It is not necessary " "to ensure that the translation is perfectly correct yet, as all entries are " "marked as fuzzy translations anyway. You only need to check for obvious " "matching issues because badly matched translations will be dumped in " "subsequent steps while you want to salvage them." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:68 msgid "" "Fortunately, this step does not require to master the target languages as " "you only want to recognize similar elements in each B<msgid> and its " "corresponding B<msgstr>. As a speaker of French, English, and some German " "myself, I can do this for all European languages at least, even if I cannot " "say one word of most of these languages. I sometimes manage to detect " "matching issues in non-Latin languages by looking at string length, phrase " "structures (does the amount of interrogation marks match?) and other clues, " "but I prefer when someone else can review those languages." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:69 msgid "" "If you detect a mismatch, edit the original and translation files as if " "B<po4a-gettextize> reported an error, and try again. Once you have a decent " "PO file for your previous translation, backup it until you get po4a working " "correctly." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:70 msgid "Running B<po4a> for the first time" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:71 msgid "" "The easiest way to setup po4a is to write a B<po4a.conf> configuration file, " "and use the integrated B<po4a> program (B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-" "translate> are deprecated). Please check the \"CONFIGURATION FILE\" Section " "in L<po4a(1)> documentation for more details." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:72 msgid "" "When B<po4a> runs for the first time, the current version of the master " "documents will be used to update the PO files containing the old " "translations that you salvaged through gettextization. This can take quite a " "long time, because many of the B<msgid>s of from the gettextization do not " "exactly match the elements of the POT file built from the recent master " "files. This forces gettext to search for the closest one using a costly " "string proximity algorithm. For example, the first run over the Perl " "documentation's French translation (5.5 MB PO file) took about 48 hours " "(yes, two days) while the subsequent ones only take seconds." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:73 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Converting a manual translation to po4a" msgid "Moving your translations to production" msgstr "将手动翻译转换为 po4a" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:74 msgid "" "After this first run, the PO files are ready to be reviewed by translators. " "All entries were marked as fuzzy in the PO file by B<po4a-gettextization>, " "forcing their careful review before use. Translators should take each entry " "to verify that the salvaged translation actually match the current original " "text, update the translation on need, and remove the fuzzy markers." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:75 msgid "" "Once enough fuzzy markers are removed, B<po4a> will start generating the " "translation files on disk, and you're ready to move your translation " "workflow to production. Some projects find it useful to rely on weblate to " "coordinate between translators and maintainers, but that's beyond B<po4a>' " "scope." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:77 msgid "" "L<po4a(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, " "L<po4a(7)>." msgstr "" "L<po4a(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, " "L<po4a(7)>." #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:2 msgid "" "po4a-normalize - normalize a documentation file by parsing it in po4a, and " "writing it back" msgstr "" "po4a-normalize - 通过在 po4a 中解析文档文件并写回文档文件来规范化文档文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:4 msgid "B<po4a-normalize> B<-f> I<fmt> I<master.doc>" msgstr "B<po4a-normalize> B<-f> I<fmt> I<master.doc>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:6 po4a-translate:7 po4a-updatepo:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:4 msgid "" "The po4a (PO for anything) project goal is to ease translations (and more " "interestingly, the maintenance of translations) using gettext tools on areas " "where they were not expected like documentation." msgstr "" "Po4a (PO For Anything) 项目的目标是在文档等不需要翻译的领域使用 gettext 工具" "简化翻译(更有趣的是，简化翻译的维护)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:7 msgid "" "The B<po4a-normalize> script is a debugging tool used to make sure that po4a " "don't change the document when it's not supposed to. Only use it if you're " "developing a new module, or if you doubt the sanity of the tools." msgstr "" "B<po4a-normalize>是一个调试工具，用于确保 po4a 不会更改文档时，它不应该。仅当" "您正在开发新模块时，或者如果您怀疑工具的可理智性，才使用它。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:8 msgid "" "The generated document will be written to F<po4a-normalize.output> while the " "generated POT file will be written to F<po4a-normalize.po> by default, but " "you can use the B<--localized> and B<--pot> options to change that." msgstr "" "生成的文档将写入 F<po4a-normalize.output>，而生成的 POT 文件将写入 F<po4a-" "normalize.po>，但您可以使用 B<--localized>和 B<--pot> 选项来更改它。" #. type: =item #: po4a-normalize:14 msgid "B<-b>, B<--blank>" msgstr "B<-b>, B<--blank>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:15 msgid "" "Create a blank translated document. The generated translated document will " "be generated assuming all messages are translated by a space or new line." msgstr "" "创建空白翻译的文档。如果所有消息都由空格或新行翻译，将生成生成的已翻译文档。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:16 msgid "" "This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated." msgstr "这可用于检查文档的哪些部分无法翻译。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:17 po4a-normalize:21 msgid "" "Both B<--blank> and B<--capitalize> can't be specified at the same time." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: po4a-normalize:18 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B<-l>, B<--localized>" msgid "B<-C>, B<--capitalize>" msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localized>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:19 msgid "" "Create a translated document and corresponding po-file with original strings " "translated as their capitalized versions." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:20 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated." msgid "" "This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated and " "generate test data for po4a." msgstr "这可用于检查文档的哪些部分无法翻译。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:31 msgid "" "Name of the normalized file to produce (I<po4a-normalize.output> by default)." msgstr "要生产的规范化文件的名称（默认情况下 I<po4a-normalize.output>）。" #. type: =item #: po4a-normalize:32 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pot>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pot>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:33 msgid "Pot file to produce (I<po4a-normalize.po> by default)." msgstr "要生成的 POT 文件(默认情况下为 I<po4a-Normize.po>)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:37 msgid "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:2 msgid "po4a-translate - convert a PO file back to documentation format" msgstr "po4a-translate - 将 PO 文件转换回文档格式" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:4 msgid "" "B<po4a-translate> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-p> I<XX.po> B<-l> I<XX." "doc>" msgstr "" "B<po4a-translate> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-p> I<XX.po> B<-l> I<XX." "doc>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:5 msgid "(I<XX.doc> is the output, all others are inputs)" msgstr "（I<XX.doc> 是输出，所有其他都是输入）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:8 msgid "" "The B<po4a-translate> script is in charge of converting the translation " "(which was done in a PO file) back into the documentation format. The " "provided PO file should be the translation of the POT file which was " "produced by L<po4a-gettextize(1)>." msgstr "" "B<po4a-translate> 负责将翻译（在 PO 文件中完成）转换回文档格式。提供的 PO 文" "件应该是由 L<po4a-gettextize(1)> 生成产生的 POT 文件的翻译。" #. type: =item #: po4a-translate:12 msgid "B<-a>, B<--addendum>" msgstr "B<-a>, B<--addendum>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:13 msgid "" "Add a file to the resulting file (to put translator's name or a section " "\"About this translation\", for example). The first line of the file to " "insert should be a PO4A header indicating where it should be added (see " "section B<HOWTO add extra text to translations> in L<po4a(7)>)." msgstr "" "将文件添加到生成的文件中（例如，将翻译的名称或\"关于此翻译\"部分）。要插入的" "文件的第一行应该是 PO4A 标头，指示应添加它的位置（请参阅 L<po4a(7)> 中的第 " "B<HOWTO add extra text to translations> 部分）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:17 msgid "File containing the master document to translate." msgstr "包含要翻译的主文档的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:21 msgid "File where the localized (translated) document should be written." msgstr "应写入本地化（已翻译）文档的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:25 msgid "File from which the message catalog should be read." msgstr "应从中读取消息目录的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:29 msgid "" "Minimal threshold for translation percentage to keep (i.e. write) the " "resulting file (default: 80). I.e. by default, files have to be translated " "at least at 80% to get written." msgstr "" "要保留（即写入）生成的文件（默认值：80）的最小阈值。即默认情况下，文件必须至" "少翻译 80% 才能写入。" #. type: =item #: po4a-translate:42 po4a-updatepo:38 msgid "B<--porefs> I<type>[,B<wrap>|B<nowrap>]" msgstr "B<--porefs> I<type>[,B<wrap>|B<nowrap>]" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:44 po4a-updatepo:40 msgid "" "Argument can be followed by a comma and either B<wrap> or B<nowrap> " "keyword. References are written by default on a single line. The B<wrap> " "option wraps references on several lines, to mimic B<gettext> tools " "(B<xgettext> and B<msgmerge>). This option will become the default in a " "future release, because it is more sensible. The B<nowrap> option is " "available so that users who want to keep the old behavior can do so." msgstr "" "参数后跟逗号和 B<wrap> B<nowrap> 关键字。默认情况下，引用在一行上写入。 " "B<wrap> 将引用封装在多行上，以模拟 B<gettext>工具（B<xgettext> " "B<msgmerge>）。此选项将成为将来版本中的默认值，因为它更明智。 B<nowrap> 选项" "可用，以便想要保留旧行为的用户可以这样做。" #. type: =head1 #: po4a-translate:45 msgid "Adding content (beside translations) to generated files" msgstr "向生成的文件添加内容（翻译旁边）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:46 msgid "" "To add some extra content to the generated document beside what you " "translated (like the name of the translator, or an \"About this " "translation\" section), you should use the B<--addendum> option." msgstr "" "若要在翻译的内容旁边向生成的文档添加一些额外内容（如翻译人员的姓名或\"关于此" "翻译\"部分），应使用 B<--addendum> 选项。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:47 msgid "" "The first line of the addendum must be a header indicating where to put it " "in the document (it can be before or after a given part of the document). " "The rest of the file will be added verbatim to the resulting file without " "further processing." msgstr "" "增编的第一行必须是指示在文档中的放放位置的标头（它可以在文档的给定部分之前或" "之后）。文件的其余部分将逐字添加到生成的文件中，而无需进一步处理。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:48 msgid "" "Note that if po4a-translate fails to add one of the given files, it discards " "the whole translation (because the missing file could be the one indicating " "the author, what would prevent the users to contact him to report bugs in " "the translation)." msgstr "" "请注意，如果 po4a 翻译无法添加给定文件之一，它将丢弃整个翻译（因为丢失的文件" "可能是指示作者的文件，因此会阻止用户联系他报告翻译中的 Bug）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:49 msgid "" "The header has a pretty rigid syntax. For more information on how to use " "this feature and how it works, please refer to the L<po4a(7)> man page." msgstr "" "标头具有相当严格的语法。有关如何使用此功能及其工作原理的详细信息，请参阅 " "L<po4a(7)> man 页面。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:51 msgid "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:2 msgid "po4a-updatepo - update the translation (in PO format) of documentation" msgstr "po4a-updatepo - 更新文档的翻译（PO 格式）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:4 msgid "B<po4a-updatepo> B<-f> I<fmt> (B<-m> I<master.doc>)+ (B<-p> I<XX.po>)+" msgstr "B<po4a-updatepo> B<-f> I<fmt> (B<-m> I<master.doc>)+ (B<-p> I<XX.po>)+" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:5 msgid "(I<XX.po> are the outputs, all others are inputs)" msgstr "（I<XX.po> 是输出，所有其他都是输入）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:8 msgid "" "The B<po4a-updatepo> script is in charge of updating PO files to make them " "reflect the changes made to the original documentation file. For that, it " "converts the documentation file to a POT file, and call L<msgmerge(1)> on " "this new POT and on the provided PO files." msgstr "" "B<po4a-updatepo>负责更新 PO 文件，使其反映对原始文档文件所做的更改。为此，它" "将文档文件转换为 POT 文件，并在此新 POT 和提供的 PO 文件中调用 " "L<msgmerge(1)> 。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:9 msgid "" "It is possible to give more than one PO file (if you want to update several " "languages at once), and several documentation files (if you want to store " "the translations of several documents in the same PO file)." msgstr "" "可以提供多个 PO 文件（如果要同时更新多种语言）和多个文档文件（如果要将多个文" "档的翻译存储在同一个 PO 文件中）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:10 msgid "" "If the master document has non-ASCII characters, this script will convert " "the PO files to UTF-8 (if they weren't already), for a transparent handling " "of non-standard characters." msgstr "" "如果主文档包含非 ASCII 字符，该脚本将把 PO 文件转换为 UTF-8 (如果它们还没" "有)，以便透明地处理非标准字符。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:15 msgid "File(s) containing the master document to translate." msgstr "包含要翻译的主文档的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:17 msgid "" "Charset of the files containing the document to translate. Note that all " "files must have the same charset." msgstr "包含要翻译的文档的文件的字符集。请注意，所有文件必须具有相同的字符集。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:19 msgid "" "PO file(s) to update. If these files do not exist, they are created by " "B<po4a-updatepo>." msgstr "要更新的 PO 文件。如果这些文件不存在，则由 B <po4a-updatepo>。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to " #| "B<msgmerge>. This permits to support versions of B<gettext> earlier than " #| "0.16." msgid "" "This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to B<msgmerge>. " "This helps supporting old versions of B<gettext> (before v0.16)." msgstr "" "此选项从传递给 B<msgmerge> 的选项中删除 B<-previous>。这允许支持 B<gettext> " "早于 0.16 的版本。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:43 msgid "" "Historically, the gettext suite has reformatted the po files at the 77th " "column for cosmetics. This option specifies the behavior of po4a. If set to " "a numerical value, po4a will wrap the po file after this column and after " "newlines in the content. If set to B<newlines>, po4a will only split the " "msgid and msgstr after newlines in the content. If set to B<no>, po4a will " "not wrap the po file at all. The wrapping of the reference comments is " "controlled by the B<--porefs> option." msgstr "" "从历史上看， gettext 套件重新格式化了化妆品第 77 列的 po 文件。此选项指定 " "po4a 的行为。如果设置为数值，po4a 将在此列之后和内容中的换行符之后换行 po 文" "件。如果设置为 B <newlines>，po4a 将仅在内容中的符线后拆分 msgid 和 msgstr。" "如果设置为 B<no>，po4a 将不会封装 po 文件。引用注释的封装由 B<--porefs> 选项" "控制。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:54 msgid "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:2 msgid "msguntypot - update PO files when a typo is fixed in POT file" msgstr "msguntypot - 更新 PO文件时，拼写错误修复在 POT 文件" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:4 msgid "B<msguntypot> B<-o> I<old_pot> B<-n> I<new_pot> I<pofiles> ..." msgstr "B<msguntypot> B<-o> I<old_pot> B<-n> I<new_pot> I<pofiles> ..." #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:6 msgid "" "When you fix a trivial error which surely doesn't affect translations (e.g. " "a typo) in a POT file, you should unfuzzy the corresponding msgstr in the " "translated PO files to avoid so extra work to the translators." msgstr "" "当您修复一个无关紧要的错误，这肯定不会影响翻译（例如，一个拼写错误）在一个 " "POT 文件中，你应该解开翻译的 PO 文件中对应的 msgstr，以避免如此额外的工作给翻" "译。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:7 msgid "" "This task is difficult and error prone when done manually, and this tool is " "there to help doing so correctly. You just need to provide the two versions " "of the POT file: before the edition and after as marked in the above " "synopsis, and it all becomes automatic." msgstr "" "此任务在手动完成时很难，容易出错，并且此工具可以帮助正确完成。你只需要提供两" "个版本的 POT 文件：版本之前和之后，如上述概要中标记，这一切都成为自动的。" #. type: =head1 #: msguntypot:8 msgid "HOW TO USE IT" msgstr "如何使用它" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:9 msgid "" "In short, when you discover a typo in one of your [english] message, do the " "following:" msgstr "简而言之，当您在一条 [english] 消息中发现拼写错误时，请执行以下操作：" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:10 msguntypot:19 msgid "- Regenerate your POT and PO files." msgstr "- 重新生成您的 POT 和 PO 文件。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:11 #, no-wrap msgid "" " make -C po/ update-po # for message program translations\n" " debconf-updatepo # for debconf translations\n" " po4a po4a.conf # for po4a based documentation translations\n" "\n" msgstr "" " make -C po/ update-po # for message program translations\n" " debconf-updatepo # for debconf translations\n" " po4a po4a.conf # for po4a based documentation translations\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:12 msgid "" "or something else, depending on your project's building settings. You know " "how to make sure your POT and PO files are uptodate, don't you??" msgstr "" "或其他内容，具体取决于项目的构建设置。你知道如何确保你的 POT 和 PO 文件是最新" "的，不是吗？" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:13 msgid "- Make a copy of your POT file." msgstr "- 制作一份 POT 文件。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:14 #, no-wrap msgid "" " cp myfile.pot myfile.pot.orig\n" "\n" msgstr "" " cp myfile.pot myfile.pot.orig\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:15 msgid "- Make a copy of all your PO files." msgstr "- 制作所有 PO 文件的副本。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:16 #, no-wrap msgid "" " mkdir po_fridge; cp *.po po_fridge\n" "\n" msgstr "" " mkdir po_fridge; cp *.po po_fridge\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:17 msgid "- Fix your typo." msgstr "- 修复您的拼写错误。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:18 msgid "$EDITOR the_file_in_which_there_is_a_typo" msgstr "$EDITOR the_file_in_which_there_is_a_typo" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:20 msgid "See above." msgstr "见上文。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:21 msgid "" "At this point, the typo fix fuzzied all the translations, and this " "unfortunate change is the only one between the PO files of your main " "directory and the one from the fridge. Here is how to solve this." msgstr "" "此时，拼写错误修复了所有翻译的模糊，这个不幸的更改是主目录的 PO 文件和冰箱中" "的唯一一个。下面是解决此问题的方法。" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:22 msgid "- Discard fuzzy translation, restore the ones from the fridge." msgstr "- 放弃模糊翻译，从冰箱恢复。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:23 #, no-wrap msgid "" " cp po_fridge/*.po .\n" "\n" msgstr "" " cp po_fridge/*.po .\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:24 msgid "" "- Manually merge the PO files with the new POT file, but taking the useless " "fuzzy into account." msgstr "- 手动将 PO 文件与新的 POT 文件合并，但将无用的模糊考虑在内。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:25 #, no-wrap msgid "" " msguntypot -o myfile.pot.orig -n myfile.pot *.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " msguntypot -o myfile.pot.orig -n myfile.pot *.po\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:26 msgid "- Cleanups." msgstr "- 清理。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:27 #, no-wrap msgid "" " rm -rf myfile.pot.orig po_fridge\n" "\n" msgstr "" " rm -rf myfile.pot.orig po_fridge\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:28 msgid "" "You're done. The typo was eradicated from msgstr of both your POT and PO " "files, and the PO files were not fuzzyied in the process. Your translators " "love you already." msgstr "" "你做完了该错别字从您的 POT 和 PO 文件的 msgstr 中根除了，并且 PO 文件在这个过" "程中没有模糊化。你的翻译已经爱你了。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:30 msgid "" "Despite its name, this tool is not part of the gettext tool suite. It is " "instead part of po4a. More precisely, it's a random Perl script using the " "fine po4a modules. For more information about po4a, please see:" msgstr "" "尽管它的名称，此工具不是 gettext 工具套件的一部分。而是 po4a 的一部分。更确切" "地说，它是使用精细 po4a 模块的随机 Perl 脚本。有关 po4a 的信息，请参阅：" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:31 msgid "L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "L<po4a(7)>" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:33 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian,org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian,org)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:35 msgid "Copyright 2005 by SPI, inc." msgstr "版权所有 2005 by SPI, inc." #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:2 msgid "po4a - framework to translate documentation and other materials" msgstr "po4a - 翻译文档和其他资料的框架" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:3 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "简介" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:4 msgid "" "po4a (PO for anything) eases the maintenance of documentation translation " "using the classical gettext tools. The main feature of po4a is that it " "decouples the translation of content from its document structure." msgstr "" "po4a(PO For Anything) 使用经典的 gettext 工具简化了文档翻译的维护。po4a 的主" "要特征是它将内容翻译与文档结构分离。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:5 msgid "" "This document serves as an introduction to the po4a project with a focus on " "potential users considering whether to use this tool and on the curious " "wanting to understand why things are the way they are." msgstr "" "本文档是对 po4a 项目的介绍，重点关注考虑是否使用此工具的潜在用户，以及想要了" "解事物为什么是这样的好奇用户。" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:6 msgid "Why po4a?" msgstr "为什么是 po4a？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:7 msgid "" "The philosophy of Free Software is to make the technology truly available to " "everyone. But licensing is not the only consideration: untranslated free " "software is useless for non-English speakers. Therefore, we still have some " "work to do to make software available to everybody." msgstr "" "自由软件的理念是让技术真正为每个人所用。但许可并不是唯一的考虑因素：未翻译的" "自由软件对非英语国家的人来说毫无用处。因此，要让每个人都可以使用软件，我们还" "有一些工作要做。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:8 msgid "" "This situation is well understood by most projects and everybody is now " "convinced of the necessity to translate everything. Yet, the actual " "translations represent a huge effort of many individuals, crippled by small " "technical difficulties." msgstr "" "大多数项目都很好地理解了这种情况，现在每个人都相信有必要翻译所有的东西。然" "而，实际的翻译代表了许多个人的巨大努力，他们因小小的技术困难而步履蹒跚。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:9 msgid "" "Thankfully, Open Source software is actually very well translated using the " "gettext tool suite. These tools are used to extract the strings to translate " "from a program and present the strings to translate in a standardized format " "(called PO files, or translation catalogs). A whole ecosystem of tools has " "emerged to help the translators actually translate these PO files. The " "result is then used by gettext at run time to display translated messages to " "the end users." msgstr "" "值得庆幸的是，使用 gettext 工具套件实际上可以很好地翻译开放源码软件。这些工具" "用于从程序中提取要翻译的字符串，并以标准化格式(称为 PO 文件或翻译目录)显示要" "翻译的字符串。一个完整的工具生态系统已经出现，可以帮助翻译人员实际翻译这些 " "PO 文件。然后，gettext 在运行时使用结果向最终用户显示翻译后的消息。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Regarding documentation, however, the situation still somewhat " #| "disappointing. At first translating documentation may seem to be easier " #| "than translating a program as it would seem that you just have to copy " #| "the documentation source file and start translating the content. However, " #| "when the original documentation is modified, keeping track of the " #| "modifications quickly turns into a nightmare for the translators. If done " #| "manually, this task is unpleasant and error prone." msgid "" "Regarding documentation, however, the situation still somewhat " "disappointing. At first translating documentation may seem to be easier " "than translating a program as it would seem that you just have to copy the " "documentation source file and start translating the content. However, when " "the original documentation is modified, keeping track of the modifications " "quickly turns into a nightmare for the translators. If done manually, this " "task is unpleasant and error-prone." msgstr "" "然而，关于文件，情况仍然有些令人失望。起初，翻译文档似乎比翻译程序更容易，因" "为您似乎只需复制文档源文件并开始翻译内容。然而，当原始文档被修改时，跟踪修改" "很快就变成了翻译人员的噩梦。如果手动完成，此任务会令人不快且容易出错。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:11 msgid "" "Outdated translations are often worse than no translation at all. End-users " "can be tricked by documentation describing an old behavior of the program. " "Furthermore, they cannot interact directly with the maintainers since they " "don't speak English. Additionally, the maintainer cannot fix the problem as " "they don't know every language in which their documentation is translated. " "These difficulties, often caused by poor tooling, can undermine the " "motivation of volunteer translators, further aggravating the problem." msgstr "" "过时的翻译往往比根本没有翻译更糟糕。最终用户可能会被描述程序旧行为的文档所欺" "骗。此外，他们不能直接与维护人员互动，因为他们不会说英语。此外，维护员无法修" "复该问题，因为他们并不了解文档翻译所用的每种语言。这些困难通常是由糟糕的工具" "造成的，可能会削弱志愿翻译人员的积极性，进一步加剧问题。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:12 msgid "" "B<The goal of the po4a project is to ease the work of documentation " "translators>. In particular, it makes documentation translations " "I<maintainable>." msgstr "" "B<po4a 项目的目标是简化文档翻译人员的工作>。具体地说，它使文档翻译 " "I<Maintenance> 变得可维护。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:13 msgid "" "The idea is to reuse and adapt the gettext approach to this field. As with " "gettext, texts are extracted from their original locations and presented to " "translators as PO translation catalogs. The translators can leverage the " "classical gettext tools to monitor the work to do, collaborate and organize " "as teams. po4a then injects the translations directly into the documentation " "structure to produce translated source files that can be processed and " "distributed just like the English files. Any paragraph that is not " "translated is left in English in the resulting document, ensuring that the " "end users never see an outdated translation in the documentation." msgstr "" "我们的想法是重用 gettext 方法并使其适用于该领域。与 gettext 一样，文本从其原" "始位置提取，并作为 PO 翻译目录呈现给翻译人员。翻译人员可以利用经典的 gettext " "工具来监控要进行的工作，并以团队形式进行协作和组织。然后，po4a 将翻译直接注入" "到文档结构中，以生成翻译后的源文件，可以像处理和分发英语文件一样处理和分发这" "些源文件。任何未翻译的段落都将以英语保留在生成的文档中，从而确保最终用户在文" "档中永远不会看到过时的翻译。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:14 msgid "" "This automates most of the grunt work of the translation maintenance. " "Discovering the paragraphs needing an update becomes very easy, and the " "process is completely automated when elements are reordered without further " "modification. Specific verification can also be used to reduce the chance of " "formatting errors that would result in a broken document." msgstr "" "这使翻译维护的大部分繁琐工作自动化。发现需要更新的段落变得非常容易，当元素重" "新排序而不需要进一步修改时，这个过程是完全自动的。还可以使用特定验证来减少导" "致文档损坏的格式化错误的机会。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:15 msgid "" "Please also see the B<FAQ> below in this document for a more complete list " "of the advantages and disadvantages of this approach." msgstr "有关此方法的优点和缺点的更完整列表，另请参阅本文档下面的 B<FAQ>。" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:16 msgid "Supported formats" msgstr "支持的格式" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:17 msgid "" "Currently, this approach has been successfully implemented to several kinds " "of text formatting formats:" msgstr "目前，该方法已成功应用于多种文本格式：" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:18 msgid "man (mature parser)" msgstr "man (成熟解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:19 msgid "" "The good old manual pages' format, used by so many programs out there. po4a " "support is very welcome here since this format is somewhat difficult to use " "and not really friendly to newbies." msgstr "" "很好的老手册页的格式，被那么多的程序使用。po4a 支持在这里非常受欢迎，因为这种" "格式使用起来有些困难，对新手也不是很友好。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:20 msgid "" "The L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)|Man> module also supports the mdoc format, used " "by the BSD man pages (they are also quite common on Linux)." msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)|Man> 模块还支持 BSD 手册页使用的 MDOC 格式(它们在 " "Linux 上也很常见)。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:21 msgid "AsciiDoc (mature parser)" msgstr "AsciiDoc (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:22 msgid "" "This format is a lightweight markup format intended to ease the authoring of " "documentation. It is for example used to document the git system. Those " "manpages are translated using po4a." msgstr "" "此格式是一种轻量级标记格式，旨在简化文档的创作。例如，它用于记录 git 系统。这" "些手册页是使用 po4a 翻译的。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:23 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc> for details." msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:24 msgid "pod (mature parser)" msgstr "pod (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:25 msgid "" "This is the Perl Online Documentation format. The language and extensions " "themselves are documented using this format in addition to most existing " "Perl scripts. It makes easy to keep the documentation close to the actual " "code by embedding them both in the same file. It makes programmer's life " "easier, but unfortunately, not the translator's, until you use po4a." msgstr "" "这是 Perl 在线文档格式。除了大多数现有的 Perl 脚本之外，还使用此格式记录了语" "言和扩展本身。通过将文档和实际代码嵌入到同一文件中，可以轻松地使文档接近实际" "代码。它使程序员的工作变得更容易，但不幸的是，在您使用 po4a 之前，翻译员的工" "作并非如此。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:26 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Pod> for details." msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Pod>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:27 msgid "sgml (mature parser)" msgstr "sgml (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:28 msgid "" "Even if superseded by XML nowadays, this format is still used for documents " "which are more than a few screens long. It can even be used for complete " "books. Documents of this length can be very challenging to update. B<diff> " "often reveals useless when the original text was re-indented after update. " "Fortunately, po4a can help you after that process." msgstr "" "即使现在被 XML 取代，这种格式仍然用于超过几个屏幕的文档。它甚至可以用来制作完" "整的书籍。更新这种长度的文档可能非常困难。当原始文本在更新后重新缩进时，" "B<diff> 通常显示无用。幸运的是，po4a 可以在该过程之后帮助您。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:29 msgid "" "Currently, only DebianDoc and DocBook DTD are supported, but adding support " "for a new one is really easy. It is even possible to use po4a on an unknown " "SGML DTD without changing the code by providing the needed information on " "the command line. See L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)> for details." msgstr "" "目前只支持 DebianDoc 和 DocBook DTD，但是添加对新 DTD 的支持非常简单。通过在" "命令行上提供所需的信息，甚至可以在未知的 SGML DTD 上使用 po4a，而无需更改代" "码。有关详细信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:30 msgid "TeX / LaTeX (mature parser)" msgstr "TeX / LaTeX (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:31 msgid "" "The LaTeX format is a major documentation format used in the Free Software " "world and for publications." msgstr "LaTeX 格式是自由软件世界和出版物中使用的主要文档格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:32 msgid "" "The L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|LaTeX> module was tested with the Python " "documentation, a book and some presentations." msgstr "" "使用 Python 文档、一本书和一些演示文稿测试了 L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|" "LaTeX> 模块。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:33 msgid "text (mature parser)" msgstr "text (成熟解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:34 msgid "" "The Text format is the base format for many formats that include long blocks " "of text, including Markdown, fortunes, YAML front matter section, debian/" "changelog, and debian/control." msgstr "" "文本格式是包括长文本块的许多格式的基本格式，包括 Markdown、Forties、YAML " "Front Matter 部分、Debian/Changelog 和 Debian/Control。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:35 msgid "" "This supports the common format used in Static Site Generators, READMEs, and " "other documentation systems. See L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)|Text> for details." msgstr "" "这支持静态站点生成器、自述文件和其他文档系统中使用的通用格式。有关详细信息，" "请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)|Text> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:36 msgid "xml and XHMTL (probably mature parser)" msgstr "xml 和 XHMTL (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:37 msgid "The XML format is a base format for many documentation formats." msgstr "XML 格式是许多文档格式的基本格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:38 msgid "" "Currently, the DocBook DTD (see L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)> for details) " "and XHTML are supported by po4a." msgstr "" "目前，po4a 支持 DocBook DTD (有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::" "Docbook(3pm)> )和 XHTML。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:39 msgid "BibTex (probably mature parser)" msgstr "BibTex (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:40 msgid "" "The BibTex format is used alongside LaTex for formatting lists of references " "(bibliographies)." msgstr "BibTex 格式与 LaTeX 一起用于设置参考文献列表 (目录) 的格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:41 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::BibTex> for details." msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::BibTex>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:42 msgid "Docbook (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Docbook (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:43 msgid "" "A XML-based markup language that uses semantic tags to describe documents." msgstr "一种基于 XML 的标记语言，它使用语义标记来描述文档。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:44 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Docbook> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a:Docbook> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:45 msgid "Guide XML (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Guide XML (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:46 msgid "" "A XML documentation format. This module was developed specifically to help " "with supporting and maintaining translations of Gentoo Linux documentation " "up until at least March 2016 (Based on the Wayback Machine). Gentoo have " "since moved to the DevBook XML format." msgstr "" "一种 XML 文档格式。此模块专门用于帮助支持和维护 Gentoo Linux 文档的翻译，至少" "到 2016 年 3 月 (基于 Wayback Machine)。Gentoo 后来转移到了 DevBook XML 格" "式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:47 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Guide> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a:Guide>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:48 msgid "Wml (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Wml (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:49 msgid "" "The Web Markup Language, do not mixup WML with the WAP stuff used on cell " "phones. This module relies on the Xhtml module, which itself relies on the " "XmL module." msgstr "" "Web 标记语言，不要将 WML 与手机上使用的 WAP 东西混淆。该模块依赖于 Xhtml 模" "块，而 Xhtml 模块本身又依赖于 XML 模块。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:50 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Wml> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Wml>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:51 msgid "Yaml (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Yaml (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:52 msgid "" "A strict superset of JSON. YAML is often used as systems or configuration " "projects. YAML is at the core of Red Hat's Ansible." msgstr "" "JSON 的严格超集。YAML 通常用作系统或配置项目。YAML 是红帽的 Ansible 的核心。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:53 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:54 msgid "RubyDoc (probably mature parser)" msgstr "RubyDoc (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:55 msgid "" "The Ruby Document (RD) format, originally the default documentation format " "for Ruby and Ruby projects before converted to RDoc in 2002. Though " "apparently the Japanese version of the Ruby Reference Manual still use RD." msgstr "" "Ruby 文档 (RD) 格式，在 2002 年转换为 RDoC 之前，最初是 Ruby 和 Ruby 项目的默" "认文档格式。尽管显然日文版的 Ruby 参考手册仍然使用 RD。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:56 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:57 msgid "Halibut (probably experimental parser)" msgstr "Halibut (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:58 msgid "" "A documentation production system, with elements similar to TeX, debiandoc-" "sgml, TeXinfo, and others, developed by Simon Tatham, the developer of PuTTY." msgstr "" "由 PuTTY 的开发者 Simon Tatham 开发的文档生产系统，其元素类似于 TeX、" "debiandoc-sgml、TeXinfo 和其他。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:59 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Halibut> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a:Halibut>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:60 msgid "Ini (probably experimental parser)" msgstr "Ini (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:61 msgid "Configuration file format popularized by MS-DOS." msgstr "MS-DOS 普及的配置文件格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:62 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Ini> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Ini> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:63 msgid "texinfo (very highly experimental parser)" msgstr "texinfo (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:64 msgid "" "All of the GNU documentation is written in this format (it's even one of the " "requirements to become an official GNU project). The support for L<Locale::" "Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)|Texinfo> in po4a is still at the beginning. Please " "report bugs and feature requests." msgstr "" "所有 GNU 文档都是以这种格式编写的(这甚至是成为正式 GNU 项目的要求之一)。po4a " "中对 L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)|Texinfo> 的支持还处于起步阶段。请报告错误和" "功能请求。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "texinfo (very highly experimental parser)" msgid "gemtext (very highly experimental parser)" msgstr "texinfo (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:66 msgid "" "The native plain text format of the Gemini protocol. The extension \".gmi\" " "is commonly used. Support for this module in po4a is still in its infancy. " "If you find anything, please file a bug or feature request." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:67 msgid "Others supported formats" msgstr "其他支持的格式" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:68 msgid "" "Po4a can also handle some more rare or specialized formats, such as the " "documentation of compilation options for the 2.4+ Linux kernels (L<Locale::" "Po4a::KernelHelp>) or the diagrams produced by the dia tool (L<Locale::Po4a:" "Dia>). Adding a new format is often very easy and the main task is to come " "up with a parser for your target format. See L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)> for more information about this." msgstr "" "Po4a 还可以处理一些比较罕见或专门的格式，比如 2.4+ Linux 内核 (L<Locale::" "Po4a::KernelHelp>) 的编译选项文档或 dia 工具 (L<Locale::Po4a:Dia>)生成的图" "表。添加新格式通常非常简单，主要任务是为您的目标格式提供一个解析器。有关这方" "面的更多信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:69 msgid "Unsupported formats" msgstr "不支持的格式" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:70 msgid "" "Unfortunately, po4a still lacks support for several documentation formats. " "Many of them would be easy to support in po4a. This includes formats not " "just used for documentation, such as, package descriptions (deb and rpm), " "package installation scripts questions, package changelogs, and all the " "specialized file formats used by programs such as game scenarios or wine " "resource files." msgstr "" "不幸的是，po4a 仍然缺乏对几种文档格式的支持。它们中的许多在 po4a 中都很容易支" "持。这不仅包括用于文档的格式，例如软件包描述 (deb 和 rpm)、软件包安装脚本问" "题、软件包更改日志，以及游戏场景或 wine 资源文件等程序使用的所有专用文件格" "式。" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:71 msgid "Using po4a" msgstr "使用 po4a" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:72 msgid "" "The easiest way to use this tool in your project is to write a configuration " "file for the B<po4a> program, and only interact with this program. Please " "refer to its documentation, in L<po4a(1)>. The rest of this section provides " "more details for the advanced users of po4a wanting to deepen their " "understanding." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:73 msgid "Detailed schema of the po4a workflow" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:74 msgid "" "Make sure to read L<po4a(1)> before this overly detailed section to get a " "simplified overview of the po4a workflow. Come back here when you want to " "get the full scary picture, with almost all details." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The following schema gives an overview of how each po4a script can be " #| "used. Here, F<master.doc> is an example name for the documentation to be " #| "translated; F<XX.doc> is the same document translated in the language XX " #| "while F<doc.XX.po> is the translation catalog for that document in the XX " #| "language. Documentation authors will mostly be concerned with F<master." #| "doc> (which can be a manpage, an XML document, an asciidoc file or " #| "similar); the translators will be mostly concerned with the PO file, " #| "while the end users will only see the F<XX.doc> file." msgid "" "In the following schema, F<master.doc> is an example name for the " "documentation to be translated; F<XX.doc> is the same document translated in " "the language XX while F<doc.XX.po> is the translation catalog for that " "document in the XX language. Documentation authors will mostly be concerned " "with F<master.doc> (which can be a manpage, an XML document, an AsciidDoc " "file, etc); the translators will be mostly concerned with the PO file, while " "the end users will only see the F<XX.doc> file." msgstr "" "下面的模式概述了如何使用每个 po4a 脚本。这里，F<master.doc> 是要翻译的文档的" "示例名称；F<XX.doc> 是以 XX 语言翻译的相同文档，而 F<doc.XX.po> 是该文档以 " "XX 语言翻译的目录。文档作者主要关注 F<master.doc> (可以是手册页、XML 文档、" "asciidoc 文件或类似文件)；翻译人员主要关注 PO 文件，而最终用户只能看到 F<XX." "doc> 文件。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:76 msgid "" "Transitions with square brackets such as C<[po4a updates po]> represent the " "execution of a po4a tool while transitions with curly brackets such as " "C<{update of master.doc}> represent a manual modification of the project's " "files." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:77 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " master.doc\n" #| " |\n" #| " V\n" #| " +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n" #| " : | | :\n" #| "{translation} | { update of master.doc } :\n" #| " : | | :\n" #| " XX.doc | V V\n" #| " (optional) | master.doc ->-------->------>+\n" #| " : | (new) |\n" #| " V V | |\n" #| " [po4a-gettextize] doc.XX.po -->+ | |\n" #| " | (old) | | |\n" #| " | ^ V V |\n" #| " | | [po4a-updatepo] |\n" #| " V | | V\n" #| " translation.pot ^ V |\n" #| " | | doc.XX.po |\n" #| " | | (fuzzy) |\n" #| " { translation } | | |\n" #| " | ^ V V\n" #| " | | {manual editing} |\n" #| " | | | |\n" #| " V | V V\n" #| " doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po addendum master.doc\n" #| " (initial) (up-to-date) (optional) (up-to-date)\n" #| " : | | |\n" #| " : V | |\n" #| " +----->----->----->------> + | |\n" #| " | | |\n" #| " V V V\n" #| " +------>-----+------<------+\n" #| " |\n" #| " V\n" #| " [po4a-translate]\n" #| " |\n" #| " V\n" #| " XX.doc\n" #| " (up-to-date)\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " master.doc\n" " |\n" " V\n" " +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n" " : | | :\n" "{translation} | {update of master.doc} :\n" " : | | :\n" " XX.doc | V V\n" " (optional) | master.doc ->-------->------>+\n" " : | (new) |\n" " V V | |\n" " [po4a-gettextize] doc.XX.po -->+ | |\n" " | (old) | | |\n" " | ^ V V |\n" " | | [po4a updates po] |\n" " V | | V\n" " translation.pot ^ V |\n" " | | doc.XX.po |\n" " | | (fuzzy) |\n" " {translation} | | |\n" " | ^ V V\n" " | | {manual editing} |\n" " | | | |\n" " V | V V\n" " doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po addendum master.doc\n" " (initial) (up-to-date) (optional) (up-to-date)\n" " : | | |\n" " : V | |\n" " +----->----->----->------> + | |\n" " | | |\n" " V V V\n" " +------>-----+------<------+\n" " |\n" " V\n" " [po4a updates translations]\n" " |\n" " V\n" " XX.doc\n" " (up-to-date)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " master.doc\n" " |\n" " V\n" " +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n" " : | | :\n" "{翻译} | { 更新到 master.doc } :\n" " : | | :\n" " XX.doc | V V\n" " (可选) | master.doc ->-------->------>+\n" " : | (新的) |\n" " V V | |\n" " [po4a-gettextize] doc.XX.po -->+ | |\n" " | (旧的) | | |\n" " | ^ V V |\n" " | | [po4a-updatepo] |\n" " V | | V\n" " translation.pot ^ V |\n" " | | doc.XX.po |\n" " | | (模糊) |\n" " { 翻译 } | | |\n" " | ^ V V\n" " | | {手动编辑} |\n" " | | | |\n" " V | V V\n" " doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po addendum master.doc\n" " (初始) (最新) (可选) (最新)\n" " : | | |\n" " : V | |\n" " +----->----->----->------> + | |\n" " | | |\n" " V V V\n" " +------>-----+------<------+\n" " |\n" " V\n" " [po4a-translate]\n" " |\n" " V\n" " XX.doc\n" " (最新)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:78 msgid "" "Again, this schema is overly complicated. Check on L<po4a(1)> for a " "simplified overview." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:79 msgid "" "The left part depicts how L<po4a-gettextize(1)> can be used to convert an " "existing translation project to the po4a infrastructure. This script takes " "an original document and its translated counterpart, and tries to build the " "corresponding PO file. Such manual conversion is rather cumbersome (see the " "L<po4a-gettextize(1)> documentation for more details), but it is only needed " "once to convert your existing translations. If you don't have any " "translation to convert, you can forget about this and focus on the right " "part of the schema." msgstr "" "左侧部分描述了如何使用 L<po4a-gettexalize(1)> 将现有的翻译项目转换为 po4a 基" "础设施。此脚本获取原始文档及其翻译的副本，并尝试构建相应的 PO 文件。这种手动" "转换相当麻烦(有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<po4a-gettexalize(1)> 文档)，但转换现" "有翻译只需要一次。如果您没有任何要转换的翻译，您可以忘掉这一点，专注于模式的" "正确部分。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "On the top right part, the action of the original author is depicted, " #| "updating the documentation. The middle right part depicts the automatic " #| "actions of L<po4a-updatepo(1)>. The new material is extracted and " #| "compared against the exiting translation. The previous translation is " #| "used for the parts that didn't change, while partially modified parts are " #| "connected to the previous translation with a \"fuzzy\" marker indicating " #| "that the translation must be updated. New or heavily modified material is " #| "left untranslated." msgid "" "On the top right part, the action of the original author is depicted, " "updating the documentation. The middle right part depicts the automatic " "updates of translation files: the new material is extracted and compared " "against the exiting translation. The previous translation is used for the " "parts that didn't change, while partially modified parts are connected to " "the previous translation with a \"fuzzy\" marker indicating that the " "translation must be updated. New or heavily modified material is left " "untranslated." msgstr "" "在右上角，描述了原始作者的操作，更新了文档。右中部分描述了 L<po4a-" "updatepo(1)> 的自动操作。提取新资料，并将其与现有翻译进行比较。先前的翻译用于" "未更改的部分，而部分修改的部分使用“模糊”标记连接到先前的翻译，指示翻译必须更" "新。新的或大量修改的资料未翻译。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:81 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Then, the I<manual editing> reported depicts the action of the " #| "translators, that modify the PO files to provide translations to every " #| "original string and paragraph. This can be done using either a specific " #| "editor such as the B<GNOME Translation Editor>, KDE's B<Lokalize> or " #| "B<poedit>, or using an online localization platform such as B<weblate> or " #| "B<pootle>. The translation result is a set of PO files, one per language. " #| "Please refer to the gettext documentation for more details." msgid "" "Then, the I<manual editing> block depicts the action of the translators, " "that modify the PO files to provide translations to every original string " "and paragraph. This can be done using either a specific editor such as the " "B<GNOME Translation Editor>, KDE's B<Lokalize> or B<poedit>, or using an " "online localization platform such as B<weblate> or B<pootle>. The " "translation result is a set of PO files, one per language. Please refer to " "the gettext documentation for more details." msgstr "" "然后，I<Manual editing> 报告描述了翻译人员的操作，他们修改 PO 文件，为每个原" "始字符串和段落提供翻译。这可以使用特定的编辑器(如 B<GNOME Translation " "Editor>、KDE's B<Lokalize> 或 B<poedit> )或使用在线本地化平台(如 B<weblate> " "或 B<pootle>)来完成。翻译结果是一组 PO 文件，每种语言一个。有关更多详细信息，" "请参阅 gettext 文档。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The bottom part of the figure shows how L<po4a-translate(1)> creates a " #| "translated source document from the F<master.doc> original document and " #| "the F<doc.XX.po> translation catalog that was updated by the translators. " #| "The structure of the document is reused, while the original content is " #| "replaced by its translated counterpart. Optionally, an addendum can be " #| "used to add some extra text to the translation. This is often used to add " #| "the name of the translator to the final document. See below for details." msgid "" "The bottom part of the figure shows how B<po4a> creates a translated source " "document from the F<master.doc> original document and the F<doc.XX.po> " "translation catalog that was updated by the translators. The structure of " "the document is reused, while the original content is replaced by its " "translated counterpart. Optionally, an addendum can be used to add some " "extra text to the translation. This is often used to add the name of the " "translator to the final document. See below for details." msgstr "" "图的下半部分显示了 L<po4a-translate(1)> 如何从翻译人员更新的 F<master.doc> 原" "始文档和 F<doc.XX.po> 翻译目录创建翻译的源文档。文档的结构被重用，而原始内容" "被其翻译的对应内容替换。或者，可以使用附录向翻译中添加一些额外的文本。这通常" "用于将翻译人员的姓名添加到最终文档中。详情见下文。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:83 #, fuzzy #| msgid "po4a - update both the PO files and translated documents in one shot" msgid "" "Upon invocation, B<po4a> updates both the translation files and the " "translated documentation files automatically." msgstr "po4a - 一次性更新 PO 文件和翻译文档" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting a new translation" msgid "Starting a new translation project" msgstr "开始新的翻译" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:85 msgid "" "If you start from scratch, you just have to write a configuration file for " "po4a, and you are set. The relevant templates are created for the missing " "files, allowing your contributors to translate your project to their " "language. Please refer to L<po4a(1)> for a quick start tutorial and for all " "details." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:86 msgid "" "If you have an existing translation, i.e. a documentation file that was " "translated manually, you can integrate its content in your po4a workflow " "using B<po4a-gettextize>. This task is a bit cumbersome (as described in the " "tool's manpage), but once your project is converted to po4a workflow, " "everything will be updated automatically." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generating a translated document" msgid "Updating the translations and documents" msgstr "生成翻译的文档" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:88 msgid "" "Once setup, invoking B<po4a> is enough to update both the translation PO " "files and translated documents. You may pass the C<--no-translations> to " "B<po4a> to not update the translations (thus only updating the PO files) or " "C<--no-update> to not update the PO files (thus only updating the " "translations). This roughly corresponds to the individual B<po4a-updatepo> " "and B<po4a-translate> scripts which are now deprecated (see \"Why are the " "individual scripts deprecated\" in the FAQ below)." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:89 msgid "Using addenda to add extra text to translations" msgstr "使用附录向翻译添加额外文本" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:90 msgid "" "Adding new text to the translation is probably the only thing that is easier " "in the long run when you translate files manually :). This happens when you " "want to add an extra section to the translated document, not corresponding " "to any content in the original document. The classical use case is to give " "credits to the translation team, and to indicate how to report translation-" "specific issues." msgstr "" "从长远来看，在手动翻译文件时，向翻译中添加新文本可能是唯一更容易的事情 :)。当" "您想要向翻译后的文档添加额外的部分，而不是与原始文档中的任何内容相对应时，就" "会发生这种情况。典型的用例是给翻译团队加分，并指出如何报告特定于翻译的问题。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:91 msgid "" "With po4a, you have to specify B<addendum> files, that can be conceptually " "viewed as patches applied to the localized document after processing. Each " "addendum must be provided as a separate file, which format is however very " "different from the classical patches. The first line is a I<header line>, " "defining the insertion point of the addendum (with an unfortunately cryptic " "syntax -- see below) while the rest of the file is added verbatim at the " "determined position." msgstr "" "对于 po4a，您必须指定 B<addendum> 文件，这些文件在概念上可以被视为在处理后应" "用于本地化文档的补丁。每个附录必须作为单独的文件提供，但其格式与经典补丁程序" "非常不同。第一行是 I<header>，它定义了附录的插入点(不幸的是，使用了隐晦的语" "法--见下文)，而文件的其余部分被逐字添加到确定的位置。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:92 msgid "" "The header line must begin with the string B<PO4A-HEADER:>, followed by a " "semi-colon separated list of I<key>B<=>I<value> fields." msgstr "" "标题行必须以字符串 B<PO4A-HEADER:> 开头，后跟分号分隔的 I<key>B<=>I<value> 字" "段列表。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:93 msgid "" "For example, the following header declares an addendum that must be placed " "at the very end of the translation." msgstr "例如，下面的标题声明了一个附录，该附录必须放在翻译的最后。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:94 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: mode=eof\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: mode=eof\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:95 msgid "" "Things are more complex when you want to add your extra content in the " "middle of the document. The following header declares an addendum that must " "be placed after the XML section containing the string C<About this document> " "in translation." msgstr "" "当您想要在文档中间添加额外内容时，事情会更加复杂。下面的标题声明了一个附录，" "翻译时必须放在包含字符串 C<About this document> 的 XML 部分之后。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:96 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:97 msgid "" "In practice, when trying to apply an addendum, po4a searches for the first " "line matching the C<position> argument (this can be a regexp). Do not forget " "that po4a considers the B<translated> document here. This documentation is " "in English, but your line should probably read as follows if you intend your " "addendum to apply to the French translation of the document." msgstr "" "实际上，当尝试应用附录时，po4a 会搜索与 C<position> 参数匹配的第一行(这可以" "是 regexp(正则表达式))。不要忘记，po4a 在这里考虑 B<translated> 文档。本文档" "是英文的，但如果您打算将附录应用于文档的法语翻译，则您的行可能应该如下所示。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:98 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=À propos de ce document; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:99 msgid "" "Once the C<position> is found in the target document, po4a searches for the " "next line after the C<position> that matches the provided C<endboundary>. " "The addendum is added right B<after> that line (because we provided an " "I<endboundary>, i.e. a boundary ending the current section)." msgstr "" "一旦在目标文档中找到 C<position>,po4a 就会搜索 C<position> 之后的下一行，它与" "所提供的 C<endboundary> 匹配。附录被添加到该行的右侧 B<after> (因为我们提供" "了 I<endboundary>，即结束于当前部分的边界)。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:100 msgid "" "The exact same effect could be obtained with the following header, that is " "equivalent:" msgstr "使用下面的 Header 可以获得完全相同的效果，即等效：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:101 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here, po4a searches for the first line matching C<<section>> after the " #| "line matching C<About this document> in the translation, and add the " #| "addendum B<before> that line since we provided a I<beginboundary>, i.e. a " #| "boundary marking the beginning of the next section. So this header line " #| "requires to place the addendum after the section containing C<About this " #| "document>, and instruct po4a that a section starts with a line containing " #| "the C<<section>> tag. This is equivalent to the previous example because " #| "what you really want is to add this addendum either after C</section>> or " #| "before C<<section>>." msgid "" "Here, po4a searches for the first line matching C<< <section> >> after the " "line matching C<About this document> in the translation, and add the " "addendum B<before> that line since we provided a I<beginboundary>, i.e. a " "boundary marking the beginning of the next section. So this header line " "requires placing the addendum after the section containing C<About this " "document>, and instruct po4a that a section starts with a line containing " "the C<< <section> >> tag. This is equivalent to the previous example because " "what you really want is to add this addendum either after C<< </section> >> " "or before C<< <section> >>." msgstr "" "在这里，po4a 在翻译中的匹配 C<About this document> 的行之后搜索与 " "C<<section>> 匹配的第一行，并添加该行的附录 B<before> ，因为我们提供了 " "I<beginboundary>，即边界标记下一节的开始。因此，此标题行需要将附录放在包含 " "C<about this document> 的部分之后，并指示 po4a 该部分以包含 C<<section>> 标记" "的行开头。这与前面的示例等效，因为您真正想要的是在C</section>> 之后或 " "C<<section>>之前添加此附录。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can also set the insertion I<mode> to the value C<before>, with a " #| "similar semantic: combining C<mode=before> with an C<endboundary> will " #| "put the addendum just B<after> the matched boundary, that the last " #| "potential boundary line before the C<position>. Combining C<mode=before> " #| "with an C<beginboundary> will put the addendum just B<before> the matched " #| "boundary, that the last potential boundary line before the C<position>." msgid "" "You can also set the insertion I<mode> to the value C<before>, with a " "similar semantic: combining C<mode=before> with an C<endboundary> will put " "the addendum just B<after> the matched boundary, that is the last potential " "boundary line before the C<position>. Combining C<mode=before> with an " "C<beginboundary> will put the addendum just B<before> the matched boundary, " "that is the last potential boundary line before the C<position>." msgstr "" "您还可以将插入I<mode> 设置为值 C<before>，具有类似的语义：将 C<mode=before> " "与 C<endboundary> 组合将把附录正好放在匹配边界 B<after>，即 C<position> 之前" "的最后一条潜在边界线。将 C<mode=before> 与 C<beginboundary> 组合将把附录放在" "匹配边界 B<before>，也就是 C<position> 之前的最后一条潜在边界线。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:104 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Mode | Boundary kind | Used boundary | Insertion point compared to the boundary\n" " ========|===============|========================|=========================================\n" " 'before'| 'endboundary' | last before 'position' | Right after the selected boundary\n" " 'before'|'beginboundary'| last before 'position' | Right before the selected boundary\n" " 'after' | 'endboundary' | first after 'position' | Right after the selected boundary\n" " 'after' |'beginboundary'| first after 'position' | Right before the selected boundary\n" " 'eof' | (none) | n/a | End of file\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 模式 | 边界种类 | 使用的边界 | 与边界比较的插入点\n" " ========|===============|========================|=========================================\n" " 'before'(之前)| 'endboundary'(结束边界) | last before 'position'(‘位置’之前的最后一个) | Right after the selected boundary(就在所选边界之后)\n" " 'before'(之前)|'beginboundary'(开始边界)| last before 'position' (‘位置’之前的最后一个)| Right before the selected boundary(就在所选边界之前)\n" " 'after'(之后) | 'endboundary'(结束边界) | first after 'position'(‘位置’之后的第一个) | Right after the selected boundary(就在所选边界之后)\n" " 'after'(之后) |'beginboundary'(开始边界)| first after 'position'(‘位置’之后的第一个) | Right before the selected boundary(就在所选边界之前)\n" " 'eof'(EOF) | (none) (无) | n/a | End of file(文件结尾)\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:105 msgid "Hint and tricks about addenda" msgstr "关于附录的提示和技巧" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:106 msgid "" "Remember that these are regexp. For example, if you want to match the end of " "a nroff section ending with the line C<.fi>, do not use C<.fi> as " "B<endboundary>, because it will match with C<the[ fi]le>, which is obviously " "not what you expect. The correct B<endboundary> in that case is: C<^\\.fi$>." msgstr "" "请记住，这些是 regexp(正则表达式)。例如，如果您希望匹配以行 C<.fi> 结尾的 " "nroff 部分的末尾，请不要将 C<.fi> 用作 B<endboundary>，因为它将与 " "C<the[fi]le> 匹配，这显然不是您所期望的。在这种情况下，正确的 B<endboundary> " "是：C<^\\.fi$>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:107 msgid "" "White spaces ARE important in the content of the C<position> and boundaries. " "So the two following lines B<are different>. The second one will only be " "found if there is enough trailing spaces in the translated document." msgstr "" "空格在 C<position> 和边界的内容中很重要。所以下面的两行 B<are different>。只" "有在翻译的文档中有足够的尾随空格时，才会找到第二个空格。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:108 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document ; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:109 msgid "" "Although this context search may be considered to operate roughly on each " "line of the B<translated> document, it actually operates on the internal " "data string of the translated document. This internal data string may be a " "text spanning a paragraph containing multiple lines or may be a XML tag " "itself alone. The exact I<insertion point> of the addendum must be before or " "after the internal data string and can not be within the internal data " "string." msgstr "" "尽管该上下文搜索可能被认为是对 B<translated> 文档的每一行进行粗略操作，但它实" "际上是对已翻译文档的内部数据串进行操作。该内部数据串可以是跨越包含多行的段落" "的文本，或者可以是单独的 XML 标签。附录的确切 I<insertion point> 必须在内部数" "据字符串之前或之后，并且不能在内部数据字符串内。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Pass the B<-vv> argument to po4a to understand how the addenda are added " #| "to the translation. It may also help to run po4a in debug mode to see the " #| "actual internal data string when your addendum does not apply." msgid "" "Pass the C<-vv> argument to B<po4a> to understand how the addenda are added " "to the translation. It may also help to run B<po4a> in debug mode to see the " "actual internal data string when your addendum does not apply." msgstr "" "将 B<-vv> 参数传递给 po4a 以了解如何将附录添加到翻译中。当您的附录不适用时，" "在调试模式下运行 po4a 以查看实际的内部数据字符串也可能会有所帮助。" #. type: =head3 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:111 msgid "Addenda examples" msgstr "附录示例" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:112 msgid "If you want to add something after the following nroff section:" msgstr "如果要在以下 nroff 部分之后添加内容：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:113 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .SH \"AUTHORS\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .SH \"作者\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You should select a two step approach by setting B<mode=after>. Then you " #| "should narrow down search to the line after B<AUTHORS> with the " #| "B<position> argument regex. Then, you should match the beginning of the " #| "next section (i.e., B<^\\.SH>) with the B<beginboundary> argument regex. " #| "That is to say:" msgid "" "You should select a two-step approach by setting B<mode=after>. Then you " "should narrow down search to the line after B<AUTHORS> with the B<position> " "argument regex. Then, you should match the beginning of the next section (i." "e., B<^\\.SH>) with the B<beginboundary> argument regex. That is to say:" msgstr "" "您应该通过设置 B<mode=After> 选择两步方法。然后，您应该使用 B<position> 参数 " "regex 将搜索范围缩小到 B<Authors> 之后的行。然后，您应该将下一节的开头(即，" "B<^\\.SH>)与 B<BEGINBOLDER> 参数 regex 相匹配。这就是说：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:115 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=AUTHORS;beginboundary=\\.SH\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=作者;beginboundary=\\.SH\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:116 msgid "" "If you want to add something right after a given line (e.g. after the line " "\"Copyright Big Dude\"), use a B<position> matching this line, B<mode=after> " "and give a B<beginboundary> matching any line." msgstr "" "如果您想要在给定行之后添加某些内容(例如，在“版权所有 Big Dude”行之后)，请使用" "与此行匹配的 B<position>，B<mode=After>，并给出与任何行匹配的 " "B<beginboundary>。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=Copyright Big Dude, 2004;beginboundary=^\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=版权所有 Big Dude，2004 年;beginboundary=^\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:118 msgid "" "If you want to add something at the end of the document, give a B<position> " "matching any line of your document (but only one line. Po4a won't proceed if " "it's not unique), and give an B<endboundary> matching nothing. Don't use " "simple strings here like B<\"EOF\">, but prefer those which have less chance " "to be in your document." msgstr "" "如果要在文档末尾添加某些内容，请在文档的任意行加上匹配的 B<position> (但只有" "一行，如果不是唯一的，po4a 将不会继续)。并给出一个不匹配的 B<endboundary> 。" "这里不要使用像 B<\"EOF\"> 这样的简单字符串，而要使用那些在文档中出现的机会较" "小的字符串。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:119 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=About this document;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=关于本文档;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:120 msgid "More detailed example" msgstr "更详细的示例" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:121 msgid "Original document (POD formatted):" msgstr "原始文件(POD 格式)：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:122 #, no-wrap msgid "" " |=head1 NAME\n" " |\n" " |dummy - a dummy program\n" " |\n" " |=head1 AUTHOR\n" " |\n" " |me\n" "\n" msgstr "" " |=head1 名称\n" " |\n" " |dummy - 一个虚拟程序\n" " |\n" " |=head1 作者\n" " |\n" " |我\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:123 msgid "" "Then, the following addendum will ensure that a section (in French) about " "the translator is added at the end of the file (in French, \"TRADUCTEUR\" " "means \"TRANSLATOR\", and \"moi\" means \"me\")." msgstr "" "然后，以下附录将确保在文件的末尾添加有关翻译器的部分（简体中文）（简体中文， " "\"翻译\" 表示 \"TRANSLATOR\"，\"我\" 表示 \"me\"）。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:124 #, no-wrap msgid "" " |PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=AUTEUR;beginboundary=^=head\n" " |\n" " |=head1 TRADUCTEUR\n" " |\n" " |moi\n" " |\n" "\n" msgstr "" " |PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=作者;beginboundary=^=head\n" " |\n" " |=head1 翻译\n" " |\n" " |我\n" " |\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:125 msgid "To put your addendum before the AUTHOR, use the following header:" msgstr "要将附录放在作者之前，请使用以下标题：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=NOM;beginboundary=^=head1\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=名称;beginboundary=^=head1\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This works because the next line matching the B<beginboundary> /^=head1/ " #| "after the section \"NAME\" (translated to \"NOM\" in French), is the one " #| "declaring the authors. So, the addendum will be put between both " #| "sections. Note that if another section is added between NAME and AUTHOR " #| "sections later, po4a will wrongfully put the addenda before the new " #| "section." msgid "" "This works because the next line matching the B<beginboundary> C</^=head1/> " "after the section \"NAME\" (translated to \"NOM\" in French), is the one " "declaring the authors. So, the addendum will be put between both sections. " "Note that if another section is added between NAME and AUTHOR sections " "later, po4a will wrongfully put the addenda before the new section." msgstr "" "这之所以可行，是因为“name”部分(在汉语中翻译为“名称”)之后与 B<beginboundary> " "匹配的下一行 /^=head1/ 是声明作者的那行。因此，附录将放在两个部分之间。请注" "意，如果稍后在名称和作者部分之间添加另一个部分，po4a 将错误地将附录放在新部分" "之前。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:128 msgid "To avoid this you may accomplish the same using B<mode>=I<before>:" msgstr "要避免出现这种情况，您可以使用 B<mode>=I<BEFORE> 来完成相同的操作：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:129 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^=head1 AUTEUR\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^=head1 AUTEUR\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:130 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "它是如何工作的？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This chapter gives you a brief overview of the po4a internals, so that " #| "you may feel more confident to help us maintaining and improving it. It " #| "may also help you understanding why it does not do what you expected, and " #| "how to solve your problems." msgid "" "This chapter gives you a brief overview of the po4a internals, so that you " "may feel more confident to help us to maintain and to improve it. It may " "also help you to understand why it does not do what you expected, and how to " "solve your problems." msgstr "" "本章将向您简要介绍 po4a 的内部结构，以便您可以更有信心地帮助我们维护和改进" "它。它还可能帮助您理解为什么它没有达到您的预期，以及如何解决您的问题。" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:132 msgid "TransTractors and project architecture" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The po4a architecture is object oriented. The L<Locale::Po4a::" #| "TransTractor(3pm)|TransTractor> class is the common ancestor to all po4a " #| "parsers. This strange name comes from the fact that it is at the same " #| "time in charge of translating document and extracting strings." msgid "" "At the core of the po4a project, the L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|" "TransTractor> class is the common ancestor to all po4a parsers. This strange " "name comes from the fact that it is at the same time in charge of " "translating document and extracting strings." msgstr "" "Po4a 体系结构面向对象。L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|TransTractor> 类是所" "有 po4a 解析器的共同祖先。这个奇怪的名称来自一个事实，即它同时负责翻译文档和" "提取字符串。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "More formally, it takes a document to translate plus a PO file containing " #| "the translations to use as input while producing two separate outputs: " #| "Another PO file (resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from " #| "the input document), and a translated document (with the same structure " #| "than the input one, but with all translatable strings replaced with " #| "content of the input PO). Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgid "" "More formally, it takes a document to translate plus a PO file containing " "the translations to use as input while producing two separate outputs: " "Another PO file (resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from " "the input document), and a translated document (with the same structure as " "the input one, but with all translatable strings replaced with content of " "the input PO). Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgstr "" "更正式地说，它需要一个要翻译的文档加上一个包含要用作输入的翻译的 PO 文件，同" "时生成两个单独的输出：另一个 PO 文件(从输入文档中提取可翻译字符串的结果)和一" "个翻译文档(结构与输入文档相同，但所有可翻译字符串都替换为输入 PO 的内容)。以" "下是这一点的图形表示：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:135 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Input document --\\ /---> Output document\n" #| " \\ TransTractor:: / (translated)\n" #| " +-->-- parse() --------+\n" #| " / \\\n" #| " Input PO --------/ \\---> Output PO\n" #| " (extracted)\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Input document --\\ /---> Output document\n" " \\ TransTractor:: / (translated)\n" " +-->-- parse() --------+\n" " / \\\n" " Input PO --------/ \\---> Output PO\n" " (extracted)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 输入文档 --\\ /---> 输出文档\n" " \\ 翻译提取器:: / (翻译)\n" " +-->-- 解析() --------+\n" " / \\\n" " 输入 PO --------/ \\---> 输出PO\n" " (提取)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This little bone is the core of all the po4a architecture. If you omit " #| "the input PO and the output document, you get B<po4a-gettextize>. If you " #| "provide both input and disregard the output PO, you get B<po4a-" #| "translate>. The B<po4a> calls TransTractor twice and calls B<msgmerge -U> " #| "between these TransTractor invocations to provide one-stop solution with " #| "a single configuration file. Please see L<Locale::Po4a::" #| "TransTractor(3pm)> for more details." msgid "" "This little bone is the core of all the po4a architecture. If you provide " "both input and disregard the output PO, you get B<po4a-translate>. If you " "disregard the output document instead, you get B<po4a-updatepo>. The B<po4a> " "uses a first TransTractor to get an up-to-date output POT file (disregarding " "the output documents), calls B<msgmerge -U> to update the translation PO " "files on disk, and builds a second TransTractor with these updated PO files " "to update the output documents. In short, B<po4a> provides one-stop solution " "to update what needs to be, using a single configuration file." msgstr "" "这个小骨头是所有 po4a 架构的核心。如果省略输入 PO 和输出文档，则得到 B<po4a-" "gettextize>。如果同时提供输入而忽略输出 PO，则得到 B<po4a-translate>。 " "B<po4a> 调用翻译提取器两次，并在这些翻译提取器调用之间调用 B<msgmerge -U>，以" "提供一个配置文件的一站式解决方案。有关更多详细信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:137 msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> also uses two TransTractors, but another way: It builds " "one TransTractor per language, and then build a new PO file using the msgids " "of the original document as msgids, and the msgids of the translated " "document as msgstrs. Much care is needed to ensure that the strings matched " "this way actually match, as described in L<po4a-gettextize(1)>." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:138 msgid "Format-specific parsers" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:139 msgid "" "All po4a format parsers are implemented on top of the TransTractor. Some of " "them are very simple, such as the Text, Markdown and AsciiDoc ones. They " "load the lines one by one using C<TransTractor::shiftline()>, accumulate the " "paragraphs' content or whatever. Once a string is completely parsed, the " "parser uses C<TransTractor::translate()> to (1) add this string to the " "output PO file and (2) get the translation from the input PO file. The " "parser then pushes the result to the output file using C<TransTractor::" "pushline()>." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:140 msgid "" "Some other parsers are more complex because they rely on an external parser " "to analyze the input document. The Xml, HTML, SGML and Pod parsers are built " "on top of SAX parsers. They declare callbacks to events such as \"I found a " "new title which content is the following\" to update the output document and " "output POT files according to the input content using C<TransTractor::" "translate()> and C<TransTractor::pushline()>. The Yaml parser is similar but " "different: it serializes a data structure produced by the YAML::Tiny parser. " "This is why the Yaml module of po4a fails to declare the reference lines: " "the location of each string in the input file is not kept by the parser, so " "we can only provide \"$filename:1\" as a string location. The SAX-oriented " "parsers use globals and other tricks to save the file name and line numbers " "of references." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:141 msgid "" "One specific issue arises from file encodings and BOM markers. Simple " "parsers can forget about this issue, that is handled by C<TransTractor::" "read()> (used internally to get the lines of an input document), but the " "modules relying on an external parser must ensure that all files are read " "with an appropriate PerlIO decoding layer. The easiest is to open the file " "yourself, and provide an filehandle or directly the full string to your " "external parser. Check on C<Pod::read()> and C<Pod::parse()> for an example. " "The content read by the TransTractor is ignored, but a fresh filehandle is " "passed to the external parser. The important part is the C<< \"<:" "encoding($charset)\" >> mode that is passed to the B<open()> perl function." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:142 msgid "Po objects" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:143 msgid "" "The L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)|Po> class is in charge of loading and using PO " "and POT files. Basically, you can read a file, add entries, get translations " "with the B<gettext()> method, write the PO into a file. More advanced " "features such as merging a PO file against a POT file or validating a file " "are delegated to B<msgmerge> and B<msgfmt> respectively." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:144 msgid "Contributing to po4a" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:145 msgid "" "Even if you have never contributed to any Open Source project in the past, " "you are welcome: we are willing to help and mentor you here. po4a is best " "maintained by its users nowadays. As we lack manpower, we try to make the " "project welcoming by improving the doc and the automatic tests to make you " "confident in contributing to the project. Please refer to the CONTRIBUTING." "md file for more details." msgstr "" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:146 msgid "Open-source projects using po4a" msgstr "使用 po4a 的开源项目" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:147 msgid "" "Here is a very partial list of projects that use po4a in production for " "their documentation. If you want to add your project to the list, just drop " "us an email (or a Merge Request)." msgstr "" "以下是在生产中使用 po4a 进行文档编制的项目的非常部分的列表。如果您想将您的项" "目添加到列表中，只需给我们发送电子邮件(或合并请求)即可。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:148 msgid "adduser (man): users and groups management tool." msgstr "adduser (man): 用户和组管理工具。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:149 msgid "apt (man, docbook): Debian package manager." msgstr "apt (man, docbook): Debian 包管理器。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:150 msgid "aptitude (docbook, svg): terminal-based package manager for Debian" msgstr "aptitude (docbook, svg): Debian 基于终端的包管理器" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): " #| "installable catalogue of FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) " #| "applications for the Android platform." msgid "" "L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): " "installable catalog of FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) applications for " "the Android platform." msgstr "" "L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): 适用" "于 Android 平台的自由与开放源码软件(FOSS)应用程序的可安装目录。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:152 msgid "" "L<git|https://github.com/jnavila/git-manpages-l10n> (asciidoc): distributed " "version-control system for tracking changes in source code." msgstr "" "L<git|https://github.com/jnavila/git-manpages-l10n> (asciidoc): 用于跟踪源代" "码更改的分布式版本控制系统。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:153 msgid "" "L<Linux manpages|https://salsa.debian.org/manpages-l10n-team/manpages-l10n> " "(man)" msgstr "" "L<Linux manpages|https://salsa.debian.org/manpages-l10n-team/manpages-l10n> " "(man)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:154 msgid "" "This project provides an infrastructure for translating many manpages to " "different languages, ready for integration into several major distributions " "(Arch Linux, Debian and derivatives, Fedora)." msgstr "" "该项目提供了将许多手册页翻译成不同语言的基础设施，可以集成到几个主要的发行版" "中(Arch Linux、Debian 和衍生品、Fedora)。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:155 msgid "" "L<Stellarium|https://github.com/Stellarium/stellarium> (HTML): a free open " "source planetarium for your computer. po4a is used to translate the sky " "culture descriptions." msgstr "" "L<Stellarium|https://github.com/Stellarium/stellarium> (HTML): 为您的计算机提" "供免费的开源天文馆。po4a 用于翻译天空文化描述。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:156 msgid "" "L<Jamulus|https://jamulus.io/> (markdown, yaml, HTML): a FOSS application " "for online jamming in real time. The website documentation is maintained in " "multiple languages using po4a." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:157 msgid "" "Other item to sort out: L<https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website/> " "L<https://github.com/fsfe/reuse-docs/pull/61>" msgstr "" "其他要排序的项目：L<https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website/> L<https://" "github.com/fsfe/reuse-docs/pull/61>" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:158 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常见问题解答" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:159 msgid "How do you pronounce po4a?" msgstr "如何发音 po4a？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:160 msgid "" "I personally vocalize it as L<pouah|https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pouah>, " "which is a French onomatopoetic that we use in place of yuck :) I may have a " "strange sense of humor :)" msgstr "" "我个人把它念成 L<pouah|https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pouah>，这是一个法语拟" "声词，我们用它来代替 yuck(雅克 ) :) 我可能有一种奇怪的幽默感 :)" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:161 msgid "Why are the individual scripts deprecated?" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:162 msgid "" "Indeed, B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-translate> are deprecated in favor of " "B<po4a>. The reason is that while B<po4a> can be used as a drop-in " "replacement to these scripts, there is quite a lot of code duplication here. " "Individual scripts last around 150 lines of codes while the B<po4a> program " "lasts 1200 lines, so they do a lot in addition of the common internals. The " "code duplication results in bugs occuring in both versions and needing two " "fixes. One example of such duplication are the bugs #1022216 in Debian and " "the issue #442 in GitHub that had the exact same fix, but one in B<po4a> and " "the other B<po4a-updatepo>." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:163 msgid "" "In the long run, I would like to drop the individual scripts and only " "maintain one version of this code. The sure thing is that the individual " "scripts will not get improved anymore, so only B<po4a> will get the new " "features. That being said, there is no deprecation urgency. I plan to keep " "the individual scripts as long as possible, and at least until 2030. If your " "project still use B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-translate> in 2030, you may " "have a problem." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:164 msgid "" "We may also remove the deprecation of these scripts at some point, if a " "refactoring reduces the code duplication to zero. If you have an idea (or " "better: a patch), your help is welcome." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:165 msgid "What about the other translation tools for documentation using gettext?" msgstr "其他使用 gettext 的文档翻译工具又如何呢？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:166 msgid "" "There are a few of them. Here is a possibly incomplete list, and more tools " "are coming at the horizon." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:167 msgid "B<poxml>" msgstr "B<poxml>" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:168 msgid "" "This is the tool developed by KDE people to handle DocBook XML. AFAIK, it " "was the first program to extract strings to translate from documentation to " "PO files, and inject them back after translation." msgstr "" "这是 KDE 人员开发的处理 DocBook XML 的工具。AFAIK，它是第一个提取字符串以从文" "档转换为 PO 文件，并在转换后注入它们的程序。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:169 msgid "" "It can only handle XML, and only a particular DTD. I'm quite unhappy with " "the handling of lists, which end in one big msgid. When the list become big, " "the chunk becomes harder to swallow." msgstr "" "它只能处理 XML，并且只能处理特定的 DTD。我对列表的处理很不满意，列表以一个大" "的 msgid 结尾。当清单变得很大时，大块就变得更难处理了。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:170 msgid "B<po-debiandoc>" msgstr "B<po-debiandoc>" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:171 msgid "" "This program done by Denis Barbier is a sort of precursor of the po4a SGML " "module, which more or less deprecates it. As the name says, it handles only " "the DebianDoc DTD, which is more or less a deprecated DTD." msgstr "" "这个由 Denis Barbier 完成的程序是 po4a SGML 模块的一种前身，它或多或少地弃用" "了它。顾名思义，它只处理 DebianDoc DTD，这或多或少是一个过时的 DTD。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:172 msgid "B<xml2po.py>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:173 msgid "" "Used by the GIMP Documentation Team since 2004, works quite well even if, as " "the name suggests, only with XML files and needs specially configured " "makefiles." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:174 msgid "B<Sphinx>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:175 msgid "" "The Sphinx Documentation Project also uses gettext extensively to manage its " "translations. Unfortunately, it works only for a few text formats, rest and " "markdown, although it is perhaps the only tool that does this managing the " "whole translation process." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:176 msgid "" "The main advantages of po4a over them are the ease of extra content addition " "(which is even worse there) and the ability to achieve gettextization." msgstr "" "与它们相比，po4a 的主要优势是易于添加额外内容(这一点更糟糕)，以及实现获取文本" "的能力。" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:177 msgid "SUMMARY of the advantages of the gettext based approach" msgstr "基于gettext 的方法的优点的摘要" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:178 msgid "" "The translations are not stored along with the original, which makes it " "possible to detect if translations become out of date." msgstr "翻译不会与原始版本一起存储，这使得可以检测翻译是否过时。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:179 msgid "" "The translations are stored in separate files from each other, which " "prevents translators of different languages from interfering, both when " "submitting their patch and at the file encoding level." msgstr "" "翻译被存储在彼此独立的文件中，从而防止了不同语言的翻译者在提交补丁时和文件编" "码级别上的相互干扰。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:180 msgid "" "It is based internally on B<gettext> (but B<po4a> offers a very simple " "interface so that you don't need to understand the internals to use it). " "That way, we don't have to re-implement the wheel, and because of their wide " "use, we can think that these tools are more or less bug free." msgstr "" "它在内部基于 B<gettext>（但是 B<po4a> 提供了一个非常简单的界面，因此您无需了" "解内部使用它）。这样，我们不必重新实现，并且由于它们的广泛使用，我们可以认为" "这些工具或多或少没有错误。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:181 msgid "" "Nothing changed for the end-user (beside the fact translations will " "hopefully be better maintained). The resulting documentation file " "distributed is exactly the same." msgstr "" "最终用户没有任何变化(除了翻译有望得到更好的维护)。分发的结果文档文件完全相" "同。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:182 msgid "" "No need for translators to learn a new file syntax and their favorite PO " "file editor (like Emacs' PO mode, Lokalize or Gtranslator) will work just " "fine." msgstr "" "翻译员不需要学习新的文件语法，他们最喜欢的 PO 文件编辑器(如 Emacs 的 PO 模" "式、Lokalize 或 GTranslator)就可以很好地工作。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:183 msgid "" "gettext offers a simple way to get statistics about what is done, what " "should be reviewed and updated, and what is still to do. Some example can be " "found at those addresses:" msgstr "" "gettext 提供了一种简单的方法来获取关于已经完成的工作、应该检查和更新的工作以" "及仍要做的工作的统计数据。可以在这些地址找到一些示例：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:184 #, no-wrap msgid "" " - https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdesdk/lokalize/project-view.html\n" " - http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/\n" "\n" msgstr "" " - https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdesdk/lokalize/project-view.html\n" " - http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:185 msgid "" "But everything isn't green, and this approach also has some disadvantages we " "have to deal with." msgstr "但是，并非所有事物都是绿色的，而且这种方法还存在一些必须解决的缺点。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Addenda are… strange at the first glance." msgid "Addenda are somewhat strange at the first glance." msgstr "附录是…… 乍一看很奇怪。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:187 msgid "" "You can't adapt the translated text to your preferences, like splitting a " "paragraph here, and joining two other ones there. But in some sense, if " "there is an issue with the original, it should be reported as a bug anyway." msgstr "" "您不能根据自己的喜好调整翻译后的文本，比如在这里拆分一个段落，在那里加入另外" "两个段落。但在某种意义上，如果原始版本有问题，无论如何都应该报告为 bug。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:188 msgid "" "Even with an easy interface, it remains a new tool people have to learn." msgstr "即使有一个简单的界面，它仍然是一个人们必须学习的新工具。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:189 msgid "" "One of my dreams would be to integrate somehow po4a to Gtranslator or " "Lokalize. When a documentation file is opened, the strings are automatically " "extracted, and a translated file + po file can be written to disk. If we " "manage to do an MS Word (TM) module (or at least RTF) professional " "translators may even use it." msgstr "" "我的梦想之一是以某种方式将 po4a 集成到 GTranslator 或 Lokalize 中。打开文档文" "件时，会自动提取字符串，并且可以将翻译后的文件 + po 文件写入磁盘。如果我们设" "法制作 MSWord(TM) 模块(或者至少是 RTF)，专业翻译人员甚至可以使用它。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:191 msgid "" "The documentation of the all-in-one tool that you should use: L<po4a(1)>." msgstr "您应该使用的多合一工具的文档：L<po4a(1)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:192 msgid "" "The documentation of the individual po4a scripts: L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, " "L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>." msgstr "" "单个 po4a 脚本的文档： L<po4a-gettextize(1)>、L<po4a-updatepo(1)>、L<po4a-" "late(1)>、L<po4a-Normalize(1)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:193 msgid "" "The additional helping scripts: L<msguntypot(1)>, L<po4a-display-man(1)>, " "L<po4a-display-pod(1)>." msgstr "" "其他帮助脚本：L<msgan typot(1)>、L<po4a-display-man(1)>、L<po4a-display-" "pod(1)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:194 msgid "" "The parsers of each formats, in particular to see the options accepted by " "each of them: L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc(3pm)> L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::BibTeX(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Xml(3pm)>." msgstr "" "每种格式的解析器，特别是查看每种格式接受的选项：L<Locale::Po4a::" "AsciiDoc(3pm)> L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Guide(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Yaml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::BibTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>." #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:195 msgid "" "The implementation of the core infrastructure: L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)> (particularly important to understand the code " "organization), L<Locale::Po4a::Chooser(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Common(3pm)>. Please also check the F<CONTRIBUTING.md> file " "in the source tree." msgstr "" "核心基础设施的实施：L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)> (particularly " "important to understand the code organization), L<Locale::Po4a::" "Chooser(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Common(3pm)>. 还请检" "查源代码树中的 F<CONTRIBUTING.md> 文件。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:197 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Denis Barbier <barbier,linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier <barbier,linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc - convert AsciiDoc documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc - 从/到 PO 文件转换 AsciiDoc 文档" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc is a module to help the translation of documentation " "in the AsciiDoc format." msgstr "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc 是一个帮助翻译 AsciiDoc 格式文档的模块。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:6 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:13 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:10 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:6 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:7 msgid "OPTIONS ACCEPTED BY THIS MODULE" msgstr "此模块接受的选项" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:35 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:11 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:8 msgid "These are this module's particular options:" msgstr "以下是此模块的特定选项：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:21 msgid "B<definitions>" msgstr "B<definitions>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:22 msgid "" "The name of a file containing definitions for po4a, as defined in the " "B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> section. You can use this option if it is not " "possible to put the definitions in the document being translated." msgstr "" "包含 po4a 定义的文件的名称，如 B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> 部分中定义。如果无法" "将定义放在要翻译的文档中，可以使用此选项。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:10 msgid "" "In a definitions file, lines must not start by two slashes, but directly by " "B<po4a:>." msgstr "在定义文件中，行不能以两个斜杠开始，而直接由 B<po4a:> 开始。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:11 msgid "B<entry>" msgstr "B<entry>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:12 msgid "" "Space-separated list of attribute entries you want to translate. By " "default, no attribute entries are translatable." msgstr "要转换的属性条目的空格分隔列表。默认情况下，没有属性条目是可翻译的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:13 msgid "B<macro>" msgstr "B<macro>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:14 msgid "Space-separated list of macro definitions." msgstr "空格分隔的宏定义列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:15 msgid "B<style>" msgstr "B<style>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:16 msgid "Space-separated list of style definitions." msgstr "以空格分隔的样式定义列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:17 msgid "B<forcewrap>" msgstr "B<forcewrap>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:18 msgid "" "Enable automatic line wrapping in non-verbatim blocks, even if the result " "could be misinterpreted by AsciiDoc formatters." msgstr "启用非逐字块中的自动行换行，即使结果可能被 AsciiDoc 格式器误解。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:19 msgid "" "By default, po4a will not wrap the produced AsciiDoc files because a manual " "inspection is mandated to ensure that the wrapping does not change the " "formatting. Consider for instance the following list item:" msgstr "" "默认情况下，po4a 不会对生成的 AsciiDoc 文件进行封装，因为强制执行手动检查以确" "保封装不会更改格式。例如，请考虑以下列表项：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " * a long sentence that is ending with a number 1. A second sentence.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " * 以数字结尾的长句。1. 第二句。\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:21 msgid "" "If the wrapping leads to the following presentation, the item is split into " "a numbered sub-list. To make things worse, only the speakers of the language " "used in the translation can inspect the situation." msgstr "" "如果换行指向以下演示文稿，则该项目将被拆分到一个带编号的子列表中。更糟糕的" "是，只有使用翻译语言的人才能检查情况。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" " * a long sentence that is ending with a number\n" " 1. A second sentence.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " * 以数字结尾的长句\n" " 1. 第二句话。\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:23 msgid "" "Note that not wrapping the files produced by po4a should not be a problem " "since those files are meant to be processed automatically. They should not " "be regarded as source files anyway." msgstr "" "请注意，不封装 po4a 生成的文件应该不是问题，因为这些文件是自动处理的。它们无" "论如何都不应该被视为源文件。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:24 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With this option, po4a will produce better-looking source files, that may " #| "lead to possibly erroneous formatted outputs." msgid "" "With this option, po4a will produce better-looking AsciiDoc files, but it " "may lead to possibly erroneous formatted outputs." msgstr "使用此选项，po4a 将生成更好看的源文件，这可能会导致格式错误的输出。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:25 msgid "B<noimagetargets>" msgstr "B<noimagetargets>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:26 msgid "" "By default, the targets of block images are translatable to give opportunity " "to make the content point to translated images. This can be stopped by " "setting this option." msgstr "" "默认情况下，块图像的目标是可翻译的，以提供使内容指向已翻译图像的机会。可以通" "过设置此选项来停止此操作。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:27 msgid "B<tablecells>" msgstr "B<tablecells>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:28 msgid "" "This option is a flag that enables sub-table segmentation into cell " "content. The segmentation is limited to cell content, without any parsing " "inside of it." msgstr "" "此选项是启用子表分割为单元格内容的标志。分割仅限于单元格内容，其中没有任何解" "析。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:29 msgid "B<compat>" msgstr "B<compat>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:30 msgid "" "Switch parsing rules to compatibility with different tools. Available " "options are \"asciidoc\" or \"asciidoctor\". Asciidoctor has stricter " "parsing rules, such as equality of length of opening and closing block " "fences." msgstr "" "将解析规则切换为与不同工具兼容。可用选项为 \"asciidoc\" 或 \"asciidoctor\"。" "Asciidoctor 有更严格的解析规则，例如打开和关闭块围栏的长度相等。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:31 msgid "B<nolinting>" msgstr "B<nolinting>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:32 msgid "" "Disable linting messages. When the source code cannot be fixed for clearer " "document structure, these messages are useless." msgstr "" "禁用发送邮件。当无法修复源代码以使文档结构更清晰时，这些消息将毫无用处。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:33 msgid "B<cleanspaces>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:34 msgid "" "Remove extra spaces from the source segments in no-wrap mode. This is useful " "when the translation tools are sensitive to the number of spaces." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:35 msgid "B<yfm_keys>" msgstr "B<yfm_keys>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:31 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space-separated list of hash keys to process for extraction, all other " #| "keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-insensitive match. If " #| "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " #| "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always " #| "returned unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgid "" "Comma-separated list of keys to process for translation in the YAML Front " "Matter section. All other keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-" "sensitive match. If B<yfm_paths> and B<yfm_keys> are used together, values " "are included if they are matched by at least one of the options. Array " "values are always translated, unless the B<yfm_skip_array> option is " "provided." msgstr "" "要处理以进行提取的哈希键的空格分隔列表，将跳过所有其他键。密钥与不区分大小写" "的匹配项匹配。如果 B<paths> 和 B<keys> 一起使用，则包括至少一个选项匹配的值。" "除非提供了 B<skip_array> 选项，否则始终返回数组值。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:37 msgid "B<yfm_skip_array>" msgstr "B<yfm_skip_array>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:38 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:38 msgid "Do not translate array values in the YAML Front Matter section." msgstr "不要转换 YAML Front Matter 部分中的数组值。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:39 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B<paths>" msgid "B<yfm_paths>" msgstr "B<paths>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:40 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:36 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction, all other " #| "paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a case-insensitive match. If " #| "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " #| "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always " #| "returned unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgid "" "Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction in the YAML " "Front Matter section, all other paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a " "case-sensitive match. If B<yfm_paths> and B<yfm_keys> are used together, " "values are included if they are matched by at least one of the options. " "Arrays values are always returned unless the B<yfm_skip_array> option is " "provided." msgstr "" "要处理以进行提取的哈希路径的逗号分隔列表，则跳过所有其他路径。路径与不区分大" "小写的匹配匹配。如果 B<paths> 和 B<keys> 一起使用，则包括至少一个选项匹配的" "值。除非提供了 B<skip_array> 选项，否则始终返回数组值。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:41 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:27 msgid "INLINE CUSTOMIZATION" msgstr "在线定制" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:42 msgid "" "The AsciiDoc module can be customized with lines starting by B<//po4a:>. " "These lines are interpreted as commands to the parser. The following " "commands are recognized:" msgstr "" "AsciiDoc 模块可自定义由 B<//po4a:>。这些行被解释为解析器的命令。识别以下命" "令：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:43 msgid "B<//po4a: macro >I<name>B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" msgstr "B<//po4a: macro >I<name>B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:44 msgid "" "This describes in detail the parameters of a B<macro>; I<name> must be a " "valid macro name, and it ends with an underscore if the target must be " "translated." msgstr "" "这详细描述 B<macro> 的参数；I<name> 必须是有效的宏名称，如果必须翻译目标，则" "以下划线结束。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:45 msgid "" "The I<attribute list> argument is a comma separated list which contains " "information about translatable arguments. This list contains either " "numbers, to define positional parameters, or named attributes." msgstr "" "I<attribute list> 参数是一个逗号分隔的列表，其中包含有关可翻译参数的信息。此" "列表包含用于定义位置参数的数字或命名属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:46 msgid "" "If a plus sign (B<+>) is prepended to I<name>, then the macro and its " "arguments are translated as a whole. There is no need to define attribute " "list in this case, but brackets must be present." msgstr "" "如果 I<name> 前面加了一个加号 (B<+>)，则宏及其参数将作为一个整体进行转换。这" "种情况下不需要定义属性列表，但必须有方括号。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:47 msgid "B<//po4a: style >B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" msgstr "B<//po4a: style >B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:48 msgid "" "This describes in detail which attributes of a style must be translated." msgstr "这详细描述了必须翻译样式的哪些属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:49 msgid "" "The I<attribute list> argument is a comma separated list which contains " "information about translatable arguments. This list contains either " "numbers, to define positional parameters, or named attributes. The first " "attribute is the style name, it will not be translated." msgstr "" "I<attribute list> 参数是一个逗号分隔的列表，其中包含有关可翻译参数的信息。此" "列表包含用于定义位置参数的数字或命名属性。第一个属性是样式名称，它不会被翻" "译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:50 msgid "" "If a plus sign (B<+>) is prepended to the style name, then the attribute " "list is translated as a whole. There is no need to define translatable " "attributes." msgstr "" "如果样式名称前面有加号 (B<+>)，则属性列表将作为整体进行转换。不需要定义可翻译" "属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:51 msgid "" "If a minus sign (B<->) is prepended to the style name, then this attribute " "is not translated." msgstr "如果样式名称前面有减号 (B<->)，则不会转换此属性。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:52 msgid "B<//po4a: entry >I<name>" msgstr "B<//po4a: entry >I<name>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:53 msgid "" "This declares an attribute entry as being translatable. By default, they " "are not translated." msgstr "这将属性条目声明为可翻译。默认情况下，它们不会被翻译。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:54 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:6 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:5 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:96 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:6 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:104 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:43 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:12 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:181 msgid "STATUS OF THIS MODULE" msgstr "此模块的状态" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:55 msgid "Tested successfully on simple AsciiDoc files." msgstr "在简单的 AsciiDoc 文件上测试成功。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:59 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" " Copyright © 2012 Denis BARBIER <barbier@linuxfr.org>.\n" " Copyright © 2017 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" " 版权所有 © 2012 Denis BARBIER <barbier@linuxfr.org>.\n" " 版权所有 © 2017 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX - convert BibTeX documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX - 将 BibTeX 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX is a module to help the translation of bibliographies " "in the BibTeX format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX 是一个帮助将 BibTeX 格式的书目翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模" "块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:6 msgid "Fields values are extracted and proposed for translation." msgstr "提取字段值并建议进行翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:8 msgid "NONE." msgstr "没有。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:10 msgid "It is a very simple module, but still young." msgstr "这是一个非常简单的模块，但还很年轻。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:17 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:121 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:17 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:46 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:14 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2006 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2006 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Chooser - manage po4a modules" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Chooser - 管理 po4a 模块" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Chooser is a module to manage po4a modules. Previously, all " "po4a binaries used to know all po4a modules (pod, man, sgml, etc). This made " "the addition of a new module boring, because you had to make sure that the " "documentation is synchronized in all modules, and that each of them can " "access the new module." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Chooser 是一个管理 po4a 模块的模块。以前，所有的 po4a 二进制文" "件都知道所有的 po4a 模块(pod、man、sgml 等)。这使得添加新模块变得枯燥乏味，因" "为您必须确保文档在所有模块中都是同步的，并且每个模块都可以访问新模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:5 msgid "" "Now, you just have to call the Locale::Po4a::Chooser::new() function, " "passing the name of module as argument." msgstr "" "现在，您只需调用 Locale::Po4a::Chooser::new() 函数，将模块名称作为参数传递。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:6 msgid "" "The function Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list() lists the available formats, and " "exits with the value passed as argument. So, we call Locale::Po4a::Chooser::" "list(0) when requested for the list of formats, and Locale::Po4a::Chooser::" "list(1) when passed an invalid format name." msgstr "" "函数 Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list() 列出了可用的格式，并以作为参数传递的值退" "出。因此，当请求格式列表时，我们调用 Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list(0)，当传递无" "效的格式名称时，调用Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list(1) 。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:8 msgid "About po4a:" msgstr "关于 po4a：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:9 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:10 msgid "About modules:" msgstr "关于模块：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:11 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>. " "L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>." msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>. " "L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>." #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:10 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:94 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:24 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:15 msgid "Copyright © 2002-2005, 2014, 2017 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权© 2002-2005，2014， 2017 SPI， Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Common - common parts of the po4a scripts and utils" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Common - po4a 脚本和实用程序的通用部分" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Common contains common parts of the po4a scripts and some " "useful functions used along the other modules." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Common 包含 po4a 脚本的公共部分和其他模块使用的一些有用函数。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:5 msgid "If needed, you can disable the use of Text::WrapI18N as such:" msgstr "如果需要，您可以禁用 Text::WrapI18N，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Common qw(nowrapi18n);\n" " use Locale::Po4a::Text;\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:7 msgid "instead of:" msgstr "而不是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:8 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Text;\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:9 msgid "" "The ordering is important here: as most Locale::Po4a modules load themselves " "Locale::Po4a::Common, the first time this module is loaded determines " "whether Text::WrapI18N is used." msgstr "" "这里的顺序很重要：因为大多数 Locale::Po4a 模块都会自行加载 Locale::Po4a::" "Common，所以第一次加载此模块将确定是否使用 Text::WrapI18N。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:10 msgid "FUNCTIONS" msgstr "功能" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:11 msgid "Showing output messages" msgstr "显示输出消息" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:12 msgid "show_version($)" msgstr "show_version($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:13 msgid "" "Shows the current version of the script, and a short copyright message. It " "takes the name of the script as an argument." msgstr "显示脚本的当前版本，以及一条简短的版权消息。它将脚本的名称作为参数。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:14 msgid "wrap_msg($@)" msgstr "wrap_msg($@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:15 msgid "" "This function displays a message the same way as sprintf() does, but wraps " "the result so that they look nice on the terminal." msgstr "" "此函数显示消息的方式与 sprintf() 相同，但会将结果封装起来，以便它们在终端上看" "起来很美观。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:16 msgid "wrap_mod($$@)" msgstr "wrap_mod($$@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:17 msgid "" "This function works like wrap_msg(), but it takes a module name as the first " "argument, and leaves a space at the left of the message." msgstr "" "此函数的工作方式类似于 wrap_msg()，但它将模块名作为第一个参数，并在消息左侧留" "下一个空格。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:18 msgid "wrap_ref_mod($$$@)" msgstr "wrap_ref_mod($$$@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:19 msgid "" "This function works like wrap_msg(), but it takes a file:line reference as " "the first argument, a module name as the second one, and leaves a space at " "the left of the message." msgstr "" "此函数的工作方式类似于 wrap_msg()，但是它将 file:line 引用作为第一个参数，将" "模块名作为第二个参数，并在消息的左侧留下一个空格。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:20 msgid "Wrappers for other modules" msgstr "其他模块的封装器" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:21 msgid "Locale::Gettext" msgstr "Locale::Gettext" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:22 msgid "" "When the Locale::Gettext module cannot be loaded, this module provide dummy " "(empty) implementation of the following functions. In that case, po4a " "messages won't get translated but the program will continue to work." msgstr "" "当无法加载 Locale::Gettext 模块时，该模块提供以下函数的伪 (空) 实现。在这种情" "况下，po4a 消息不会被翻译，但程序将继续工作。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:23 msgid "" "If Locale::gettext is present, this wrapper also calls " "setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, \"\") so callers don't depend on the POSIX module " "either." msgstr "" "如果存在 Locale::gettext，则此封装器还调用 setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, \"\")，因此" "调用者也不依赖于 POSIX 模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:24 msgid "bindtextdomain($$)" msgstr "bindtextdomain($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:25 msgid "textdomain($)" msgstr "textdomain($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:26 msgid "gettext($)" msgstr "gettext($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:27 msgid "dgettext($$)" msgstr "dgettext($$)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:29 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:15 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:13 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:31 msgid "Copyright © 2005 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权所有 © 2005 SPI, Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Dia - convert uncompressed Dia diagrams from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Dia - 将未压缩的 Dia 图表从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Dia is a module to help the translation of diagrams in the " "uncompressed Dia format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Dia 是一个模块，可帮助将未压缩的 Dia 格式的图表转换为其他 [人" "类] 语言。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" "You can get Dia (the graphical editor for these diagrams) from:\n" " http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia/\n" "\n" msgstr "" "您可以从以下位置获得 Dia (这些图表的图形编辑器)：\n" " http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia/\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:7 msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::DIA" msgstr "翻译与 PO4A::DIA" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:8 msgid "" "This module only translates uncompressed Dia diagrams. You can save your " "uncompressed diagrams with Dia itself, unchecking the \"Compress diagram " "files\" at the \"Save Diagram\" dialog." msgstr "" "此模块仅转换未压缩的 Dia 图。您可以使用 Dia 本身保存未压缩的图表，取消选中“保" "存图表”对话框中的“压缩图表文件”。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:9 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Another way is to uncompress the dia files from command line with:\n" " gunzip < original.dia > uncompressed.dia\n" "\n" msgstr "" "另一种方法是使用以下命令行解压缩 dia 文件：\n" " gunzip < 原始.dia > 解压缩.dia\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:11 msgid "" "This module is fully functional, as it relies in the L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> " "module. This only defines the translatable tags (E<lt>dia:stringE<gt>), and " "filters the internal strings (the content of the E<lt>dia:diagramdataE<gt> " "tag), not interesting for translation." msgstr "" "该模块功能齐全，因为它依赖于 L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> 模块。这只定义了可翻译标记 " "(E<lt>dia:stringE<gt>)，并过滤了内部字符串 (E<lt>dia:diagramdataE<gt> 标记的" "内容)，对翻译没有意义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:16 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:17 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:15 msgid "Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>" msgstr "版权所有 © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Docbook - convert DocBook XML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Docbook - 将 DocBook XML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Docbook is a module to help the translation of DocBook XML " "documents into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Docbook 是一个帮助将 DocBook XML 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模" "块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:8 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:13 msgid "" "This module is fully functional, as it relies in the L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> " "module. This only defines the translatable tags and attributes." msgstr "" "该模块功能齐全，因为它依赖于 L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> 模块。这只定义了可翻译的标" "签和属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:8 msgid "" "The only known issue is that it doesn't handle entities yet, and this " "includes the file inclusion entities, but you can translate most of those " "files alone (except the typical entities files), and it's usually better to " "maintain them separated." msgstr "" "唯一已知的问题是它还不处理实体，这包括文件包含实体，但是您可以单独转换大多数" "这些文件(典型实体文件除外)，而且通常最好将它们分开维护。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:106 msgid "OVERRIDE THE DEFAULT BEHAVIOR WITH COMMAND LINE OPTIONS" msgstr "使用命令行选项覆盖默认行为" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:10 msgid "" "The default behavior of system provided modules is set to be on the safe " "side." msgstr "系统提供的模块的默认行为设置为安全。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:11 msgid "" "For example, the default of B<< <author> >> tag is aiming it to appear under " "B<< <para> >>. But you may be using it only under B<< <bookinfo> >>. For " "this case, you may want to translate it independently for each author." msgstr "" "例如，B<< <author> >> 标记的缺省设置是将其显示在 B<< <para> >> 下。但是您只能" "在 B<< <bookinfo> >> 下使用它。对于这种情况，您可能希望为每个作者单独翻译它。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:12 msgid "" "If you don't like the default behavior of the xml module and its derivative " "modules, you can provide command line options to change their behavior. For " "example, you can add the following to the po4a configuration file:" msgstr "" "如果您不喜欢 xml 模块及其派生模块的默认行为，可以提供命令行选项来更改它们的行" "为。例如，您可以将以下内容添加到 po4a 配置文件中：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:13 #, no-wrap msgid "" " opt:\"-k 0 -o nodefault=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o break=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o untranslated=\\\"<bookinfo>\\\" \\\n" " -o translated=\\\"<author>\\\"\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " opt:\"-k 0 -o nodefault=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o break=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o untranslated=\\\"<bookinfo>\\\" \\\n" " -o translated=\\\"<author>\\\"\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:14 msgid "" "This overrides the default behavior for B<< <bookinfo> >> and B<< <author> " ">>, set B<< <bookinfo> >> and B<< <author> >> to break input data stream on " "these tags, set B<< <bookinfo> >> not to translate its tagged content, and " "set B<< <author> >> to translate its tagged content." msgstr "" "这将覆盖 B<< <bookinfo> >> 和 B<< <author> >> 的默认行为，设置 B<< " "<bookinfo> >> 和 B<< <author> >> 以中断这些标记上的输入数据流，设置 B<< " "<bookinfo> >> 不翻译其标记的内容，并设置 B<< <author> >> 翻译其标记的内容。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " Copyright © 2007-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " 版权所有 © 2007-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Guide - convert Guide XML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Guide - 将指南 XML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Guide is a module to help in the translation of the Gentoo " "Linux documentation in the Guide XML format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Guide 是一个模块，用于帮助将 Guide XML 格式的 Gentoo Linux 文档" "翻译成其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:6 msgid "" "This format is documented here: http://www.gentoo.org/doc/en/xml-guide.xml" msgstr "此格式记录在这里： http://www.gentoo.org/doc/en/xml-guide.xml" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:9 msgid "" "The only known issue is that it doesn't include files with the <include " "href=\"...\"> tag, but you can translate all those files alone, and it's " "usually better to have them separated." msgstr "" "唯一已知的问题是它不包含带有 <include href=\"...\"> 标记的文件，但是您可以单" "独转换所有这些文件，通常最好将它们分开。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Halibut - convert Halibut documents and derivates from/to PO " "files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Halibut -将 Halibut 文档和衍生内容从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Halibut is a module to help the translation of Halibut " "documents into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Halibut 是一个帮助将 Halibut 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:6 msgid "" "This module contains the definitions of common Halibut commands and " "environments." msgstr "本模块包含常见的 Halibut 命令和环境的定义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:8 msgid "This module is still beta. Please send feedback and feature requests." msgstr "此模块仍为测试版。请发送反馈和功能请求。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:9 msgid "CAVEAT" msgstr "警告" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:10 msgid "" "Some constructs are badly supported. The known ones are documented below." msgstr "有些构造的支持率很低。已知的记录如下。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:11 msgid "Verbatim blocks" msgstr "逐字记录块" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:12 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \\c foo\n" " \\c bar\n" "\n" msgstr "" " \\c foo\n" " \\c bar\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:13 msgid "" "The verbatim block is not considered as a whole. Each line will be " "translated separately." msgstr "不会将逐字逐句的块作为一个整体来考虑。每一行都将单独翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:15 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:19 msgid "" "Copyright © 2004-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." msgstr "" "版权所有 © 2004-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Ini - convert INI files from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Ini - 将 INI 文件从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Ini is a module to help the translation of INI files into " "other [human] languages." msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Ini 是一个帮助将INI文件翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:5 msgid "" "The module searches for lines of the following format and extracts the " "quoted text:" msgstr "系统搜索以下格式的行，并提取引号文本：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:6 msgid "identificator=\"text than can be translated\"" msgstr "identificator=\"可以翻译的文本\"" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:7 msgid "NOTE: If the text is not quoted, it will be ignored." msgstr "注：如果文本未加引号，将被忽略。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:16 msgid "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:11 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Razvan Rusu <rrusu@bitdefender.com>\n" " Costin Stroie <cstroie@bitdefender.com>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Razvan Rusu <rrusu@bitdefender.com>\n" " Costin Stroie <cstroie@bitdefender.com>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:13 msgid "Copyright © 2006 BitDefender" msgstr "版权所有 © 2006 BitDefender" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp - convert kernel configuration help from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp - 将内核配置帮助从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp is a module to help the translation of " "documentation for the Linux kernel configuration options into other [human] " "languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp 一个模块，用于帮助将 Linux 内核配置选项的文档翻译成" "其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:6 msgid "" "This module is just written, and needs more tests. Most of the needed work " "will concern the tools used to parse this file (and configure the kernel), " "so that they accept to read the documentation from another (translated) " "file." msgstr "" "此模块刚刚编写，需要更多测试。所需的大部分工作将涉及用于解析此文件 (并配置内" "核) 的工具，以便它们接受从另一个 (翻译后的) 文件中读取文档。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:8 msgid "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:26 msgid "Copyright © 2002 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权所有 © 2002 SPI, Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX - convert LaTeX documents and derivates from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX - 将 LaTeX 文档和衍生从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX is a module to help the translation of LaTeX documents " "into other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules " "for LaTeX-based documents." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX 是一个帮助将 LaTeX 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。它还" "可以用作构建基于 LaTeX 文档的模块的基础。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:6 msgid "" "This module contains the definitions of common LaTeX commands and " "environments." msgstr "此模块包含常见 LaTeX 命令和环境的定义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:7 msgid "" "See the L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX> manpage for the list of " "recognized options." msgstr "" "有关可识别选项的列表，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX> 手册" "页。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:123 msgid "" "Copyright © 2004, 2005 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." msgstr "" "版权所有 © 2004, 2005 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Man - convert manual pages from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Man - 将手动页面从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Man is a module to help the translation of documentation in " "the nroff format (the language of manual pages) into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Man 是一个模块，用于帮助将 nroff 格式(手册页的语言)的文档翻译成" "其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:6 msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::MAN" msgstr "使用 PO4A::MAN 进行翻译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:7 msgid "" "This module tries pretty hard to make translator's life easier. For that, " "the text presented to translators isn't a verbatim copy of the text found in " "the man page. Indeed, the cruder parts of the nroff format are hidden, so " "that translators can't mess up with them." msgstr "" "这个模块非常努力地让翻译员的工作变得更容易。因此，呈现给翻译人员的文本不是手" "册页中的文本的逐字副本。实际上，nroff 格式的粗略部分是隐藏的，这样翻译人员就" "不会把它们搞砸了。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:8 msgid "Text wrapping" msgstr "文本换行" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:9 msgid "" "Unindented paragraphs are automatically rewrapped for the translator. This " "can lead to some minor difference in the generated output, since the " "rewrapping rules used by groff aren't very clear. For example, two spaces " "after a parenthesis are sometimes preserved." msgstr "" "未缩进的段落会自动为翻译器重新换行。这可能会在生成的输出中导致一些细微的差" "异，因为 groff 使用的重新包装规则不是很清楚。例如，有时保留括号后的两个空格。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:10 msgid "" "Anyway, the difference will only be about the position of the extra spaces " "in wrapped paragraph, and I think it's worth." msgstr "无论如何，不同之处只在于换行段落中额外空格的位置，我认为这是值得的。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:11 msgid "Font specification" msgstr "字体规格" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:12 msgid "" "The first change is about font change specifications. In nroff, there are " "several ways to specify if a given word should be written in small, bold or " "italics. In the text to translate, there is only one way, borrowed from the " "POD (Perl online documentation) format:" msgstr "" "第一个更改是关于字体更改规范。在 nroff 中，有几种方法可以指定给定的单词应该用" "小写、粗体还是斜体书写。在要翻译的文本中，只有一种方法，借用 POD (Perl " "Online Documentation) 格式：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:13 msgid "IE<lt>textE<gt> -- italic text" msgstr "IE<lt>textE<gt> -- 斜体文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:14 msgid "equivalent to \\fItext\\fP or \".I text\"" msgstr "等效于 \\fItext\\fP 或 \".I text\"" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:15 msgid "BE<lt>textE<gt> -- bold text" msgstr "BE<lt>textE<gt> -- 粗体文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:16 msgid "equivalent to \\fBtext\\fP or \".B text\"" msgstr "等效于 \\fBtext\\fP 或 \".B text\"" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:17 msgid "RE<lt>textE<gt> -- roman text" msgstr "RE<lt>textE<gt> -- 罗马文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:18 msgid "equivalent to \\fRtext\\fP" msgstr "等效于 \\fRtext\\fP" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:19 msgid "CWE<lt>textE<gt> -- constant width text" msgstr "CWE<lt>textE<gt> -- 等长宽度文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:20 msgid "equivalent to \\f(CWtext\\fP or \".CW text\"" msgstr "等效于 \\f(CWtext\\fP 或 \".CW text\"" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:21 msgid "" "Remark: The CW face is not available for all groff devices. It is not " "recommended to use it. It is provided for your convenience." msgstr "" "备注：并非所有 groff 设备都提供 CW 面。不推荐使用。这是为了您的方便而提供的。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:22 msgid "Automatic characters transliteration" msgstr "字符自动音译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:23 msgid "" "Po4a automatically transliterate some characters to ease the translation or " "the review of the translation. Here is the list of the transliterations:" msgstr "Po4a 会自动音译某些字符，以简化翻译或审核翻译。以下是音译的列表：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:24 msgid "hyphens" msgstr "连字符" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:25 msgid "" "Hyphens (-) and minus signs (\\-) in man pages are all transliterated as " "simple dashes (-) in the PO file. Then all dash are transliterated into " "roff minus signs (\\-) when the translation is inserted into the output " "document." msgstr "" "手册页中的连字符 (-) 和减号 (\\-) 在 PO 文件中都音译为简单的破折号 (-)。然" "后，在将翻译插入到输出文档中时，所有破折号都音译为 roff 减号 (\\-)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:26 msgid "" "Translators can force an hyphen by using the roff glyph '\\[hy]' in their " "translations." msgstr "翻译人员可以在翻译中使用 roff 字形 '\\[hy]' 强制使用连字符。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:27 msgid "non-breaking spaces" msgstr "不间断空格" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:28 msgid "" "Translators can use non-breaking spaces in their translations. These non-" "breaking spaces (0xA0 in latin1) will be transliterated into a roff non-" "breaking space ('\\ ')." msgstr "" "翻译人员可以在翻译中使用不间断空格。这些不间断空格 (latin1 中的 0xA0)将音译" "为 roff 不间断空格('\\ ')。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:29 msgid "quotes transliterations" msgstr "引用音译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:30 msgid "`` and '' are respectively tranliterated into \\*(lq and \\*(rq." msgstr "`` 和 '' 分别音译为 \\*(lq 和 \\*(rq." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:31 msgid "" "To avoid these transliterations, translators can insert a zero width roff " "character (i.e., using `\\&` or '\\&' respectively)." msgstr "" "为了避免这些音译，翻译人员可以插入零宽度 roff 字符(即分别使用 '\\&' 或 " "'\\&')。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:32 msgid "Putting 'E<lt>' and 'E<gt>' in translations" msgstr "在翻译中放 'E<lt>' 和 'E<gt>'" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:33 msgid "" "Since these chars are used to delimit parts under font modification, you " "can't use them verbatim. Use EE<lt>ltE<gt> and EE<lt>gtE<gt> instead (as in " "POD, one more time)." msgstr "" "由于这些字符用于分隔字体修改后的部分，因此您不能逐字使用它们。改为使用 " "EE<lt>ltE<gt> 和 EE<lt>gtE<gt> (与 POD 中相同)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:8 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:13 msgid "B<debug>" msgstr "B<debug>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:37 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:14 msgid "" "Activate debugging for some internal mechanisms of this module. Use the " "source to see which parts can be debugged." msgstr "激活此模块某些内部机制的调试。使用源查看哪些部件可以调试。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:38 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:10 msgid "B<verbose>" msgstr "B<verbose>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:39 msgid "Increase verbosity." msgstr "增加详细程度。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:40 msgid "B<groff_code>" msgstr "B<groff_code>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:41 msgid "" "This option controls the behavior of the module when it encounter a .de, .ie " "or .if section. It can take the following values:" msgstr "此选项控制模块在遇到.de、.ie 或 .if 节时的行为。它可以采用下列值：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:42 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:27 msgid "I<fail>" msgstr "I<fail>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:43 msgid "" "This is the default value. The module will fail when a .de, .ie or .if " "section is encountered." msgstr "这是默认值。遇到 .de、.ie 或 .if 章节时，模块将失败。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:44 msgid "I<verbatim>" msgstr "I<verbatim>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:45 msgid "" "Indicates that the .de, .ie or .if sections must be copied as is from the " "original to the translated document." msgstr "指示必须按原样将 .de、.ie 或 .if 节从原始文档复制到翻译后的文档。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:46 msgid "I<translate>" msgstr "I<translate>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:47 msgid "" "Indicates that the .de, .ie or .if sections will be proposed for the " "translation. You should only use this option if a translatable string is " "contained in one of these section. Otherwise, I<verbatim> should be " "preferred." msgstr "" "指示将为翻译建议 .de、.ie 或 .if 章节。仅当这些部分之一中包含可翻译字符串时，" "才应使用此选项。否则，应该首选 I<verbatim>。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:48 msgid "B<generated>" msgstr "B<generated>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:49 msgid "" "This option specifies that the file was generated, and that po4a should not " "try to detect if the man pages was generated from another format. This " "option is mandatory to use po4a on generated man pages. Note that " "translating generated pages instead of sources ones is often more fragile, " "and thus a bad idea." msgstr "" "该选项指定文件是生成的，并且 po4a 不应尝试检测手册页是否由另一种格式生成。要" "在生成的手册页上使用 po4a，此选项是必需的。请注意，转换生成的页面而不是源页面" "通常更脆弱，因此不是一个好主意。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:50 msgid "B<mdoc>" msgstr "B<mdoc>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:51 msgid "This option is only useful for mdoc pages." msgstr "此选项仅对 mdoc 页面有用。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:52 msgid "" "It selects a stricter support of the mdoc format by telling po4a not to " "translate the 'NAME' section. mdoc pages whose 'NAME' section is translated " "won't generate any header or footer." msgstr "" "它通过告诉 po4a 不翻译 'NAME' 部分来选择更严格的 mdoc 格式支持。翻译了 " "'NAME' 部分的 mdoc 页面不会生成任何页眉或页脚。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" "According to the groff_mdoc page, the NAME, SYNOPSIS and DESCRIPTION\n" "sections are mandatory.\n" "There are no known issues with translated SYNOPSIS or DESCRIPTION section,\n" "but you can also specify these sections this way:\n" " -o mdoc=NAME,SYNOPSIS,DESCRIPTION\n" "\n" msgstr "" "根据 groff_mdoc，名称，概要和描述\n" "章节是必填项。\n" "翻译的概要或描述部分没有已知问题，\n" "但您也可以这样指定这些部分：\n" " -o mdoc=NAME,SYNOPSIS,DESCRIPTION\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:54 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This mdoc issue can also be solved with an addendum like this one:\n" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.Dd\n" " .TH DOCUMENT_TITLE 1 \"Month day, year\" OS \"Section Name\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" "此 mdoc 问题也可以通过如下附录解决：\n" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.Dd\n" " .TH DOCUMENT_TITLE 1 \"月日，年\" 操作系统 \"章节名\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The following options permit to specify the behavior of a new macro " #| "(defined with a .de request), or of a macro not supported by po4a. They " #| "take as argument a comma-separated list of macros. For example:" msgid "" "The following options specify the behavior of a user-defined macro (with a ." "de request), or of a classical macro that is not supported by po4a. They " "take as argument a comma-separated list of macros. For example:" msgstr "" "以下选项允许指定新宏（使用 .de 请求定义）或 po4a 不支持的宏的行为。它们将逗" "号分隔的宏列表作为参数。例如：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:56 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -o noarg=FO,OB,AR -o translate_joined=BA,ZQ,UX\n" "\n" msgstr "" " -o noarg=FO,OB,AR -o translate_joined=BA,ZQ,UX\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:57 msgid "" "Note: if a macro is not supported by po4a and if you consider that it is a " "standard roff macro, you should submit it to the po4a development team." msgstr "" "注意：如果某个宏不受 po4a 支持，并且您认为它是标准的 roff 宏，那么您应该将其" "提交给 po4a 开发团队。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:58 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:94 msgid "B<untranslated>" msgstr "B<untranslated>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:59 msgid "" "B<untranslated> indicates that this macro (at its arguments) don't have to " "be translated." msgstr "B<untranslated> 指示不必翻译此宏(在其参数处)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:60 msgid "B<noarg>" msgstr "B<noarg>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:61 msgid "" "B<noarg> is like B<untranslated>, except that po4a will verify that no " "argument is added to this macro." msgstr "" "B<noarg> 类似于 B<untransted>，不同之处在于 po4a 将验证没有参数添加到此宏。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:62 msgid "B<translate_joined>" msgstr "B<translate_joined>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:63 msgid "" "B<translate_joined> indicates that po4a must propose to translate the " "arguments of the macro." msgstr "B<translate_joined> 指示 po4a 必须提议翻译宏的参数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:64 msgid "B<translate_each>" msgstr "B<translate_each>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:65 msgid "" "With B<translate_each>, the arguments will also be proposed for the " "translation, except that each one will be translated separately." msgstr "" "对于 B<translate_each>，除了每个参数将被单独翻译外，还将为翻译建议参数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:66 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:15 msgid "B<no_wrap>" msgstr "B<no_wrap>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:67 msgid "" "This option takes as argument a list of comma-separated couples I<begin>:" "I<end>, where I<begin> and I<end> are commands that delimit the begin and " "end of a section that should not be rewrapped." msgstr "" "该选项将逗号分隔的对列表 I<begin>:I<end> 作为参数，其中 I<begin> 和 I<end> 是" "分隔不应该重新换行的节的开始和结束的命令。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:68 msgid "" "Note: no test is done to ensure that an I<end> command matches its I<begin> " "command; any ending command stop the no_wrap mode. If you have a I<begin> " "(respectively I<end>) macro that has no I<end> (respectively I<begin>), you " "can specify an existing I<end> (like fi) or I<begin> (like nf) as a " "counterpart. These macros (and their arguments) won't be translated." msgstr "" "注意：不执行任何测试来确保 I<end> 命令与其 I<begin> 命令匹配；任何结束命令都" "会停止 no_wrap 模式。如果您有一个没有 I<end> (分别是 I<begin> )的 I<begin> " "(分别是 I<end>)宏，则可以指定现有的 I<end> (如 fi)或 I<begin> (如 nf)作为对应" "宏。这些宏 (及其参数) 不会被翻译。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:69 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:59 msgid "B<inline>" msgstr "B<inline>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:70 msgid "" "This option specifies a list of comma-separated macros that must not split " "the current paragraph. The string to translate will then contain I<foo E<lt>." "bar baz quxE<gt> quux>, where I<bar> is the command that should be inlined, " "and I<baz qux> its arguments." msgstr "" "此选项指定不得拆分当前段落的逗号分隔宏列表。然后，要转换的字符串将包含 I<foo " "E<lt>.bar baz quxE<gt> quux>，其中 I<bar> 是应该内联的命令，I<baz qux> 是其参" "数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:71 msgid "B<unknown_macros>" msgstr "B<unknown_macros>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:72 msgid "" "This option indicates how po4a should behave when an unknown macro is " "found. By default, po4a fails with a warning. It can take the following " "values: B<failed> (the default value), B<untranslated>, B<noarg>, " "B<translate_joined>, or B<translate_each> (see above for an explanation of " "these values)." msgstr "" "此选项指示找到未知宏时 po4a 的行为。默认情况下，po4a 失败并显示警告。它可以采" "用以下值： B<failed> (默认值)、B<untranslated>、B<noarg>、" "B<translate_joined> 或 B<translate_each> (有关这些值的解释，请参见上文)。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:73 msgid "AUTHORING MAN PAGES COMPLIANT WITH PO4A::MAN" msgstr "创作符合 PO4A::MAN 的手册页" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:74 msgid "" "This module is still very limited, and will always be, because it's not a " "real nroff interpreter. It would be possible to do a real nroff interpreter, " "to allow authors to use all the existing macros, or even to define new ones " "in their pages, but we didn't want to. It would be too difficult, and we " "thought it wasn't necessary. We do think that if manpages' authors want to " "see their productions translated, they may have to adapt to ease the work of " "translators." msgstr "" "这个模块仍然非常有限，而且将永远如此，因为它不是一个真正的 nroff 解释器。做一" "个真正的 nroff 解释器是可能的，允许作者使用所有现有的宏，甚至在他们的页面中定" "义新的宏，但我们不想这样做。这太难了，我们认为没有必要。我们确实认为，如果手" "册页的作者想要看到他们的作品被翻译，他们可能必须适应，以减轻翻译人员的工作。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:75 msgid "" "So, the man parser implemented in po4a have some known limitations we are " "not really inclined to correct, and which will constitute some pitfalls " "you'll have to avoid if you want to see translators taking care of your " "documentation." msgstr "" "因此，po4a 中实现的 man 解析器有一些我们不太愿意纠正的已知限制，如果您希望看" "到翻译人员处理您的文档，这些限制将构成您必须避免的一些陷阱。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:76 msgid "Don't program in nroff" msgstr "不要在 nroff 中编程" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:77 msgid "" "nroff is a complete programming language, with macro definition, " "conditionals and so on. Since this parser isn't a fully featured nroff " "interpreter, it will fail on pages using these facilities (There are about " "200 such pages on my box)." msgstr "" "nroff 是一种完整的编程语言，具有宏定义、条件等功能。因为这个解析器不是一个功" "能齐全的 nroff 解释器，所以它在使用这些工具的页面上将失败 (我框中大约有200个" "这样的页面)。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:78 msgid "Use the plain macro set" msgstr "使用普通宏集" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:79 msgid "" "There are still some macros which are not supported by po4a::man. This is " "only because I failed to find any documentation about them. Here is the list " "of unsupported macros used on my box. Note that this list isn't exhaustive " "since the program fails on the first encountered unsupported macro. If you " "have any information about some of these macros, I'll happily add support " "for them. Because of these macros, about 250 pages on my box are " "inaccessible to po4a::man." msgstr "" "仍然有一些宏不受 po4a::man 支持。这只是因为我找不到任何关于它们的文档。这是我" "的计算机上使用的不受支持的宏的列表。请注意，此列表并不详尽，因为程序在第一个" "遇到的不受支持的宏上失败。如果您有关于这些宏的任何信息，我很乐意添加对它们的" "支持。由于这些宏，po4a::man 无法访问我框中的大约 250 个页面。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:80 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .. .\" .AT .b .bank\n" " .BE ..br .Bu .BUGS .BY\n" " .ce .dbmmanage .do .En\n" " .EP .EX .Fi .hw .i\n" " .Id .l .LO .mf\n" " .N .na .NF .nh .nl\n" " .Nm .ns .NXR .OPTIONS .PB\n" " .pp .PR .PRE .PU .REq\n" " .RH .rn .S< .sh .SI\n" " .splitfont .Sx .T .TF .The\n" " .TT .UC .ul .Vb .zZ\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .. .\" .AT .b .bank\n" " .BE ..br .Bu .BUGS .BY\n" " .ce .dbmmanage .do .En\n" " .EP .EX .Fi .hw .i\n" " .Id .l .LO .mf\n" " .N .na .NF .nh .nl\n" " .Nm .ns .NXR .OPTIONS .PB\n" " .pp .PR .PRE .PU .REq\n" " .RH .rn .S< .sh .SI\n" " .splitfont .Sx .T .TF .The\n" " .TT .UC .ul .Vb .zZ\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:81 msgid "Hiding text from po4a" msgstr "从 po4a 隐藏文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:82 msgid "" "Sometimes, the author knows that some parts are not translatable, and should " "not be extracted by po4a. For example, an option may accept an I<other> " "argument, and I<other> may also appear as the last item of a list. In the " "first case, I<other> should be not be translatable. And in the second case, " "I<other> should be translated." msgstr "" "有时，作者知道有些部分是不可翻译的，不应该用 po4a 提取。例如，选项可能接受 " "I<other> 参数，并且 I<other> 也可能显示为列表的最后一项。在第一种情况下，" "I<other> 应该是不可翻译的。在第二种情况下，应该翻译 I<other>。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:83 msgid "" "In such case, the author can avoid po4a to extract some strings, using some " "special groff constructs:" msgstr "" "在这种情况下，作者可以避免 po4a 提取一些字符串，使用一些特殊的 groff 结构：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:84 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .if !'po4a'hide' .B other\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .if !'po4a'hide' .B other\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:85 msgid "(this will require the B<-o groff_code=verbatim> option)" msgstr "(这将需要 B<-o groff_code=verbatim> 选项)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:86 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A new macro can also be defined to automate this:\n" " .de IR_untranslated\n" " . IR \\\\$@\n" " ..\n" "\n" msgstr "" "还可以定义一个新的宏来自动执行：\n" " .de IR_untranslated\n" " . IR \\\\$@\n" " ..\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:87 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:90 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .IR_untranslated \\-q \", \" \\-\\-quiet\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .IR_untranslated \\-q \", \" \\-\\-quiet\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:88 msgid "" "(this will require the options B<-o groff_code=verbatim> and B<-o " "untranslated=IR_untranslated>; with this construct, the B<.if !'po4a'hide'> " "conditional is not strictly needed since po4a will not parse the internal of " "the macro definition)" msgstr "" "(这将需要选项 B<-o groff_code=verbatim> 和 B<-o " "untranslated=IR_untranslated>；使用此构造，不严格需要 B<.if !'po4a'hide'> 条" "件，因为 po4a 不会解析宏定义的内部)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:89 #, no-wrap msgid "" "or using an alias:\n" " .als IR_untranslated IR\n" "\n" msgstr "" "或使用别名：\n" " .als IR_untranslated IR\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:91 msgid "This will require the B<-o untranslated=als,IR_untranslated> option." msgstr "这将需要 B<-o untranslated=als,IR_untranslated> 选项。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:92 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "结论" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:93 msgid "" "To summarise this section, keep simple, and don't try to be clever while " "authoring your man pages. A lot of things are possible in nroff, and not " "supported by this parser. For example, don't try to mess with \\c to " "interrupt the text processing (like 40 pages on my box do). Or, be sure to " "put the macro arguments on the same line that the macro itself. I know that " "it's valid in nroff, but would complicate too much the parser to be handled." msgstr "" "总结这一节，请保持简单，在编写手册页时不要试图变得聪明。很多事情在 nroff 中是" "可能的，并且不被这个解析器支持。例如，不要试图扰乱 \\c 来中断文本处理(就像我" "框中的 40 页一样)。或者，确保将宏参数与宏本身放在同一行。我知道它在 nroff 中" "是有效的，但是会使解析器过于复杂而无法处理。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:94 msgid "" "Of course, another possibility is to use another format, more translator " "friendly (like POD using po4a::pod, or one of the XML family like SGML), but " "thanks to po4a::man it isn't needed anymore. That being said, if the source " "format of your documentation is POD, or XML, it may be clever to translate " "the source format and not this generated one. In most cases, po4a::man will " "detect generated pages and issue a warning. It will even refuse to process " "POD generated pages, because those pages are perfectly handled by po4a::pod, " "and because their nroff counterpart defines a lot of new macros I didn't " "want to write support for. On my box, 1432 of the 4323 pages are generated " "from POD and will be ignored by po4a::man." msgstr "" "当然，另一种可能是使用另一种更便于翻译的格式(比如使用 po4a::pod 的 POD，或者" "像 SGML 这样的 XML 家族之一)，但是多亏了 po4a::man，它不再需要了。也就是说，" "如果您的文档的源格式是 POD 或 XML，那么转换源格式而不是这个生成的格式可能更聪" "明。在大多数情况下，po4a::man 将检测生成的页面并发出警告。它甚至会拒绝处理 " "POD 生成的页面，因为这些页面由 po4a::pod 完美地处理，而且它们的 nroff 对应项" "定义了许多我不想编写支持的新宏。在我的机器上，4323 个页面中的 1432 个是从 " "POD 生成的，将被 po4a::man 忽略。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:95 msgid "" "In most cases, po4a::man will detect the problem and refuse to process the " "page, issuing an adapted message. In some rare cases, the program will " "complete without warning, but the output will be wrong. Such cases are " "called \"bugs\" ;) If you encounter such case, be sure to report this, along " "with a fix when possible…" msgstr "" "在大多数情况下， po4a::man 会发现问题并拒绝处理页面，发出一个适应的消息。在一" "些罕见的情况下，程序将没有警告完成，但输出将是错误的。这种情况称为 \"bugs\"；" "如果遇到这种情况，请务必报告此情况，并在可能时进行修复…" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:97 msgid "This module can be used for most of the existing man pages." msgstr "此模块可用于大多数现有手册页。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:98 msgid "Some tests are regularly run on Linux boxes:" msgstr "一些测试定期在 Linux 机器上运行：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:99 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:101 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:103 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:105 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:42 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:49 msgid "*" msgstr "*" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:100 msgid "" "one third of the pages are refused because they were generated from another " "format supported by po4a (e.g. POD or SGML)." msgstr "" "三分之一的页面被拒绝，因为它们是从 po4a 支持的另一种格式 (例如 POD 或 SGML) " "生成的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:102 msgid "" "10% of the remaining pages are rejected with an error (e.g. a groff macro is " "not supported)." msgstr "10% 的剩余页面因错误而被拒绝(例如，不支持 groff 宏)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:104 msgid "" "Then, less than 1% of the pages are accepted silently by po4a, but with " "significant issues (i.e. missing words, or new words inserted)" msgstr "" "然后，只有不到 1% 的页面被 po4a 静默接受，但存在重大问题 (即丢失单词或插入新" "词)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:106 msgid "" "The other pages are usually handled without differences more important than " "spacing differences or line rewrapped (font issues in less than 10% of the " "processed pages)." msgstr "" "处理其他页面时通常没有比间距差异或换行更重要的差异 (只有不到 10% 的已处理页面" "出现字体问题)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:108 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:112 msgid "Copyright © 2002-2008 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权所有 © 2002-2008 SPI, Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Po - PO file manipulation module" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Po - PO 文件操作模块" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:4 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Po;\n" " my $pofile=Locale::Po4a::Po->new();\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:5 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Read PO file\n" " $pofile->read('file.po');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 读取 PO 文件\n" " $pofile->read('file.po');\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Add an entry\n" " $pofile->push('msgid' => 'Hello', 'msgstr' => 'bonjour',\n" " 'flags' => \"wrap\", 'reference'=>'file.c:46');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 添加条目\n" " $pofile->push('msgid' => 'Hello', 'msgstr' => '你好',\n" " 'flags' => \"wrap\", 'reference'=>'file.c:46');\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:7 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Extract a translation\n" " $pofile->gettext(\"Hello\"); # returns 'bonjour'\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 提取翻译\n" " $pofile->gettext(\"Hello\"); # 返回 'bonjour'\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:8 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Write back to a file\n" " $pofile->write('otherfile.po');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 写回文件\n" " $pofile->write('otherfile.po');\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:10 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Po is a module that allows you to manipulate message catalogs. " "You can load and write from/to a file (which extension is often I<po>), you " "can build new entries on the fly or request for the translation of a string." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Po 是一个允许您操作消息目录的模块。您可以从/向文件 (其扩展名通" "常是 I<po>) 加载和写入，您可以动态构建新条目或请求字符串翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:11 msgid "" "For a more complete description of message catalogs in the PO format and " "their use, please refer to the info documentation of the gettext program " "(node \"`PO Files\"')." msgstr "" "有关 PO 格式的消息目录及其使用的更完整说明，请参阅 gettext 程序(节点\"'PO 文" "件\"')的信息文档。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:12 msgid "" "This module is part of the po4a project, which objective is to use PO files " "(designed at origin to ease the translation of program messages) to " "translate everything, including documentation (man page, info manual), " "package description, debconf templates, and everything which may benefit " "from this." msgstr "" "此模块是 po4a 项目的一部分，该项目的目标是使用 PO 文件(在原始位置设计用于简化" "程序消息的翻译)来翻译所有内容，包括文档(手册页、信息手册)、软件包说明、" "debconf 模板以及可能从中受益的所有内容。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:28 msgid "Functions concerning entire message catalogs" msgstr "有关整个消息目录的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:29 msgid "new()" msgstr "new()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:30 msgid "" "Creates a new message catalog. If an argument is provided, it's the name of " "a PO file we should load." msgstr "创建新的消息目录。如果提供了参数，则它是我们应该加载的 PO 文件的名称。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:31 msgid "read($)" msgstr "read($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:32 msgid "" "Reads a PO file (which name is given as argument). Previously existing " "entries in self are not removed, the new ones are added to the end of the " "catalog." msgstr "" "读取 PO 文件(其名称作为参数给定)。self 中以前存在的条目不会删除，新条目会添加" "到目录的末尾。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:33 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:82 msgid "write($)" msgstr "write($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:34 msgid "Writes the current catalog to the given file." msgstr "将当前目录写入给定文件。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:35 msgid "write_if_needed($$)" msgstr "write_if_needed($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:36 msgid "" "Like write, but if the PO or POT file already exists, the object will be " "written in a temporary file which will be compared with the existing file to " "check if the update is needed (this avoids to change a POT just to update a " "line reference or the POT-Creation-Date field)." msgstr "" "与 write 类似，但如果 PO 或 POT 文件已经存在，则对象将被写入临时文件中，该临" "时文件将与现有文件进行比较，以检查是否需要更新 (这避免了仅仅为了更新线参考或 " "POT-Creation-Date 字段而更改 POT)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:37 msgid "filter($)" msgstr "filter($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:38 msgid "" "This function extracts a catalog from an existing one. Only the entries " "having a reference in the given file will be placed in the resulting catalog." msgstr "" "此函数用于从现有目录中提取目录。只有在给定文件中有引用的条目才会放入结果目录" "中。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:39 msgid "" "This function parses its argument, converts it to a Perl function " "definition, evals this definition and filters the fields for which this " "function returns true." msgstr "" "该函数解析其参数，将其转换为 Perl 函数定义，计算该定义的值，并筛选该函数返回 " "true 的字段。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:40 msgid "I love Perl sometimes ;)" msgstr "我有时喜欢 Perl ;)" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:41 msgid "Functions to use a message catalog for translations" msgstr "使用消息目录进行翻译的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:42 msgid "gettext($%)" msgstr "gettext($%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:43 msgid "" "Request the translation of the string given as argument in the current " "catalog. The function returns the original (untranslated) string if the " "string was not found." msgstr "" "请求翻译当前目录中作为参数给定的字符串。如果未找到原始 (未翻译) 字符串，该函" "数将返回该字符串。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:44 msgid "" "After the string to translate, you can pass a hash of extra arguments. Here " "are the valid entries:" msgstr "在要转换的字符串之后，可以传递一组额外的参数。以下是有效的条目：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:75 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:123 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:14 msgid "B<wrap>" msgstr "B<wrap>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:46 msgid "" "boolean indicating whether we can consider that whitespaces in string are " "not important. If yes, the function canonizes the string before looking for " "a translation, and wraps the result." msgstr "" "指示我们是否可以认为字符串中的空格不重要的布尔值。如果是，则该函数在查找翻译" "之前对字符串进行规范化，并对结果进行封装。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:78 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:125 msgid "B<wrapcol>" msgstr "B<wrapcol>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:48 msgid "the column at which we should wrap (default: 76)." msgstr "我们应该换行的列 (默认值：76)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:49 msgid "stats_get()" msgstr "stats_get()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:50 msgid "" "Returns statistics about the hit ratio of gettext since the last time that " "stats_clear() was called. Please note that it's not the same statistics than " "the one printed by msgfmt --statistic. Here, it's statistics about recent " "usage of the PO file, while msgfmt reports the status of the file. Example " "of use:" msgstr "" "返回自上次调用 stats_clear() 以来 gettext 命中率的统计信息。请注意，它与 " "msgfmt --statistic 打印的统计数据不同。这里，它是关于 PO 文件最近使用情况的统" "计信息，而 msgfmt 报告文件的状态。使用示例：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:51 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [some use of the PO file to translate stuff]\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [使用 PO 文件翻译内容]\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:52 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $pofile->stats_get();\n" " print \"So far, we found translations for $percent\\% ($hit of $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n" "\n" msgstr "" " ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $pofile->stats_get();\n" " print \"So far, we found translations for $percent\\% ($hit of $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:53 msgid "stats_clear()" msgstr "stats_clear()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:54 msgid "Clears the statistics about gettext hits." msgstr "清除有关 gettext 命中的统计信息。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:55 msgid "Functions to build a message catalog" msgstr "用于构建消息目录的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:56 msgid "push(%)" msgstr "push(%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:57 msgid "" "Push a new entry at the end of the current catalog. The arguments should " "form a hash table. The valid keys are:" msgstr "在当前目录的末尾推送新条目。参数应形成哈希表。有效密钥为：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:58 msgid "B<msgid>" msgstr "B<msgid>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:59 msgid "the string in original language." msgstr "原始语言的字符串。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:60 msgid "B<msgstr>" msgstr "B<msgstr>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:61 msgid "the translation." msgstr "翻译。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:62 msgid "B<reference>" msgstr "B<reference>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:63 msgid "" "an indication of where this string was found. Example: file.c:46 (meaning in " "'file.c' at line 46). It can be a space-separated list in case of multiple " "occurrences." msgstr "" "指示找到此字符串的地点。示例：file.c:46(意思是在第 46 行的 'file.c' 中)。它可" "以是空格分隔列表，以防发生多次。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:64 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:128 msgid "B<comment>" msgstr "B<comment>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:65 msgid "" "a comment added here manually (by the translators). The format here is free." msgstr "此处手动添加的评论（由翻译人员）。此处的格式是免费的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:66 msgid "B<automatic>" msgstr "B<automatic>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:67 msgid "" "a comment which was automatically added by the string extraction program. " "See the B<--add-comments> option of the B<xgettext> program for more " "information." msgstr "" "由字符串提取程序自动添加的注释。有关详细信息，请参阅 B<--add-comments> 程序" "的 B<xgettext> 选项。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:68 msgid "B<flags>" msgstr "B<flags>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:69 msgid "space-separated list of all defined flags for this entry." msgstr "此条目的所有已定义标志的以空格分隔的列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:70 msgid "" "Valid flags are: B<c-text>, B<python-text>, B<lisp-text>, B<elisp-text>, " "B<librep-text>, B<smalltalk-text>, B<java-text>, B<awk-text>, B<object-" "pascal-text>, B<ycp-text>, B<tcl-text>, B<wrap>, B<no-wrap> and B<fuzzy>." msgstr "" "有效标志为： B<c-text>, B<python-text>, B<lisp-text>, B<elisp-text>, " "B<librep-text>, B<smalltalk-text>, B<java-text>, B<awk-text>, B<object-" "pascal-text>, B<ycp-text>, B<tcl-text>, B<wrap>, B<no-wrap> 和 B<fuzzy>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:71 msgid "See the gettext documentation for their meaning." msgstr "有关它们的含义，请参阅 gettext 文档。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:72 msgid "B<type>" msgstr "B<type>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:73 msgid "" "this is mostly an internal argument: it is used while gettextizing " "documents. The idea here is to parse both the original and the translation " "into a PO object, and merge them, using one's msgid as msgid and the other's " "msgid as msgstr. To make sure that things get ok, each msgid in PO objects " "are given a type, based on their structure (like \"chapt\", \"sect1\", \"p\" " "and so on in DocBook). If the types of strings are not the same, that means " "that both files do not share the same structure, and the process reports an " "error." msgstr "" "这主要是一个内部参数：它是在对文档进行获取文本化时使用的。这里的想法是将原始" "和翻译都解析成 PO 对象，并将它们合并，使用一个的 msgid 作为 msgid，使用另一个" "的 msgid 作为 msgstr。为了确保一切正常，PO 对象中的每个 msgid 都根据它们的结" "构 (就像 DocBook 中的 \"chapt\"、\"sect1\"、\"p\" 等)被赋予一个类型。如果字符" "串类型不同，则意味着两个文件不共享相同的结构，并且该过程会报告错误。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:74 msgid "" "This information is written as automatic comment in the PO file since this " "gives to translators some context about the strings to translate." msgstr "" "此信息在 PO 文件中作为自动注释写入，因为这为翻译人员提供了有关要翻译的字符串" "的一些上下文。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:76 msgid "" "boolean indicating whether whitespaces can be mangled in cosmetic " "reformattings. If true, the string is canonized before use." msgstr "" "指示在外观中是否可以损坏空格的布尔值。如果为 true，则字符串在使用之前被规范" "化。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:77 msgid "" "This information is written to the PO file using the B<wrap> or B<no-wrap> " "flag." msgstr "此信息使用 B<wrap> 或 B<no-wrap> 标志写入 PO 文件。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:79 msgid "ignored; the key is kept for backward computability." msgstr "" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:80 msgid "Miscellaneous functions" msgstr "其他功能" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:81 msgid "count_entries()" msgstr "count_entries()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:82 msgid "Returns the number of entries in the catalog (without the header)." msgstr "返回目录中的条目数 (不带标题)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:83 msgid "count_entries_doc()" msgstr "count_entries_doc()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:84 msgid "" "Returns the number of entries in document. If a string appears multiple " "times in the document, it will be counted multiple times." msgstr "" "返回文档中的条目数。如果一个字符串在文档中出现多次，则会对其进行多次计数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:85 msgid "msgid($)" msgstr "msgid($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:86 msgid "Returns the msgid of the given number." msgstr "返回给定数字的 msgid。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:87 msgid "msgid_doc($)" msgstr "msgid_doc($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:88 msgid "Returns the msgid with the given position in the document." msgstr "返回文档中具有给定位置的 msgid。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:89 #, fuzzy #| msgid "msgid_doc($)" msgid "type_doc($)" msgstr "msgid_doc($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:90 msgid "" "Returns the type of the msgid with the given position in the document. This " "is probably only useful to gettextization, and it's stored separately from " "{$msgid}{'type'} because the later location may be overwritten by another " "type when the $msgid is duplicated in the master document." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:91 msgid "get_charset()" msgstr "get_charset()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:92 msgid "" "Returns the character set specified in the PO header. If it hasn't been set, " "it will return \"UTF-8\"." msgstr "返回 PO 标头中指定的字符集。如果没有设置，则返回 \"UTF-8\"。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Pod - convert POD data from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Pod - 将 POD 数据从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:4 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Pod;\n" " my $parser = Locale::Po4a::Pod->new();\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:5 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.\n" " $parser->parse_from_filehandle;\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 从标准输入读取 POD 并写入标准输出。\n" " $parser->parse_from_filehandle;\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.\n" " $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 从 file.pod 读取 POD 并写入 file.txt。\n" " $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:8 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Pod is a module to help the translation of documentation in " "the POD format (the preferred language for documenting Perl) into other " "[human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Pod 是一个模块，用于帮助将 POD 格式(编写 Perl 文档的首选语言)的" "文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:10 msgid "" "I think that this module is rock stable, and there is only one known bug " "with F</usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod> (and some other pages, see below) " "which contains:" msgstr "" "我认为这个模块非常稳定，F</usr/lib/perl5/tk/MainWindow.pod> (以及其他一些页" "面，见下文)中只有一个已知的 bug：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:11 #, no-wrap msgid "" " C<\" #n\">\n" "\n" msgstr "" " C<\" #n\">\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:12 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Lack of luck, in the po4a version, this was split on the space by the " #| "wrapping. As result, in the original version, the man page contains" msgid "" "Lack of luck, in the po4a version, this was split on the space by the " "wrapping. As result, in the original version, the man page contains:" msgstr "" "运气不佳，在 po4a 版本中，这是通过封装在空间上分开的。因此，在原始版本中，手" "册页包含" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:13 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \" #n\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " \" #n\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:14 #, fuzzy #| msgid "and mine contains" msgid "and mine contains:" msgstr "而我的则包含" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:15 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \"\" #n\"\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " \"\" #n\"\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:16 msgid "which is logic since CE<lt>foobarE<gt> is rewritten \"foobar\"." msgstr "这是因为 CE<lt>foobarE<gt> 被重写为 \"foobar\" 的逻辑。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:17 msgid "" "Complete list of pages having this problem on my box (from 564 pages; note " "that it depends on the chosen wrapping column):" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:18 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Complete list of pages having this problem on my box (from 564 pages; note that it depends on the chosen wrapping column): /usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod" msgid "" " /usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod\n" "\n" msgstr "我的框中有此问题的页面的完整列表(来自 564 页；请注意，这取决于所选的换行列)：/usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:19 msgid "INTERNALS" msgstr "内件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:20 msgid "" "As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Locale::Po4a::Pod supports the same " "methods and interfaces. See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, " "one creates a new parser with C<< Locale::Po4a::Pod->new() >> and then calls " "either parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file()." msgstr "" "作为 Pod::Parser 的派生类，Locale::Po4a::Pod 支持相同的方法和接口。有关所有细" "节，请参见 L<Pod::Parser>；简而言之，使用 C<< Locale::Po4a::Pod->new() >> 创" "建一个新的解析器，然后调用 parse_from_filehandle() 或 parse_from_file()。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:22 msgid "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc -- Convert Ruby Document data from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc - - 将 Ruby 文档数据从 PO 文件转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc is a module to help the translation of documentation " "in the Ruby Document (RD) format (a language used to document Ruby) into " "other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc 是一个帮助将 Ruby 文档 (RD) 格式(一种用于记录 Ruby 的语" "言) 格式的文档翻译成其他[人类]语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:7 msgid "" "This module has been successfully tested on simple Ruby Document files " "covering a good part of the format syntax." msgstr "" "该模块已经在简单的 Ruby 文档文件上成功测试，该文件涵盖了格式语法的很大一部" "分。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:8 msgid "" "A known limitation is that it fails to properly recognize the stacked " "structure of input Ruby Document: this implies that when, for instance, an " "EnumListItem consists of more than one Block, only the first Block is " "actually recognized as EnumListItem, while the subsequent ones are " "considered just as TextBlocks..." msgstr "" "一个已知的限制是它无法正确识别输入 Ruby 文档的堆叠结构：这意味着，例如，当一" "个 EnumListItem 由多个 Block 组成时，只有第一个 Block 实际上被识别为 " "EnumListItem，而后续的块被视为TextBlock..." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:10 msgid "This module supports the following option:" msgstr "此模块支持以下选项：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:11 msgid "B<puredoc>" msgstr "B<puredoc>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:12 msgid "" "Handle files entirely made of Ruby Document formatted text (without any " "\"=begin\" line)." msgstr "处理完全由 Ruby 文档格式的文本组成的文件(没有任何 \"=begin\" 行)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:13 msgid "" "By default, this module only handles Ruby Document formatted text between " "\"=begin\" and \"=end\" lines (hence ignoring, among other things, " "everything that precedes the first \"=begin\" line)." msgstr "" "默认情况下，该模块只处理 \"=begin\" 和 \"=end\" 行之间的 Ruby 文档格式的文本" "(因此忽略第一行 \"=begin\" 之前的所有内容)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:15 msgid "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>" msgstr "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:17 msgid "Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>" msgstr "Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:19 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2016-2017 Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有©2016-2017 Francesco Poli<wintermuto@paranoic.org>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:20 msgid "" "This work is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under " "the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "本作品是自由软件；您可以根据自由软件基金会发布的 GNU 通用公共许可证的条款重新" "分发和/或修改它；可以是许可证的版本 2，也可以是(根据您的选择)任何更高版本。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:21 msgid "" "This work is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "分发这项工作的目的是希望它有用，但没有任何担保；甚至没有对适销性或是否适合特" "定目的的默示担保。有关详细信息，请参阅 GNU 通用公共许可证。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:22 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA." msgstr "" "您应该已经收到了 GNU 通用公共许可证的副本；如果没有，请写信给自由软件基金会，" "Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:23 msgid "" "Parts of the code (such as many regular expressions) were adapted from the " "source of rdtool, under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version " "2 or later. These parts are originally:" msgstr "" "根据 GNU 通用公共许可证版本 2 或更高版本的条款，部分代码(如许多正则表达式)改" "编自 rdTool 的源代码。这些部分最初是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:24 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2004 MoonWolf <moonwolf@moonwolf.com>\n" " Copyright © 2011-2012 Youhei SASAKI <uwabami@gfd-dennou.org>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有©2004 Moonwolf <moonwolf@moonwolf.com>\n" "版权所有©2011-2012 Youhei SASAKI <uwabami@gfd-dennou.org>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:25 msgid "" "The initialize code was adapted from the source of Locale::Po4a::Text, under " "the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2 or later. This code " "was originally:" msgstr "" "根据 GNU 通用公共许可证版本 2 或更高版本的条款，从 Locale::Po4a::Text 的源代" "码改编了初始化代码。此代码最初是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:26 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Sgml - convert SGML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Sgml - 将 SGML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Sgml is a module to help the translation of documentation in " "the SGML format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Sgml 是一个帮助将 SGML 格式的文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:6 msgid "" "This module uses B<onsgmls>(1) to parse the SGML files. Make sure it is " "installed. Also make sure that the DTD of the SGML files are installed in " "the system." msgstr "" "本模块使用 B<onsgmls>(1) 解析 SGML 文件。确保它已安装。还要确保 SGML 文件的 " "DTD 已安装在系统中。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:9 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of keywords indicating which part you want to debug. " #| "Possible values are: tag, generic, entities and refs." msgid "" "Space-separated list of keywords indicating which category of extra debug " "messages should be shown. Possible values are: C<entities>, C<generic>, " "C<onsgml>, C<refs> and C<tag>." msgstr "" "空格分隔的关键字列表，指示要调试的部件。可能的值有：标记、类属、图元和参照。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:11 msgid "Give more information about what's going on." msgstr "给出更多关于正在发生的事情的信息。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:60 msgid "B<translate>" msgstr "B<translate>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:13 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) whose " #| "content should form an extra msgid." msgid "" "Space-separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) whose " "content should form an extra msgid, i.e that should be translated." msgstr "" "空格分隔的额外标记列表 (除了 DTD 提供的标记之外)，其内容应形成额外的 msgid。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:14 msgid "B<section>" msgstr "B<section>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:15 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) " #| "containing other tags, some of them being of category B<translate>." msgid "" "Space-separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) " "containing other tags, some of them being of category B<translate>." msgstr "" "空格分隔的包含其他标记的额外标记列表 (除了 DTD 提供的标记之外)，其中一些标记" "属于 B<translate> 类别。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:16 msgid "B<indent>" msgstr "B<indent>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:17 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space separated list of tags which increase the indentation level." msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags which increase the indentation level. This will " "affect the identation in the resulting document." msgstr "增加缩进级别的以空格分隔的标记列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:23 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:19 msgid "B<verbatim>" msgstr "B<verbatim>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:19 msgid "" "The layout within those tags should not be changed. The paragraph won't get " "wrapped, and no extra indentation space or new line will be added for " "cosmetic purpose." msgstr "" "这些标签内的布局不应更改。段落不会换行，也不会添加额外的缩进空间或新行用于修" "饰。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:20 msgid "B<empty>" msgstr "B<empty>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:21 msgid "Tags not needing to be closed." msgstr "标签不需要关闭。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:22 msgid "B<ignore>" msgstr "B<ignore>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Tags ignored and considered as plain char data by po4a. That is to say " #| "that they can be part of an msgid. For example, E<lt>bE<gt> is a good " #| "candidate for this category since putting it in the translate section " #| "would create msgids not being whole sentences, which is bad." msgid "" "Tags ignored and considered as plain char data by po4a. That is to say that " "they can be part of an msgid. For example, E<lt>bE<gt> is a good candidate " "for this category since putting it in the B<translate> section would create " "a msgids with only its content, (and it's ususally not a whole sentence), " "which is bad." msgstr "" "标签被 po4a 忽略并视为纯字符数据。也就是说，它们可以是 msgid 的一部分。例如，" "E<lt>bE<gt> 是此类别的一个很好的候选者，因为将其放入翻译部分会创建不是完整句" "子的 msgid，这是不好的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:24 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:48 msgid "B<attributes>" msgstr "B<attributes>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:25 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A space separated list of attributes that need to be translated. You can " #| "specify the attributes by their name (for example, \"lang\"), but you can " #| "also prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will " #| "only be translated when it is into the specified tag. For example: " #| "E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt>lang specifies that the lang attribute will " #| "only be translated if it is in an E<lt>aaaE<gt> tag, which is in a " #| "E<lt>bbbE<gt> tag. The tag names are actually regular expressions so you " #| "can also write things like E<lt>aaa|bbbbE<gt>lang to only translate lang " #| "attributes that are in an E<lt>aaaE<gt> or a E<lt>bbbE<gt> tag." msgid "" "A space-separated list of attributes that need to be translated. You can " "specify the attributes by their name (for example, C<lang>), but you can " "also prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will " "only be translated when it is into the specified tag. For example: C<< " "<bbb><aaa>lang >> specifies that the lang attribute will only be translated " "if it is in an C<< <aaa> >> tag, which is in a C<< <bbb> >> tag. The tag " "names are actually regular expressions so you can also write things like C<< " "<aaa|bbb>lang >> to only translate C<lang> attributes that are in an C<< " "<aaa> >> or a C<< <bbb> >> tag." msgstr "" "需要转换的属性的空格分隔列表。您可以按属性的名称指定属性(例如，\"lang\"(语" "言))，但也可以在其前面加上标记层次结构，以指定此属性仅在转换为指定的标记时才" "会被转换。例如：E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt> lang 指定只有当 lang 属性在 " "E<lt>aaaE<gt> 标记中(该标记在 E<lt>bbbE<gt> 标记中)时，lang 属性才会被转换。" "标记名称实际上是正则表达式，因此您还可以编写类似 E<lt>aaa|bbbbE<gt> lang 这样" "的内容，以便仅转换 E<lt>aaaE<gt> 或 E<lt>bbbE<gt> 标记中的 lang 属性。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:26 msgid "B<qualify>" msgstr "B<qualify>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:27 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A space separated list of attributes for which the translation must be " #| "qualified by the attribute name. Note that this setting automatically " #| "adds the given attribute into the 'attributes' list too." msgid "" "A space-separated list of attributes for which the translation must be " "qualified by the attribute name, i.e. the text extracted for the " "transalation will include both the attributes name and it's value. e.g. for " "a tag like C<< <aaa lang_en=\"foo\"> >> translators will be presented with " "the string C<lang_en=\"foo\">. Note that this also automatically adds the " "given attribute into the B<attributes> list too." msgstr "" "翻译必须由属性名称限定的属性的空格分隔列表。请注意，此设置会自动将给定属性添" "加到\"属性\"列表中。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:28 msgid "B<force>" msgstr "B<force>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:29 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Proceed even if the DTD is unknown or if onsgmls finds errors in the " #| "input file." msgid "" "Proceed even if the DTD is unknown or if B<onsgmls> finds errors in the " "input file." msgstr "即使 DTD 未知或 onsgmls 在输入文件中发现错误，也要继续。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:30 msgid "B<include-all>" msgstr "B<include-all>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:31 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default, msgids containing only one entity (like '&version;') are " #| "skipped for the translator comfort. Activating this option prevents this " #| "optimisation. It can be useful if the document contains a construction " #| "like \"<title>Á

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the po4a package. # taotieren , 2020, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: po4a 0.54\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: devel@lists.po4a.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-06-13 00:50+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-24 13:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: taotieren \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Simplified) \n" "Language: zh_Hans\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.12-dev\n" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:1 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "zh_Hans" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:2 msgid "2006-04-08" msgstr "2006-04-08" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:3 msgid "PO4A-DISPLAY-MAN" msgstr "PO4A-DISPLAY-MAN" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:4 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:4 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:5 msgid "2020-04-19" msgstr "2020-04-19" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:6 share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:7 #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:6 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:7 msgid "Po4a Tools" msgstr "Po4a 工具" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:8 msgid "po4a-display-man" msgstr "po4a-display-man" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:9 msgid "display a translated man page according to a PO" msgstr "根据 PO 显示翻译的手册" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:10 msgid "" "po4a-display-man " " PO_FILE MASTER_FILE PO4A_OPT" msgstr "" "po4a-display-manPO_FILEMASTER_FILEPO4A_OPT" #. type: =head1 #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:11 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:11 po4a:5 #: po4a-gettextize:6 po4a-normalize:5 po4a-translate:6 po4a-updatepo:6 #: msguntypot:5 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:3 msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "描述" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:12 msgid "" "Translators can use po4a-display-man to see how their " "translation of a man page will be rendered to the end users, without " "recompiling and reinstalling the whole project." msgstr "" "翻译人员可以使用 po4a display man 查看如何将其对手册页的翻" "译呈现给最终用户，而无需重新编译和重新安装整个项目。" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:13 msgid "" "This script only works with man pages written directly in nroff and handled by the po4a's man module. Manual pages generated from other formats, " "like DocBook or POD, are not supported. See " "po4a-display-pod1 for an equivalent supporting POD documents." msgstr "" "该脚本仅适用于直接用nroff编写并由 po4a 的" "man 模块处理的手册页。不支持从其他格式（如 " "DocBook 或 POD）生成的手册页。请参见po4a-" "display-pod1，有关支持" "POD文档的等效内容。" #. type: =head1 #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:14 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:13 po4a:28 #: po4a-gettextize:11 po4a-normalize:9 po4a-translate:9 po4a-updatepo:11 msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "选项" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:15 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:14 msgid "PO_FILE" msgstr "PO_FILE" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:16 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:15 msgid "The PO file containing the translations." msgstr "包含翻译的 PO 文件。" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:17 msgid "MASTER_FILE" msgstr "MASTER_FILE" #. .br #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:18 msgid "" "The original man page. It can be the absolute or relative path to the " "original man page (gzipped or not), the name of the man page or the name and " "section of the man page (using the man.section format). When the master " "document is not provided with the option, po4a-" "display-man tries to find the original man page based on the line " "reference of the first string in the PO." msgstr "" "原始手册页。它可以是原始手册页的绝对或相对路径（gzip 或 not）、手册页的名称或" "手册页的名称和部分（使用工段格式）。当主控文档没有提供选" "项时，po4a display man 会根据订单中第一个字符串的行引用来" "查找原始的手册页。" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:19 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:18 msgid "PO4A_OPT" msgstr "PO4A_OPT" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:20 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:19 msgid "" "Some options to pass to po4a-translate1." msgstr "" "一些选项传递到 po4a-translate1." #. type: =head1 #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:21 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:20 po4a:189 #: po4a-gettextize:76 po4a-normalize:36 po4a-translate:50 po4a-updatepo:53 #: msguntypot:29 doc/po4a.7.pod:190 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:15 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:107 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:21 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:118 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:187 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:15 msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "参见" #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:22 msgid "" " po4a-display-pod1 " msgstr "" " po4a-display-pod1 " #. type: Content of: #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:23 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:22 msgid "AUTHOR" msgstr "作者" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:24 msgid "Thomas Huriaux" msgstr "Thomas Huriaux" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:2 msgid "<date>2009-03-16</date>" msgstr "<date>2009-03-16</date>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refentrytitle> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:3 msgid "PO4A-DISPLAY-POD" msgstr "PO4A-DISPLAY-POD" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:5 msgid "2009-03-16" msgstr "2009-03-16" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:8 msgid "po4a-display-pod" msgstr "po4a-display-pod" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:9 msgid "display of a translated POD file according to a PO" msgstr "根据 PO 显示翻译的 POD 文件" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:10 msgid "" "<command>po4a-display-pod</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p </" "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable></arg> " "<arg choice='plain'><option>-m </option></arg> <arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable></arg> <arg " "choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o </option></arg><arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable></arg></arg>" msgstr "" "<command>po4a-display-pod</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p </" "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable></arg> " "<arg choice='plain'><option>-m </option></arg> <arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable></arg> <arg " "choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o </option></arg><arg " "choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable></arg></arg>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:12 msgid "" "Translators can use <command>po4a-display-pod</command> to see how their " "translation of a man page will be rendered to the end users, without " "recompiling and reinstalling the whole project. Most of the time, the POD " "file is only available in source package or embedded in Perl script." msgstr "" "翻译人员可以使用 <command>po4a display pod</command> 查看如何将其对手册页的翻" "译呈现给最终用户，而无需重新编译和重新安装整个项目。大多数情况下，POD 文件只" "在源包中可用或嵌入在 Perl 脚本中。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:16 msgid "<option>-m </option><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable>" msgstr "<option>-m </option><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:17 msgid "The original POD file used by po4a to generate PO file." msgstr "Po4a 用于生成 PO 文件的原始 POD 文件。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:21 msgid "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>" msgstr "" "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:23 msgid "Florentin Duneau" msgstr "Florentin Duneau" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:1 po4a-gettextize:1 po4a-normalize:1 po4a-translate:1 po4a-updatepo:1 #: msguntypot:1 doc/po4a.7.pod:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:1 msgid "NAME" msgstr "名称" #. type: textblock #: po4a:2 msgid "po4a - update both the PO files and translated documents in one shot" msgstr "po4a - 一次性更新 PO 文件和翻译文档" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:3 po4a-gettextize:3 po4a-normalize:3 po4a-translate:3 po4a-updatepo:3 #: msguntypot:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:3 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:24 msgid "SYNOPSIS" msgstr "简介" #. type: textblock #: po4a:4 msgid "B<po4a> [I<options>] I<config_file>" msgstr "B<po4a> [I<options>] I<config_file>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:6 po4a-gettextize:7 msgid "" "po4a (PO for anything) eases the maintenance of documentation translation " "using the classical gettext tools. The main feature of po4a is that it " "decouples the translation of content from its document structure. Please " "refer to the page L<po4a(7)> for a gentle introduction to this project." msgstr "" "po4a (PO 代表任何东西)使用经典的 gettext 工具简化了文档翻译的维护。po4a 的主" "要特点是将内容的翻译与文档结构分离。请参阅 L<po4a(7)> 页了解本项目的详细介" "绍。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When you run the B<po4a> program with both the master documents and the " #| "PO files, it produces the translated documents by injecting the content's " #| "translation (found in the PO files) into the structure of the original " #| "master document." msgid "" "Upon execution, B<po4a> parses all documentation files specified in its " "configuration file. It updates the PO files (containing the translation) to " "reflect any change to the documentation, and produce a translated " "documentation by injecting the content's translation (found in the PO files) " "into the structure of the original master document." msgstr "" "当您使用主文档和 PO 文件运行 B<po4a> 程序时，它通过将内容的翻译（在 PO 文件中" "找到）注入到原始主文档的结构中来生成翻译后的文档。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:8 msgid "" "At first, the PO files only contain the strings to translate from the " "original documentation. This file format allows the translators to manually " "provide a translation for each paragraph extracted by B<po4a>. If the " "documentation is modified after translation, B<po4a> marks the corresponding " "translations as \"fuzzy\" in the PO file to request a manual review by the " "translators. The translators can also provide so-called \"addendum\", that " "are extra content stating for example who did the translation and how to " "report bugs." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:9 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " master documents ---+---->-------->---------+\n" #| " (doc authoring) | |\n" #| " V (po4a executions) >-----+--> translations\n" #| " | | |\n" #| " existing PO files -->--> updated PO files >-+ |\n" #| " ^ | |\n" #| " | V |\n" #| " +----------<---------<-------+ ^\n" #| " (manual translation process) |\n" #| " |\n" #| " addendum -->--------------------------------------+\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " master documents ---+---->-------->---------+\n" " (doc authoring) | |\n" " V (po4a executions) >-----+--> translated\n" " | | | documents\n" " existing PO files -->--> updated PO files >-+ |\n" " ^ | |\n" " | V |\n" " +----------<---------<-------+ ^\n" " (manual translation process) |\n" " |\n" " addendum -->--------------------------------------+\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 主文档 ---+---->-------->---------+\n" " （文档编写） | |\n" " V （po4a 执行） >----+--> 翻译\n" " | | |\n" "现有的 PO 文件 -->--> 更新的 PO 文件> -+|\n" " ^ | |\n" " | V |\n" " +----<------<------+ ^\n" " （人工翻译过程） |\n" " |\n" "附录 -->--------------------------- ------+\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:10 msgid "" "The workflow of B<po4a> is asynchronous, as suited to open-source projects. " "The documentation writers author the master documents at their own pace. The " "translators review and update the translations in the PO files. The " "maintainers rerun B<po4a> on need, to reflect any change to the original " "documentation to the PO files, and to produce updated documentation " "translations, by injecting the latest translation into the latest document " "structure." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:11 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default, the translated documents are produced when at least 80% of " #| "their content is translated (see the I<--keep> option below). Discarding " #| "translations as soon as they are not 100% may be discouraging for the " #| "translators, while showing \"translations\" that are too incomplete may " #| "be troubling for the end users." msgid "" "By default, a given translated document is produced when at least 80% of its " "content is translated. The untranslated text is kept in the original " "language. The produced documentation thus mixes languages if the " "translation is not complete. You can change the 80% threshold with the I<--" "keep> option described below. Note however that discarding translations as " "soon as they are not 100% may be discouraging for the translators whose work " "will almost never be shown to the users, while showing \"translations\" that " "are too incomplete may be troubling for the end users." msgstr "" "默认情况下，翻译后的文档在至少 80% 的内容被翻译时生成（请参见下面的 I<--" "keep> 选项）。在翻译不到 100% 时立即丢弃译文可能会让译者感到沮丧，而显示太不" "完整的“译文”可能会让最终用户感到不安。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:12 msgid "" "Storing the translated documentation files in the version control system is " "probably a bad idea, since they are automatically generated. The precious " "files are the PO files, that contain the hard work of your fellow " "translators. Also, some people find it easier to interact with the " "translators through an online platform such as S<weblate>, but this is " "naturally fully optional." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:13 msgid "Quick start tutorial" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:14 msgid "" "Let's assume you maintain a program named B<foo> which has a man page F<man/" "foo.1> written in English (the bridge language in most open-source projects, " "but B<po4a> can be used from or to any language). Some times ago, someone " "provided a German translation named F<man/foo.de.1> and disappeared. This " "is a problem because you just got a bug report saying that your " "documentation contains a gravely misleading information that must be fixed " "in all languages, but you don't speak German so you can only modify the " "original, not the translation. Now, another contributor wants to contribute " "a translation to Japanese, a language that you don't master either." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:15 msgid "" "It is time to convert your documentation to B<po4a> to solve your " "documentation maintenance nightmares. You want to update the doc when " "needed, you want to ease the work of your fellow translators, and you want " "to ensure that your users never see any outdated and thus misleading " "documentation." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:16 msgid "" "The conversion includes two steps: setup the po4a infrastructure, and " "convert the previous German translation to salvage the previous work. This " "latter part is done using S<po4a-gettextize>, as follows. As detailed in the " "documentation of L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, this process rarely fully automatic, " "but once it's done, the B<de.po> file containing the German translation can " "be integrated in your po4a workflow." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:17 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " $ po4a-gettextize --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <translation.pot>\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " po4a-gettextize --format man --master foo.1 --localized foo.de.1 --po de.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " $ po4a-gettextize --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <translation.pot>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:18 msgid "" "Let's now configure po4a. With the appropriate file layout, your " "configuration file could be as simple as this:" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:19 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " [po_directory] man/po/\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " [po_directory] man/po4a/\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: man] man/foo.1 $lang:man/translated/foo.$lang.1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:21 msgid "" "It specifies that all PO files (containing the work of the translators) are " "in the F<man/po4a/> directory, and that you have only one master file, F<man/" "foo.1>. If you had several master files, you would have several lines " "similar to the second one. Each such line also specify where to write the " "corresponding translation files. Here, the German translation of F<man/" "foo.1> is in F<man/translated/foo.de.1>." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:22 msgid "" "The last thing we need to complete the configuration of B<po4a> is a POT " "file containing the template material that should be used to start a new " "translation. Simply create an empty file with the S<.pot> extension in the " "specified S<po_directory> (e.g. F<man/po4a/foo.pot>), and B<po4a> will fill " "it with the expected content." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgid "Here is a recap of the files in this setup:" msgstr "以下是这一点的图形表示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:24 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ├── man/\n" " │ ├── foo.1 <- The original man page, in English\n" " │ ├── po4a/\n" " │ │ ├── de.po <- The German PO translation, from gettextization\n" " │ │ └── foo.pot <- The POT template of future translations (empty at first)\n" " │ └── translated/ <- Directory where the translations will be created\n" " └── po4a.cfg <- The configuration file\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:25 msgid "" "Once setup, executing B<po4a> will parse your documentation, update the POT " "template file, use it to update the PO translation files, and use them to " "update the documentation translation files. All in one command:" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:26 #, no-wrap msgid "" " po4a --verbose po4a.cfg\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a:27 msgid "" "This is it. B<po4a> is now fully configured. Once you've fixed your error in " "F<man/foo.1>, the offending paragraph in the German translation will be " "replaced by the fixed text in English. Mixing languages is not optimal, but " "it's the only way to remove errors in translations that you don't even " "understand, and ensure that the content presented to the users is never " "misleading. Updating the German translation is also much easier in the " "corresponding PO file, so the language mix-up may not last long. Finally, " "when a Japanese translator wants to contribute a new translation, she should " "rename the S<foo.pot> into S<ja.po> and complete the translation. Once you " "have this file, just drop it in F<man/po4a/po/>. A translated page will " "appear as F<man/translated/foo.ja.1> (provided that enough content is " "translated) when you run B<po4a> again." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: po4a:29 po4a-translate:28 msgid "B<-k>, B<--keep>" msgstr "B<-k>, B<--keep>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:30 msgid "" "Minimal threshold for translation percentage to keep (i.e. write) the " "resulting file (default: 80). I.e. by default, files have to be translated " "at least at 80% to be written on disk." msgstr "" "保留(即写入)结果文件的转换百分比的最小阈值(默认值：80)。即，默认情况下，文件" "必须至少翻译 80% 才能写入磁盘。" #. type: =item #: po4a:31 po4a-normalize:12 po4a-translate:30 msgid "B<-w>, B<--width>" msgstr "B<-w>, B<--width>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:32 po4a-normalize:13 po4a-translate:31 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Column at which we should wrap the resulting file." msgid "" "Column at which we should wrap the resulting file if the format supports it " "(default: 76)." msgstr "列，我们应该在该列换行生成的文件。" #. type: =item #: po4a:33 po4a-gettextize:26 po4a-normalize:22 po4a-translate:32 #: po4a-updatepo:28 msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:34 po4a-gettextize:27 po4a-normalize:23 po4a-translate:33 #: po4a-updatepo:29 msgid "Show a short help message." msgstr "显示简短的帮助消息。" #. type: =item #: po4a:35 po4a-gettextize:16 po4a-normalize:28 po4a-translate:18 #: po4a-updatepo:16 msgid "B<-M>, B<--master-charset>" msgstr "B<-M>, B<--master-charset>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:36 msgid "" "Charset of the files containing the documents to translate. Note that all " "master documents must use the same charset." msgstr "包含要翻译的文档的文件字符集。请注意，所有主文档必须使用相同的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a:37 po4a-gettextize:20 po4a-translate:22 msgid "B<-L>, B<--localized-charset>" msgstr "B<-L>, B<--localized-charset>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:38 msgid "" "Charset of the files containing the localized documents. Note that all " "translated documents will use the same charset." msgstr "包含本地化文档的文件字符集。请注意，所有翻译的文档将使用相同的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a:39 po4a-translate:14 msgid "B<-A>, B<--addendum-charset>" msgstr "B<-A>, B<--addendum-charset>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:40 po4a-translate:15 msgid "" "Charset of the addenda. Note that all the addenda should be in the same " "charset." msgstr "附录的字符集。请注意，所有附录应使用相同的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a:41 po4a-gettextize:32 po4a-normalize:34 po4a-translate:36 #: po4a-updatepo:32 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:42 po4a-gettextize:33 po4a-normalize:35 po4a-translate:37 #: po4a-updatepo:33 msgid "Display the version of the script and exit." msgstr "显示脚本的版本并退出。" #. type: =item #: po4a:43 po4a-gettextize:34 po4a-translate:38 po4a-updatepo:34 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:44 po4a-gettextize:35 po4a-translate:39 po4a-updatepo:35 msgid "Increase the verbosity of the program." msgstr "增加程序的冗长程度。" #. type: =item #: po4a:45 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:46 msgid "Decrease the verbosity of the program." msgstr "减少程序的冗长。" #. type: =item #: po4a:47 po4a-gettextize:36 po4a-translate:40 po4a-updatepo:36 msgid "B<-d>, B<--debug>" msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:48 po4a-gettextize:37 po4a-translate:41 po4a-updatepo:37 msgid "Output some debugging information." msgstr "输出一些调试信息。" #. type: =item #: po4a:49 po4a-gettextize:24 po4a-normalize:10 po4a-translate:26 #: po4a-updatepo:20 msgid "B<-o>, B<--option>" msgstr "B<-o>, B<--option>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:50 po4a-gettextize:25 po4a-normalize:11 po4a-translate:27 #: po4a-updatepo:21 msgid "" "Extra option(s) to pass to the format plugin. See the documentation of each " "plugin for more information about the valid options and their meanings. For " "example, you could pass '-o tablecells' to the AsciiDoc parser, while the " "text parser would accept '-o tabs=split'." msgstr "" "要传递给格式插件的额外选项。有关有效选项及其含义的更多信息，请参阅每个插件的" "文档。例如，您可以将 '-o tablecells' 传递给 AsciiDoc 解析器，而文本解析器将接" "受 '-o tabs=split'。" #. type: =item #: po4a:51 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:52 msgid "" "Always generate the POT and PO files, even if B<po4a> considers it is not " "necessary." msgstr "始终生成 POT 和 PO 文件，即使 B<po4a> 认为没有必要。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:53 msgid "" "The default behavior (when B<--force> is not specified) is the following:" msgstr "默认行为(未指定 B<--force> 时)如下：" #. type: textblock #: po4a:54 msgid "" "If the POT file already exists, it is regenerated if a master document or " "the configuration file is more recent (unless B<--no-update> is provided). " "The POT file is also written in a temporary document and B<po4a> verifies " "that the changes are really needed." msgstr "" "如果 POT 文件已经存在，则如果主文档或配置文件较新(除非提供了 B<--no-" "update>)，则会重新生成该文件。POT 文件也写入临时文档中，B<po4a> 验证是否确实" "需要更改。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:55 msgid "" "Also, a translation is regenerated only if its master document, the PO file, " "one of its addenda or the configuration file is more recent. To avoid " "trying to regenerate translations which do not pass the threshold test (see " "B<--keep>), a file with the F<.po4a-stamp> extension can be created (see B<--" "stamp>)." msgstr "" "此外，只有当翻译的主文档、PO 文件、其中一个附录或配置文件更新时，才会重新生成" "翻译。要避免尝试重新生成未通过阈值测试的翻译(请参见 B<--KEEP>)，可以创建扩展" "名为 F<.po4a-stamp> 的文件(请参见 B<--STAMP>)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:56 msgid "" "If a master document includes files, you should use the B<--force> flag " "because the modification time of these included files are not taken into " "account." msgstr "" "如果主文档包含文件，则应使用 B<--force> 标志，因为不会考虑这些包含文件的修改" "时间。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:57 msgid "" "The PO files are always re-generated based on the POT with B<msgmerge -U>." msgstr "PO 文件总是基于带有 B<msgmerge-U> 的 POT 重新生成。" #. type: =item #: po4a:58 msgid "B<--stamp>" msgstr "B<--stamp>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:59 msgid "" "Tells B<po4a> to create stamp files when a translation is not generated " "because it does not reach the threshold. These stamp files are named " "according to the expected translated document, with the F<.po4a-stamp> " "extension." msgstr "" "告诉 B<po4a> 在由于未达到阈值而未生成翻译时创建标记文件。这些戳记文件根据预期" "的翻译文档命名，扩展名为 F<.po4a stamp>。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:60 msgid "" "Note: This only activates the creation of the F<.po4a-stamp> files. The " "stamp files are always used if they exist, and they are removed with B<--rm-" "translations> or when the file is finally translated." msgstr "" "注意：这只会激活 F<.po4a stamp> 文件的创建。如果存在戳记文件，则始终使用它" "们，并使用 B<--rm translations> 或在最终翻译文件时删除它们。" #. type: =item #: po4a:61 msgid "B<--no-translations>" msgstr "B<--no-translations>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:62 msgid "" "Do not generate the translated documents, only update the POT and PO files." msgstr "不生成翻译的文档，只更新 POT 和 PO 文件。" #. type: =item #: po4a:63 msgid "B<--no-update>" msgstr "B<--no-update>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:64 msgid "" "Do not change the POT and PO files, only the translation may be updated." msgstr "不要更改 POT 和 PO 文件，只能更新翻译。" #. type: =item #: po4a:65 msgid "B<--keep-translations>" msgstr "B<--keep-translations>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:66 msgid "" "Keeps the existing translation files even if the translation doesn't meet " "the threshold specified by B<--keep>. This option does not create new " "translation files with few content, but it will save existing translations " "which decay because of changes to the master files." msgstr "" "即使翻译不符合 B<--keep> 指定的阈值，也保留现有翻译文件。此选项不会创建内容很" "少的新翻译文件，但会保存由于主文件更改而衰减的现有翻译。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:67 msgid "" "WARNING: This flag changes the po4a behavior in a rather drastic way: your " "translated files will not get updated at all until the translation improves. " "Only use this flag if you prefer shipping an outdated translated " "documentation rather than only shipping an accurate untranslated " "documentation." msgstr "" "警告：此标志以一种相当剧烈的方式更改 po4a 行为：在翻译改进之前，您的翻译文件" "根本不会更新。仅当您希望传送过时的翻译文档而不是只传送准确的未翻译文档时，才" "使用此标志。" #. type: =item #: po4a:68 msgid "B<--rm-translations>" msgstr "B<--rm-translations>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:69 msgid "Remove the translated files (implies B<--no-translations>)." msgstr "删除翻译的文件（意味着 B<--no translations>）。" #. type: =item #: po4a:70 msgid "B<--no-backups>" msgstr "B<--no-backups>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:71 po4a:73 msgid "" "This flag does nothing since 0.41, and may be removed in later releases." msgstr "此标志自 0.41 起不起作用，可能会在以后的版本中删除。" #. type: =item #: po4a:72 msgid "B<--rm-backups>" msgstr "B<--rm-backups>" #. type: =item #: po4a:74 msgid "B<--translate-only> I<translated-file>" msgstr "B<--translate-only> I<translated-file>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:75 msgid "" "Translate only the specified file. It may be useful to speed up processing " "if a configuration file contains a lot of files. Note that this option does " "not update PO and POT files. This option can be used multiple times." msgstr "" "只翻译指定的文件。如果配置文件包含大量文件，则加快处理速度可能会很有用。请注" "意，此选项不更新 PO 和 POT 文件。此选项可以多次使用。" #. type: =item #: po4a:76 msgid "B<--variable> I<var>B<=>I<value>" msgstr "B<--variable> I<var>B<=>I<value>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:77 msgid "" "Define a variable that will be expanded in the B<po4a> configuration file. " "Every occurrence of I<$(var)> will be replaced by I<value>. This option can " "be used multiple times." msgstr "" "定义将在 B<po4a> 配置文件中展开的变量。每次出现 I<$(var)> 都将被 I<value> 替" "换。此选项可以多次使用。" #. type: =item #: po4a:78 msgid "B<--srcdir> I<SRCDIR>" msgstr "B<--srcdir> I<SRCDIR>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:79 msgid "" "Set the base directory for all input documents specified in the B<po4a> " "configuration file." msgstr "为 B<po4a> 配置文件中指定的所有输入文档设置基本目录。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:80 msgid "" "If both I<destdir> and I<srcdir> are specified, input files are searched in " "the following directories, in order: I<destdir>, the current directory and " "I<srcdir>. Output files are written to I<destdir> if specified, or to the " "current directory." msgstr "" "如果同时指定了 I<destdir> 和 I<srcdir>，则按顺序在以下目录中搜索输入文件：" "I<destdir>、当前目录和 I<srcdir>。如果指定，输出文件将写入 I<destdir> 或当前" "目录。" #. type: =item #: po4a:81 msgid "B<--destdir> I<DESTDIR>" msgstr "B<--destdir> I<DESTDIR>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:82 msgid "" "Set the base directory for all the output documents specified in the B<po4a> " "configuration file (see B<--srcdir> above)." msgstr "" "为 B<po4a> 配置文件中指定的所有输出文档设置基本目录（请参见上面的 B<--" "srcdir>）。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:83 msgid "Options modifying the POT header" msgstr "选项修改 POT 头" #. type: =item #: po4a:84 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:14 msgid "B<--porefs> I<type>" msgstr "B<--porefs> I<type>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:85 po4a-translate:43 po4a-updatepo:39 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:15 msgid "" "Specify the reference format. Argument I<type> can be one of B<never> to not " "produce any reference, B<file> to only specify the file without the line " "number, B<counter> to replace line number by an increasing counter, and " "B<full> to include complete references (default: full)." msgstr "" "指定引用格式。参数 I<type> 可以是以下值之一：B<never> 不生成任何引用；" "B<file> 只指定不带行号的文件；B<counter> 用递增的计数器替换行号；B<full> 包含" "完整引用（默认值：full）。" #. type: =item #: po4a:86 po4a-updatepo:41 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:16 msgid "B<--wrap-po> B<no>|B<newlines>|I<number> (default: 76)" msgstr "B<--wrap-po> B<no>|B<newlines>|I<number> (default: 76)" #. type: textblock #: po4a:87 po4a-updatepo:42 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:17 msgid "" "Specify how the po file should be wrapped. This gives the choice between " "either files that are nicely wrapped but could lead to git conflicts, or " "files that are easier to handle automatically, but harder to read for humans." msgstr "" "指定应如何封装 po 文件。这使我们可以选择封装良好但可能导致 git 冲突的文件，或" "者更容易自动处理但对人类来说更难读取的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:88 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:18 msgid "" "Historically, the gettext suite has reformatted the po files at the 77th " "column for cosmetics. This option specifies the behavior of po4a. If set to " "a numerical value, po4a will wrap the po file after this column and after " "newlines in the content. If set to B<newlines>, po4a will only split the " "msgid and msgstr after newlines in the content. If set to B<no>, po4a will " "not wrap the po file at all. The reference comments are always wrapped by " "the gettext tools that we use internally." msgstr "" "从历史上看，gettext 套件已经重新格式化了第 77 列化妆品的 po 文件。此选项指定 " "po4a 的行为。如果设置为数值，po4a 将在内容中的此列和换行之后封装 po 文件。如" "果设置为 B<newlines>，po4a 将只在内容中的新行之后拆分 msgid 和 msgstr。如果设" "置为 B<no>，则 po4a 根本不会封装 po 文件。引用注释总是由我们在内部使用的 " "gettext 工具封装。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:89 po4a-updatepo:44 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:19 msgid "" "Note that this option has no impact on how the msgid and msgstr are wrapped, " "i.e. on how newlines are added to the content of these strings." msgstr "" "请注意，此选项对 msgid 和 msgstr 的封装方式（即，将换行符添加到这些字符串的内" "容中）没有影响。" #. type: =item #: po4a:90 msgid "B<--master-language>" msgstr "B<--master-language>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:91 msgid "" "Language of the source files containing the documents to translate. Note " "that all master documents must use the same language." msgstr "" "包含要翻译的文档的源文件的语言。请注意，所有主文档必须使用相同的语言。" #. type: =item #: po4a:92 po4a-gettextize:38 po4a-updatepo:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:20 msgid "B<--msgid-bugs-address> I<email@address>" msgstr "B<--msgid-bugs-address> I<email@address>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:93 po4a-gettextize:39 po4a-updatepo:46 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:21 msgid "" "Set the report address for msgid bugs. By default, the created POT files " "have no Report-Msgid-Bugs-To fields." msgstr "" "设置 msgid 错误的报告地址。默认情况下，创建的 POT 文件没有 Report-Msgid-" "Bugs-To 字段。" #. type: =item #: po4a:94 po4a-gettextize:40 po4a-updatepo:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:22 msgid "B<--copyright-holder> I<string>" msgstr "B<--copyright-holder> I<string>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:95 po4a-gettextize:41 po4a-updatepo:48 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:23 msgid "" "Set the copyright holder in the POT header. The default value is \"Free " "Software Foundation, Inc.\"" msgstr "在 POT 标头中设置版权所有者。默认值为“自由软件基金会有限公司。”" #. type: =item #: po4a:96 po4a-gettextize:42 po4a-updatepo:49 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:24 msgid "B<--package-name> I<string>" msgstr "B<--package-name> I<string>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:97 po4a-gettextize:43 po4a-updatepo:50 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:25 msgid "Set the package name for the POT header. The default is \"PACKAGE\"." msgstr "设置 POT 标头的程序包名称。默认值为“封装”。" #. type: =item #: po4a:98 po4a-gettextize:44 po4a-updatepo:51 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:26 msgid "B<--package-version> I<string>" msgstr "B<--package-version> I<string>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:99 po4a-gettextize:45 po4a-updatepo:52 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:27 msgid "Set the package version for the POT header. The default is \"VERSION\"." msgstr "设置 POT 标头的软件包版本。默认值为“版本”。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:100 msgid "Options to modify the PO files" msgstr "修改 PO 文件的选项" #. type: =item #: po4a:101 po4a-updatepo:26 msgid "B<--msgmerge-opt> I<options>" msgstr "B<--msgmerge-opt> I<options>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:102 po4a-updatepo:27 msgid "Extra options for B<msgmerge>(1)." msgstr "B<msgmerge>(1) 的其他选项。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:103 msgid "Note: B<$lang> will be extended to the current language." msgstr "注意： B<$lang> 将扩展为当前语言。" #. type: =item #: po4a:104 po4a-updatepo:22 msgid "B<--no-previous>" msgstr "B<--no-previous>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:105 msgid "" "This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to B<msgmerge>. " "This is necessary to support versions of B<gettext> earlier than 0.16." msgstr "" "此选项从传递给 B<msgmerge> 的选项中删除 B<-previous>。这是支持 0.16 之前的 " "B<gettext> 版本所必需的。" #. type: =item #: po4a:106 po4a-updatepo:24 msgid "B<--previous>" msgstr "B<--previous>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:107 po4a-updatepo:25 msgid "" "This option adds B<--previous> to the options passed to B<msgmerge>. It " "requires B<gettext> 0.16 or later, and is activated by default." msgstr "" "此选项 B<--previous> 添加到传递给 B<msgmerge> 的选项中。它需要 B<gettext> " "0.16 或更高版本，并在默认情况下激活。" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:108 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE" msgstr "配置文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a:109 msgid "" "po4a expects a configuration file as argument. This file must contain the " "following elements:" msgstr "po4a 需要一个配置文件作为参数。此文件必须包含以下元素：" #. type: textblock #: po4a:110 msgid "" "The path to the PO files and the list of languages existing in the project;" msgstr "PO 文件的路径和项目中存在的语言列表;" #. type: textblock #: po4a:111 msgid "" "Optionally, some global options and so-called configuration aliases that are " "used as templates to configure individual master files;" msgstr "可选地，一些全局选项和所谓的配置别名，用作配置单个主文件的模板;" #. type: textblock #: po4a:112 msgid "" "The list of each master file to translate, along with specific parameters." msgstr "要转换的每个主文件的列表以及特定参数。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:113 msgid "" "All lines contain a command between square braces, followed by its " "parameters. Comments begin with the char '#' and run until the end of the " "line. You can escape the end of line to spread a command over several lines." msgstr "" "所有行在方括号之间都包含一个命令，后跟其参数。注释以字符 '#' 开头，并一直运行" "到行的末尾。您可以转义行尾，将命令分散到几行。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:114 msgid "" "Some full examples are presented on this page, while other examples can be " "found in the C<t/cfg> directory of the source distribution." msgstr "" "本页提供了一些完整的示例，而其他示例可以在源代码分发的 C<t/cfg> 目录中找到。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:115 msgid "Finding the PO and POT files" msgstr "查找 PO 和 POT 文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a:116 msgid "" "The simplest solution is to explicitly give the path to POT and PO files, as " "follows:" msgstr "最简单的解决方案是显式指定 POT 和 PO 文件的路径，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot de:man/po/de.po fr:man/po/fr.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot de:man/po/de.po fr:man/po/fr.po\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:118 msgid "" "This specifies the path to the POT file first, and then the paths to the " "German and French PO files." msgstr "首先指定 POT 文件的路径，然后指定德语和法语 PO 文件的路径。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:119 msgid "" "The same information can be written as follows to reduce the risk of copy/" "paste errors:" msgstr "可以按如下方式写入相同的信息，以降低复制/粘贴错误的风险：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:120 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_langs] fr de\n" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot $lang:man/po/$lang.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_langs] fr de\n" " [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot $lang:man/po/$lang.po\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:121 msgid "" "The C<$lang> component is automatically expanded using the provided " "languages list, reducing the risk of copy/paste error when a new language is " "added." msgstr "" "C<$lang> 组件使用提供的语言列表自动展开，减少了添加新语言时出现复制/粘贴错误" "的风险。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:122 msgid "" "You can further compact the same information by only providing the path to " "the directory containing your translation project, as follows." msgstr "" "通过只提供包含翻译项目的目录的路径，您可以进一步压缩相同的信息，如下所示。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:123 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:124 msgid "" "The provided directory must contain a set of PO files, each named F<XX.po> " "with C<XX> the ISO 639-1 of the language used in this file. The directory " "must also contain a single POT file, with the C<.pot> file extension. For " "the first run, this file can be empty but it must exist (po4a cannot guess " "the name to use before the extension)." msgstr "" "提供的目录必须包含一组 PO 文件，每个文件名为 F<XX.po>，C<XX> 为此文件中使用的" "语言的 ISO 639-1。该目录还必须包含单个 POT 文件，文件扩展名为 C<.pot>。在第一" "次运行时，该文件可以是空的，但必须存在(po4a 无法猜测要在扩展名之前使用的名" "称)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:125 msgid "" "Note that you must choose only one between C<po_directory> and " "C<po4a_paths>. The first one (C<po_directory>) is more compact, further " "reduces the risk of copy/paste error, but forces you to use the expected " "project structure and file names. The second one (C<po4a_paths>), is more " "explicit, probably more readable, and advised when you setup your first " "project with po4a." msgstr "" "请注意，您只能在 C<po_文件夹> 和 C<po4a_路径> 之间选择一个。第一个 (C<po_文件" "夹>) 更紧凑，进一步降低了复制/粘贴错误的风险，但强制您使用预期的项目结构和文" "件名。第二个 (C<po4a_路径>) 更明确，可能更具可读性，建议您在使用 po4a 设置第" "一个项目时使用。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:126 msgid "Centralized or split PO files?" msgstr "集中或拆分 PO 文件？" #. type: textblock #: po4a:127 msgid "" "By default, po4a produces one single PO file per target language, containing " "the whole content of your translation project. As your project grows, the " "size of these files may become problematic. When using weblate, it is " "possible to specify priorities for each translation segment (i.e., msgid) so " "that the important ones get translated first. Still, some translation teams " "prefer to split the content in several files." msgstr "" "默认情况下，po4a 为每种目标语言生成一个 PO 文件，其中包含翻译项目的全部内容。" "随着项目的增长，这些文件的大小可能会出现问题。使用 weblate 时，可以为每个翻译" "段（即 msgid）指定优先级，以便首先翻译重要的部分。尽管如此，一些翻译团队还是" "喜欢将内容分成几个文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:128 msgid "" "To have one PO file per master file, you simply have to use the string " "C<$master> in the name of your PO files on the C<[po4a_paths]> line, as " "follows." msgstr "" "要在每个主文件中有一个 PO 文件，只需在 C<[po4a_paths]> 行上的 PO 文件名中使用" "字符串 C<$master>，如下所示。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:129 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_paths] doc/$master/$master.pot $lang:doc/$master/$lang.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_paths] doc/$master/$master.pot $lang:doc/$master/$lang.po\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With this line, po4a will produce separate POT and PO files for each " #| "document to translate. For example, if you have 3 documents and 5 " #| "languages, this will result in 3 POT files and 15 PO files. These files " #| "are named as specified on the C<po4a_paths> template, with C<$master> " #| "substituted to the basename of each document to translate. In case of " #| "name conflict, you can specify the POT file to use as follows, with the " #| "C<pot=> parameter. This feature can also be used to group several " #| "translated files into the same POT file." msgid "" "With this line, po4a will produce separate POT and PO files for each " "document to translate. For example, if you have 3 documents and 5 " "languages, this will result in 3 POT files and 15 PO files. These files are " "named as specified on the C<po4a_paths> template, with C<$master> " "substituted to the basename of each document to translate. In case of name " "conflict, you can specify the POT file to use as follows, with the C<pot=> " "parameter." msgstr "" "通过这一行，po4a 将为每个要翻译的文档生成单独的 POT 和 PO 文件。例如，如果您" "有 3 个文档和 5 种语言，这将产生 3 个 POT 文件和 15 个 PO 文件。这些文件按照 " "C<po4a_paths> 模板上的指定命名，并将 C<$master> 替换为要翻译的每个文档的基" "名。在名称冲突的情况下，您可以使用 C<pot=> 参数指定要使用的 POT 文件，如下所" "示。此功能还可用于将多个翻译后的文件组合到同一 POT 文件中。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:131 msgid "" "This feature can also be used to group several translated files into the " "same POT file. The following example only produces 2 POT files: F<l10n/po/" "foo.pot> (containing the material from F<foo/gui.xml>) and F<l10n/po/bar." "pot> (containing the material from both F<bar/gui.xml> and F<bar/cli.xml>)." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:132 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n" #| " [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n" #| " [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo-gui\n" #| " [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" #| " [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n" " [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n" " [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo\n" " [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" " [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n" " [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n" " [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo-gui\n" " [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" " [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:133 msgid "" "In split mode, B<po4a> builds a temporary compendium during the PO update, " "to share the translations between all the PO files. If two PO files have " "different translations for the same string, B<po4a> will mark this string as " "fuzzy and will submit both translations in all the PO files containing this " "string. When unfuzzied by the translator, the translation is automatically " "used in every PO files." msgstr "" "在 split 模式下，B<po4a> 在 PO 更新期间构建一个临时概要，以便在所有 PO 文件之" "间共享翻译。如果两个 PO 文件对同一字符串有不同的翻译，B<po4a> 将此字符串标记" "为 fuzzy，并将在包含此字符串的所有 PO 文件中提交两个翻译。当翻译人员解除困惑" "时，翻译将自动用于每个 PO 文件中。" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:134 msgid "Specifying the documents to translate" msgstr "指定要翻译的文档" #. type: textblock #: po4a:135 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You must also list the documents that should be translated. For each " #| "master file, you must specify the format parser to use, the location of " #| "the translated document to produce, and optionally some configuration. " #| "Here is an example:" msgid "" "You must also list the documents that should be translated. For each master " "file, you must specify the format parser to use, the location of the " "translated document to produce, and optionally some configuration. File " "names should be quoted or escaped if they contain spaces. Here is an example:" msgstr "" "您还必须列出应翻译的文档。对于每个主文件，必须指定要使用的格式解析器、要生成" "的转换文档的位置，以及一些可选的配置。下面是一个例子：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:136 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml fr:doc/fr/mon_truc.sgml \\\n" #| " de:doc/de/mein_kram.sgml\n" #| " [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n" #| " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n" #| " de:doc/de/script.xml\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " [type: sgml] \"doc/my stuff.sgml\" \"fr:doc/fr/mon truc.sgml\" de:doc/de/mein\\ kram.sgml\n" " [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n" " de:doc/de/script.xml\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml fr:doc/fr/mon_truc.sgml \\\n" " de:doc/de/mein_kram.sgml\n" " [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n" " de:doc/de/script.xml\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:137 msgid "" "But again, these complex lines are difficult to read and modify, e.g. when " "adding a new language. It is much simpler to reorganize things using the " "C<$lang> template as follows:" msgstr "" "但同样，这些复杂的行很难阅读和修改，例如在添加新语言时。使用 C<$lang> 模板重" "新组织内容要简单得多，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml $lang:doc/$lang/my_stuff.sgml\n" " [type: man] script.1 $lang:po/$lang/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml $lang:doc/$lang/script.xml\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: sgml] doc/my_stuff.sgml $lang:doc/$lang/my_stuff.sgml\n" " [type: man] script.1 $lang:po/$lang/script.1\n" " [type: docbook] doc/script.xml $lang:doc/$lang/script.xml\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:139 msgid "Specifying options" msgstr "指定选项" #. type: textblock #: po4a:140 msgid "" "There is two types of options: I<po4a options> are default values to the " "po4a command line options while I<format options> are used to change the " "behavior of the format parsers. As a I<po4a options>, you could for example " "specify in your configuration file that the default value of the B<--keep> " "command line parameter is 50% instead of 80%. I<Format options> are " "documented on the specific page of each parsing module, e.g. L<Locale::Po4a::" "Xml(3pm)>. You could for example pass B<nostrip> to the XML parser to not " "strip the spaces around the extracted strings." msgstr "" "有两种类型的选项：I<po4a options> 是 po4a 命令行选项的默认值，而 I<format " "options> 用于更改格式分析器的行为。作为 I<po4a options>，您可以在配置文件中指" "定 B<--keep> 命令行参数的默认值是 50%，而不是 80%。I<Format options> 记录在每" "个解析模块的特定页面上，例如 L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>。例如，您可以将 " "B<nostrip> 传递给 XML 解析器，以不除去提取的字符串周围的空格。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:141 msgid "" "You can pass these options for a specific master file, or even for a " "specific translation of that file, using C<opt:> and C<opt_XX:> for the " "C<XX> language. In the following example, the B<nostrip> option is passed " "to the XML parser (for all languages), while the threshold will be reduced " "to 0% for the French translation (that is thus always kept)." msgstr "" "您可以为特定主文件传递这些选项，甚至为该文件的特定翻译传递这些选项，使用 " "C<opt:> 和 C<opt_XX:> 作为 C<XX> 语言。在下面的示例中， B<nostrip> 选项被传递" "给 XML 解析器（对于所有语言），而对于法语翻译，阈值将降低到 0%（因此始终保" "持）。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:142 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:143 msgid "" "In any case, these configuration chunks must be located at the end of the " "line. The declaration of files must come first, then the addendum if any " "(see below), and then only the options. The grouping of configuration chunks " "is not very important, since elements are internally concatenated as " "strings. The following examples are all equivalent:" msgstr "" "无论如何，这些配置块必须位于行的末尾。必须先声明文件，然后才是附录（如有）" "（见下文），然后才是选项。配置块的分组不是很重要，因为元素在内部连接为字符" "串。以下示例都是等效的：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:144 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20\" opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20 -o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:--keep opt:20 opt:-o opt:nostrip opt_fr:--keep opt_fr:0\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20\" opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20 -o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:--keep opt:20 opt:-o opt:nostrip opt_fr:--keep opt_fr:0\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:145 msgid "" "Note that language specific options are not used when building the POT file. " "It is for example impossible to pass B<nostrip> to the parser only when " "building the French translation, because the same POT file is used to update " "every languages. So the only options that can be language-specific are the " "ones that are used when producing the translation, as the C<--keep> option." msgstr "" "请注意，生成 POT 文件时不使用特定于语言的选项。例如，仅在构建法语翻译时，不可" "能将 B<nostrip> 传递给解析器，因为同一 POT 文件用于更新每种语言。因此，唯一可" "以特定于语言的选项是生成翻译时使用的选项，如 C<--keep> 选项。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:146 msgid "Configuration aliases" msgstr "配置别名" #. type: textblock #: po4a:147 msgid "" "To pass the same options to several files, the best is to define a type " "alias as follows. In the next example, C<--keep 0> is passed to every " "Italian translation using this C<test> type, that is an extension of the " "C<man> type." msgstr "" "要将相同的选项传递给多个文件，最好的方法是按如下所示定义类型别名。在下一个示" "例中，使用此 C<test> 类型（即 C<man> 类型的扩展）将 C<--keep 0> 传递给每个意" "大利语翻译。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:148 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_alias:test] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: test] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_alias:test] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: test] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:149 msgid "" "You can also extend an existing type reusing the same name for the alias as " "follows. This is not interpreted as as an erroneous recursive definition." msgstr "" "还可以对现有类型进行扩展，对别名使用相同的名称，如下所示。这不是一个错误的递" "归定义。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:150 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: man] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n" " [type: man] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:151 msgid "Global default options" msgstr "全局默认选项" #. type: textblock #: po4a:152 msgid "" "You can also use C<[options]> lines to define options that must be used for " "all files, regardless of their type." msgstr "" "您还可以使用 C<[options]> 行定义必须用于所有文件的选项，无论其类型如何。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:153 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [options] --keep 20 --option nostrip\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [options] --keep 20 --option nostrip\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:154 msgid "" "As with the command line options, you can abbreviate the parameters passed " "in the configuration file:" msgstr "与命令行选项一样，您可以缩写配置文件中传递的参数：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:155 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [options] -k 20 -o nostrip\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [options] -k 20 -o nostrip\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:156 msgid "Option priorities" msgstr "选项优先权" #. type: textblock #: po4a:157 msgid "" "The options of every sources are concatenated, ensuring that the default " "values can easily be overridden by more specific options. The order is as " "follows:" msgstr "" "每个源的选项都是串联的，确保默认值可以很容易地被更具体的选项覆盖。顺序如下：" #. type: textblock #: po4a:158 msgid "" "C<[options]> lines provide default values that can be overridden by any " "other source." msgstr "C<[options]> 行提供可由任何其他源重写的默认值。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:159 msgid "" "Type aliases are then used. Language specific settings override the ones " "applicable to all languages." msgstr "然后使用类型别名。特定于语言的设置将覆盖适用于所有语言的设置。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:160 msgid "" "Settings that are specific to a given master file override both the default " "ones and the ones coming from the type alias. In this case also, language " "specific settings override the global ones." msgstr "" "特定于给定主文件的设置将同时覆盖默认设置和来自类型别名的设置。在这种情况下，" "特定于语言的设置也会覆盖全局设置。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:161 msgid "" "Finally, parameters provided on the B<po4a> command line override any " "settings from the configuration file." msgstr "最后，B<po4a> 命令行上提供的参数会覆盖配置文件中的任何设置。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:162 msgid "Example" msgstr "示例" #. type: textblock #: po4a:163 msgid "Here is an example showing how to quote the spaces and quotes:" msgstr "下面是一个示例，演示如何引用空格和引号：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" " \n" msgstr "" " [po_directory] man/po/\n" " \n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [options] --master-charset UTF-8\n" " \n" msgstr "" " [options] --master-charset UTF-8\n" " \n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt:\"-o \\\"mdoc=NAME,SEE ALSO\\\"\"\n" " [type:man] t-05-config/test02_man.1 $lang:tmp/test02_man.$lang.1 \\\n" " opt:\"-k 75\" opt_it:\"-L UTF-8\" opt_fr:--verbose\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [po4a_alias:man] man opt:\"-o \\\"mdoc=NAME,SEE ALSO\\\"\"\n" " [type:man] t-05-config/test02_man.1 $lang:tmp/test02_man.$lang.1 \\\n" " opt:\"-k 75\" opt_it:\"-L UTF-8\" opt_fr:--verbose\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:167 msgid "Addendum: Adding extra content in the translation" msgstr "附录：在译文中增加额外内容" #. type: textblock #: po4a:168 msgid "" "If you want to add an extra section to the translation, for example to give " "credit to the translator, then you need to define an addendum to the line " "defining your master file. Please refer to the page L<po4a(7)> for more " "details on the syntax of addendum files." msgstr "" "如果您想在翻译中添加一个额外的部分，例如给翻译人员加学分，那么您需要在定义主" "文件的行中定义一个附录。有关附录文件语法的更多详细信息，请参阅第 L<po4a(7)> " "页。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:169 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 \\\n" " add_fr:doc/l10n/script.fr.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 \\\n" " add_fr:doc/l10n/script.fr.add\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:170 msgid "You can also use language templates as follow:" msgstr "您还可以使用语言模板，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:171 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 \\\n" " add_$lang:doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 \\\n" " add_$lang:doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:172 msgid "If an addendum fails to apply, the translation is discarded." msgstr "如果补遗不适用，翻译将被丢弃。" #. type: =head3 #: po4a:173 msgid "Modifiers for the addendum declaration" msgstr "附录声明的修饰符" #. type: textblock #: po4a:174 msgid "" "Addendum modifiers can simplify the configuration file in the case where not " "all languages provide an addendum, or when the list of addenda changes from " "one language to the other. The modifier is a single char located before the " "file name." msgstr "" "在并非所有语言都提供附录的情况下，或者当附录列表从一种语言更改为另一种语言" "时，附录修饰符可以简化配置文件。修饰符是位于文件名之前的单个字符。" #. type: =item #: po4a:175 msgid "B<?>" msgstr "B<?>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:176 msgid "Include I<addendum_path> if this file does exist, otherwise do nothing." msgstr "如果此文件确实存在，请包括 I<appendment_path>，否则不执行任何操作。" #. type: =item #: po4a:177 msgid "B<@>" msgstr "B<@>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:178 msgid "" "I<addendum_path> is not a regular addendum but a file containing a list of " "addenda, one by line. Each addendum may be preceded by modifiers." msgstr "" "I<addendment_path> 不是常规的附录，而是一个逐行包含附录列表的文件。每个附录前" "面都可以加上修饰符。" #. type: =item #: po4a:179 msgid "B<!>" msgstr "B<!>" #. type: textblock #: po4a:180 msgid "" "I<addendum_path> is discarded, it is not loaded and will not be loaded by " "any further addendum specification." msgstr "" "I<appendment_path> 被丢弃，它不会被加载，也不会被任何进一步的附录规范加载。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:181 msgid "" "The following includes an addendum in any language, but if only it exists. " "No error is reported if the addendum does not exist." msgstr "" "以下内容包括任何语言的附录，但前提是该附录存在。如果附录不存在，则不会报告任" "何错误。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:?doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:?doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:183 msgid "The following includes a list of addendum for every language:" msgstr "以下为每种语言的附录清单：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:184 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:@doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 add_$lang:@doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: po4a:185 msgid "Filtering the translated strings" msgstr "过滤翻译的字符串" #. type: textblock #: po4a:186 msgid "" "Sometimes, you want to hide some strings from the translation process. To " "that extend, you can give a C<pot_in> parameter to your master file to " "specify the name of the file to use instead of the real master when building " "the POT file. Here is an example:" msgstr "" "有时候，你想在翻译过程中隐藏一些字符串。为此，可以为主文件指定一个 C<pot_in> " "参数，以指定在生成 pot 文件时要使用的文件名，而不是实际的主文件名。下面是一个" "例子：" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:187 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [type:docbook] book.xml \\\n" " pot_in:book-filtered.xml \\\n" " $lang:book.$lang.xml\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [type:docbook] book.xml \\\n" " pot_in:book-filtered.xml \\\n" " $lang:book.$lang.xml\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a:188 msgid "" "With this setting, the strings to translate will be extracted from the " "F<book-filtered.xml> (that must be produced before calling B<po4a>) while " "the translated files will be built from F<book.xml>. As a result, any string " "that is part of F<book.xml> but not in F<book-filtered.xml> will not be " "included in the PO files, preventing the translators from providing a " "translation for them. So these strings will be left unmodified when " "producing the translated documents. This naturally decreases the level of " "translation, so you may need the C<--keep> option to ensure that the " "document is produced anyway." msgstr "" "使用此设置，将从 F<book-filtered.xml> （必须在调用 B<po4a> 之前生成），而转换" "后的文件将从生成 F<book.xml> 文件. 因此，任何属于F的字符串 F<book.xml> 文件但" "不在 F<book-filtered.xml> 不会包含在 PO 文件中，从而阻止翻译人员为其提供翻" "译。因此，在生成翻译的文档时，这些字符串将保持不变。这自然会降低翻译的级别，" "因此您可能需要使用 C<--keep> 选项来确保无论如何都会生成文档。" #. type: textblock #: po4a:190 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, " #| "L<po4a(7)>" msgid "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a(7)>." msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:191 po4a-gettextize:78 po4a-normalize:38 po4a-translate:52 #: po4a-updatepo:55 msguntypot:32 doc/po4a.7.pod:196 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:56 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:11 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:28 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:14 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:17 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:109 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:93 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:23 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:16 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:53 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:120 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:158 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:17 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:189 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:17 msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "作者" #. type: verbatim #: po4a:192 po4a-gettextize:79 po4a-normalize:39 po4a-translate:53 #: po4a-updatepo:56 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:110 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" #| " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" #| " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: po4a:193 po4a-gettextize:80 po4a-normalize:40 po4a-translate:54 #: po4a-updatepo:57 msguntypot:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:58 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:30 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:19 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:12 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:12 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:111 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:25 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:58 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:122 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:18 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:13 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:19 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:191 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:19 msgid "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE" msgstr "版权和许可" #. type: textblock #: po4a:194 po4a-gettextize:81 po4a-normalize:41 po4a-translate:55 #: po4a-updatepo:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copyright 2002-2020 by SPI, inc." msgid "Copyright 2002-2023 by SPI, inc." msgstr "版权所有 2002-2020，SPI，Inc." #. type: textblock #: po4a:195 po4a-gettextize:82 po4a-normalize:42 po4a-translate:56 #: po4a-updatepo:59 msguntypot:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:60 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:32 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:18 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:21 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:20 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:113 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:27 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:60 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:124 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:20 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:50 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:21 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:193 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:21 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it " #| "under the terms of GPL (see the COPYING file)." msgid "" "This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of GPL v2.0 or later (see the COPYING file)." msgstr "" "此程序是自由软件；您可以根据 GPL 条款重新分发和/或修改它(请参阅复制文件)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:2 msgid "" "po4a-gettextize - convert an original file (and its translation) to a PO file" msgstr "po4a-gettexalize-convert 将原始文件(及其翻译)转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:4 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> [B<-l> I<XX.doc>] B<-" #| "p> I<XX.po>" msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-l> I<XX.doc> B<-p> " "I<XX.po>" msgstr "" "B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> [B<-l> I<XX.doc>] B<-p> " "I<XX.po>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:5 msgid "(I<XX.po> is the output, all others are inputs)" msgstr "(I<XX.po> is the output, all others are inputs)" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:8 msgid "" "The B<po4a-gettextize> script helps you converting your previously existing " "translations into a po4a-based workflow. This is only to be done once to " "salvage an existing translation while converting to po4a, not on a regular " "basis after the conversion of your project. This tedious process is " "explained in details in Section 'Converting a manual translation to po4a' " "below." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:9 msgid "" "You must provide both a master file (e.g., the source in English) and an " "existing translated file (e.g., a previous translation attempt without " "po4a). If you provide more than one master or translation files, they will " "be used in sequence, but it may be easier to gettextize each page or chapter " "separately and then use B<msgmerge> to merge all produced PO files. As you " "wish." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If the master document has non-ASCII characters, the new generated PO " #| "file will be in UTF-8. Else (if the master document is completely in " #| "ASCII), the generated PO will use the encoding of the translated input " #| "document, or UTF-8 if no translated document is provided." msgid "" "If the master document has non-ASCII characters, the new generated PO file " "will be in UTF-8. If the master document is completely in ASCII, the " "generated PO will use the encoding of the translated input document." msgstr "" "如果主文档具有非 ASCII 字符，则新生成的 PO 文件将表示为 UTF-8。否则（如果主文" "档完全在 ASCII 中），生成的 PO 将使用已翻译输入文档的编码，如果未提供翻译文" "档，则使用 UTF-8。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:12 po4a-normalize:26 po4a-translate:10 po4a-updatepo:12 msgid "B<-f>, B<--format>" msgstr "B<-f>, B<--format>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:13 po4a-normalize:27 po4a-translate:11 po4a-updatepo:13 msgid "" "Format of the documentation you want to handle. Use the B<--help-format> " "option to see the list of available formats." msgstr "" "要处理的文档的格式。使用 B<--help-format> 帮助格式选项查看可用格式的列表。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:14 po4a-translate:16 po4a-updatepo:14 msgid "B<-m>, B<--master>" msgstr "B<-m>, B<--master>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:15 msgid "" "File containing the master document to translate. You can use this option " "multiple times if you want to gettextize multiple documents." msgstr "" "包含要翻译的主文档的文件。如果要对多个文档进行文本化，可以多次使用此选项。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:17 po4a-normalize:29 po4a-translate:19 msgid "Charset of the file containing the document to translate." msgstr "包含要翻译的文档的文件的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:18 po4a-normalize:30 po4a-translate:20 msgid "B<-l>, B<--localized>" msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localized>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:19 msgid "" "File containing the localized (translated) document. If you provided " "multiple master files, you may wish to provide multiple localized file by " "using this option more than once." msgstr "" "包含本地化（已翻译）文档的文件。如果提供了多个主文件，您可能希望多次使用此选" "项提供多个本地化文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:21 po4a-translate:23 msgid "Charset of the file containing the localized document." msgstr "包含本地化文档的文件的字符集。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:22 po4a-translate:24 po4a-updatepo:18 msgid "B<-p>, B<--po>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--po>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:23 msgid "" "File where the message catalog should be written. If not given, the message " "catalog will be written to the standard output." msgstr "消息目录应写入的文件。如果未给出，消息目录将写入标准输出。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:28 po4a-normalize:24 po4a-translate:34 po4a-updatepo:30 msgid "B<--help-format>" msgstr "B<--help-format>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:29 po4a-normalize:25 po4a-translate:35 po4a-updatepo:31 msgid "List the documentation formats understood by po4a." msgstr "列出 po4a 理解的文档格式。" #. type: =item #: po4a-gettextize:30 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B<-k>, B<--keep>" msgid "B<-k> B<--keep-temps>" msgstr "B<-k>, B<--keep>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:31 msgid "" "Keep the temporary master and localized POT files built before merging. " "This can be useful to understand why these files get desynchronized, leading " "to gettextization problems." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:46 msgid "Converting a manual translation to po4a" msgstr "将手动翻译转换为 po4a" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "B<po4a-gettextize> will try to extract the content of any provided " #| "translation file, and use this content as msgstr in the produced PO file. " #| "Be warned that this process is very fragile: the Nth string of the " #| "translated file is supposed to be the translation of the Nth string in " #| "the original. This will naturally not work unless both files share " #| "exactly the same structure." msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> synchronizes the master and localized files to extract " "their content into a PO file. The content of the master file gives the " "B<msgid> while the content of the localized file gives the B<msgstr>. This " "process is somewhat fragile: the Nth string of the translated file is " "supposed to be the translation of the Nth string in the original." msgstr "" "B<po4a-gettextize>将尝试提取任何提供的翻译文件的内容，并将此内容用作生成 PO " "文件中的 msgstr。请注意，此过程非常脆弱：翻译文件的第 N 字符串应该是原始第 N " "字符串的翻译。除非两个文件共享完全相同的结构，否则这自然不起作用。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:48 msgid "" "Gettextization works best if you manage to retrieve the exact version of the " "original document that was used for translation. Even so, you may need to " "fiddle with both master and localized files to align their structure if it " "was changed by the original translator, so working on files' copies is " "advised." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Internally, each po4a parser reports the syntactical type of each " #| "extracted strings. This is how desynchronization are detected during the " #| "gettextization. For example, if the files have the following structure, " #| "it is very unlikely that the 4th string in translation (of type " #| "'chapter') is the translation of the 4th string in original (of type " #| "'paragraph'). It is more likely that a new paragraph was added to the " #| "original, or that two original paragraphs were merged together in the " #| "translation." msgid "" "Internally, each po4a parser reports the syntactical type of each extracted " "strings. This is how desynchronization are detected during the " "gettextization. In the example depicted below, it is very unlikely that the " "4th string in translation (of type 'chapter') is the translation of the 4th " "string in original (of type 'paragraph'). It is more likely that a new " "paragraph was added to the original, or that two original paragraphs were " "merged together in the translation." msgstr "" "在内部，每个 po4a 解析器报告每个提取字符串的语法类型。这是在 gettexted 期间检" "测到非同步化的。例如，如果文件具有以下结构，则翻译中的第 4 个字符串（类型为" "\"章节\"）不太可能是原始第 4 个字符串（类型为\"段落\"）的翻译。更有可能是将新" "段落添加到原稿中，或者两个原始段落在翻译中合并在一起。" #. type: verbatim #: po4a-gettextize:50 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Original Translation\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Original Translation\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: po4a-gettextize:51 #, no-wrap msgid "" " chapter chapter\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph chapter\n" " chapter paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" "\n" msgstr "" " chapter chapter\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" " paragraph chapter\n" " chapter paragraph\n" " paragraph paragraph\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:52 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "B<po4a-gettextize> will verbosely diagnose any detected structure " #| "desynchronization. When this happens, you should manually edit the files " #| "(this probably requires that you have some notions of the target " #| "language). You must add fake paragraphs or remove some content in one of " #| "the documents (or both) to fix the reported disparities, until the " #| "structure of both documents perfectly match. Some tricks are given in the " #| "next section." msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> will verbosely diagnose any structure desynchronization. " "When this happens, you should manually edit the files to add fake paragraphs " "or remove some content here and there until the structure of both files " "actually match. Some tricks are given below to salvage the most of the " "existing translation while doing so." msgstr "" "B<po4a-gettextize>详细诊断任何检测到的结构不同步。发生这种情况时，应手动编辑" "文件（这可能需要您具有目标语言的一些概念）。您必须在其中一个文档中添加假段落" "或删除某些内容（或两者）以修复所报告的差异，直到两个文档的结构完全匹配。下一" "节将介绍一些技巧。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:53 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you are lucky enough to have a a perfect match in the file structures, " #| "building a correct PO file is a matter of seconds. Otherwise, you will " #| "soon understand why this process has such an ugly name :) But remember " #| "that this grunt work is the price to pay to get the comfort of po4a " #| "afterward. Once converted, the synchronization between master documents " #| "and translations will always be fully automatic." msgid "" "If you are lucky enough to have a perfect match in the file structures out " "of the box, building a correct PO file is a matter of seconds. Otherwise, " "you will soon understand why this process has such an ugly name :) Even so, " "gettextization often remains faster than translating everything again. I " "gettextized the French translation of the whole Perl documentation in one " "day despite the I<many> synchronization issues. Given the amount of text " "(2MB of original text), restarting the translation without first salvaging " "the old translations would have required several months of work. In " "addition, this grunt work is the price to pay to get the comfort of po4a. " "Once converted, the synchronization between master documents and " "translations will always be fully automatic." msgstr "" "如果您足够幸运，在文件结构中拥有完美的匹配，则构建正确的 PO 文件需要几秒钟。" "否则，你很快就会明白为什么这个过程有这样一个丑陋的名称:)但请记住，这个咕咕的" "工作是代价，以获得舒适的po4a之后。转换后，主文档和翻译之间的同步将始终完全自" "动。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:54 msgid "" "After a successful gettextization, the produced documents should be manually " "checked for undetected disparities and silent errors, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: =head3 #: po4a-gettextize:55 msgid "Hints and tricks for the gettextization process" msgstr "获取文本化过程的提示和技巧" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "When this happens, the whole game comes down to the alignment of these " #| "damn files' structures again through manual edits. B<po4a-gettextize> is " #| "rather verbose about what went wrong when it happens. It reports the " #| "strings that don't match, their positions in the text, and the type of " #| "each of them. Moreover, the PO file generated so far is dumped as " #| "F<gettextization.failed.po> for further inspection." msgid "" "The gettextization stops as soon as a desynchronization is detected. When " "this happens, you need to edit the files as much as needed to re-align the " "files' structures. B<po4a-gettextize> is rather verbose when things go " "wrong. It reports the strings that don't match, their positions in the text, " "and the type of each of them. Moreover, the PO file generated so far is " "dumped as F<gettextization.failed.po> for further inspection." msgstr "" "当这种情况发生时，整个游戏归结到这些该死的文件的结构再次通过手动编辑对齐。" "B<po4a-gettextize>关于它发生时哪里出了问题相当冗长。它报告不匹配的字符串、它" "们在文本中的位置以及每个字符串的类型。此外，到目前为止生成的 PO 文件将转储为 " "F<gettextization.failed.po> ，以便进一步检查。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here are some other tricks to help you in this tedious process:" msgid "" "Here are some tricks to help you in this tedious process and ensure that you " "salvage the most of the previous translation:" msgstr "下面是一些其他技巧，以帮助您在这个乏味的过程：" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Remove all extra content of the translations, such as the section giving " #| "credits to the translators. You can add them back in po4a afterward, " #| "using an addenda (see L<po4a(7)>)." msgid "" "Remove all extra content of the translations, such as the section giving " "credits to the translators. They should be added separately to B<po4a> as " "addenda (see L<po4a(7)>)." msgstr "" "删除翻译的所有额外内容，例如为译员提供学分的部分。以后可以使用附录将它们重新" "添加到 po4a 中（请参阅 L<po4a(7)>）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you need to edit the files to align their structures, you should " #| "prefer editing the translation if possible. Indeed, if the changes to the " #| "original are too intrusive, the old and new versions will not be matched " #| "during the PO update, and the corresponding translation will be dumped " #| "anyway. But do not hesitate to also edit the original document if " #| "required: the important thing is to get a first PO file to start with." msgid "" "When editing the files to align their structures, prefer editing the " "translation if possible. Indeed, if the changes to the original are too " "intrusive, the old and new versions will not be matched during the first " "po4a run after gettextization (see below). Any unmatched translation will be " "dumped anyway. That being said, you still want to edit the original " "document if it's too hard to get the gettextization to proceed otherwise, " "even if it means that one paragraph of the translation is dumped. The " "important thing is to get a first PO file to start with." msgstr "" "如果需要编辑文件以对齐其结构，则应尽可能选择编辑翻译。实际上，如果对原始版本" "的更改过于具有侵入性，则新旧版本在 PO 更新期间将不匹配，并且相应的翻译无论如" "何都会转储。但是，如果需要，不要犹豫，也编辑原始文档：重要的是获得第一个 PO " "文件开始。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:60 msgid "" "Do not hesitate to kill any original content that would not exist in the " "translated version. This content will be automatically reintroduced " "afterward, when synchronizing the PO file with the document." msgstr "" "不要犹豫，杀死任何原始内容，将不存在在翻译版本。将 PO 文件与文档同步时，以后" "将自动重新引入此内容。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:61 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You should probably inform the original author of any structural change " #| "in the translation that seems justified. Issues in the original document " #| "should reported to the author. Fixing them in your translation only fixes " #| "them for a part of the community. Plus, it is impossible to do so when " #| "using po4a ;)" msgid "" "You should probably inform the original author of any structural change in " "the translation that seems justified. Issues in the original document should " "reported to the author. Fixing them in your translation only fixes them for " "a part of the community. Plus, it is impossible to do so when using po4a ;) " "But you probably want to wait until the end of the conversion to B<po4a> " "before changing the original files." msgstr "" "你或许应该告诉原作者翻译中似乎合理的任何结构变化。原始文档中的问题应报告给作" "者。在翻译中修复它们只会为社区的一部分修复它们。此外，使用 po4a 时不可能;)" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:62 msgid "" "Sometimes, the paragraph content does match, but not their types. Fixing it " "is rather format-dependent. In POD and man, it often comes from the fact " "that one of them contains a line beginning with a white space while the " "other does not. In those formats, such paragraph cannot be wrapped and thus " "become a different type. Just remove the space and you are fine. It may also " "be a typo in the tag name in XML." msgstr "" "有时，段落内容确实匹配，但不匹配其类型。修复它与格式相当相关。在 POD 和人中，" "它通常来自这样一个事实，即其中一个包含以空白开头的行，而另一个则不包含。在这" "些格式中，此类段落不能换行，因此成为不同的类型。只需删除空间，您就没事了。它" "也可能在 XML 中的标记名称中出现拼写错误。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:63 msgid "" "Likewise, two paragraphs may get merged together in POD when the separating " "line contains some spaces, or when there is no empty line between the " "B<=item> line and the content of the item." msgstr "" "同样，当分隔线包含某些空格时，或者当 B<=item> 行和项内容之间没有空行时，两个" "段落可能会合并到 POD 中。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Sometimes, the desynchronization message seems odd because the " #| "translation is attached to the wrong original paragraph. It is the sign " #| "of an undetected issue earlier in the process. Search for the actual " #| "desynchronization point by inspecting F<gettextization.failed.po>, and " #| "fix the problem where it really is." msgid "" "Sometimes, the desynchronization message seems odd because the translation " "is attached to the wrong original paragraph. It is the sign of an undetected " "issue earlier in the process. Search for the actual desynchronization point " "by inspecting the file F<gettextization.failed.po> that was produced, and " "fix the problem where it really is." msgstr "" "有时，取消同步消息似乎很奇怪，因为翻译附加到错误的原始段落。这是流程早期未检" "测到问题的迹象。通过检查 F<gettextization.failed.po> 来搜索实际的取消同步点，" "并修复问题的实际所在。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:65 msgid "" "Other issues may come from duplicated strings in either the original or " "translation. Duplicated strings are merged in PO files, with two " "references. This constitutes a difficulty for the gettextization algorithm, " "that is a simple one to one pairing between the B<msgid>s of both the master " "and the localized files. It is however believed that recent versions of po4a " "deal properly with duplicated strings, so you should report any remaining " "issue that you may encounter." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:66 msgid "Reviewing files produced by B<po4a-gettextize>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:67 msgid "" "Any file produced by B<po4a-gettextize> should be manually reviewed, even " "when the script terminates successfully. You should skim over the PO file, " "ensuring that the B<msgid> and B<msgstr> actually match. It is not necessary " "to ensure that the translation is perfectly correct yet, as all entries are " "marked as fuzzy translations anyway. You only need to check for obvious " "matching issues because badly matched translations will be dumped in " "subsequent steps while you want to salvage them." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:68 msgid "" "Fortunately, this step does not require to master the target languages as " "you only want to recognize similar elements in each B<msgid> and its " "corresponding B<msgstr>. As a speaker of French, English, and some German " "myself, I can do this for all European languages at least, even if I cannot " "say one word of most of these languages. I sometimes manage to detect " "matching issues in non-Latin languages by looking at string length, phrase " "structures (does the amount of interrogation marks match?) and other clues, " "but I prefer when someone else can review those languages." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:69 msgid "" "If you detect a mismatch, edit the original and translation files as if " "B<po4a-gettextize> reported an error, and try again. Once you have a decent " "PO file for your previous translation, backup it until you get po4a working " "correctly." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:70 msgid "Running B<po4a> for the first time" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:71 msgid "" "The easiest way to setup po4a is to write a B<po4a.conf> configuration file, " "and use the integrated B<po4a> program (B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-" "translate> are deprecated). Please check the \"CONFIGURATION FILE\" Section " "in L<po4a(1)> documentation for more details." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:72 msgid "" "When B<po4a> runs for the first time, the current version of the master " "documents will be used to update the PO files containing the old " "translations that you salvaged through gettextization. This can take quite a " "long time, because many of the B<msgid>s of from the gettextization do not " "exactly match the elements of the POT file built from the recent master " "files. This forces gettext to search for the closest one using a costly " "string proximity algorithm. For example, the first run over the Perl " "documentation's French translation (5.5 MB PO file) took about 48 hours " "(yes, two days) while the subsequent ones only take seconds." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: po4a-gettextize:73 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Converting a manual translation to po4a" msgid "Moving your translations to production" msgstr "将手动翻译转换为 po4a" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:74 msgid "" "After this first run, the PO files are ready to be reviewed by translators. " "All entries were marked as fuzzy in the PO file by B<po4a-gettextization>, " "forcing their careful review before use. Translators should take each entry " "to verify that the salvaged translation actually match the current original " "text, update the translation on need, and remove the fuzzy markers." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:75 msgid "" "Once enough fuzzy markers are removed, B<po4a> will start generating the " "translation files on disk, and you're ready to move your translation " "workflow to production. Some projects find it useful to rely on weblate to " "coordinate between translators and maintainers, but that's beyond B<po4a>' " "scope." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-gettextize:77 msgid "" "L<po4a(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, " "L<po4a(7)>." msgstr "" "L<po4a(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, " "L<po4a(7)>." #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:2 msgid "" "po4a-normalize - normalize a documentation file by parsing it in po4a, and " "writing it back" msgstr "" "po4a-normalize - 通过在 po4a 中解析文档文件并写回文档文件来规范化文档文件" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:4 msgid "B<po4a-normalize> B<-f> I<fmt> I<master.doc>" msgstr "B<po4a-normalize> B<-f> I<fmt> I<master.doc>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:6 po4a-translate:7 po4a-updatepo:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:4 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:4 msgid "" "The po4a (PO for anything) project goal is to ease translations (and more " "interestingly, the maintenance of translations) using gettext tools on areas " "where they were not expected like documentation." msgstr "" "Po4a (PO For Anything) 项目的目标是在文档等不需要翻译的领域使用 gettext 工具" "简化翻译(更有趣的是，简化翻译的维护)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:7 msgid "" "The B<po4a-normalize> script is a debugging tool used to make sure that po4a " "don't change the document when it's not supposed to. Only use it if you're " "developing a new module, or if you doubt the sanity of the tools." msgstr "" "B<po4a-normalize>是一个调试工具，用于确保 po4a 不会更改文档时，它不应该。仅当" "您正在开发新模块时，或者如果您怀疑工具的可理智性，才使用它。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:8 msgid "" "The generated document will be written to F<po4a-normalize.output> while the " "generated POT file will be written to F<po4a-normalize.po> by default, but " "you can use the B<--localized> and B<--pot> options to change that." msgstr "" "生成的文档将写入 F<po4a-normalize.output>，而生成的 POT 文件将写入 F<po4a-" "normalize.po>，但您可以使用 B<--localized>和 B<--pot> 选项来更改它。" #. type: =item #: po4a-normalize:14 msgid "B<-b>, B<--blank>" msgstr "B<-b>, B<--blank>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:15 msgid "" "Create a blank translated document. The generated translated document will " "be generated assuming all messages are translated by a space or new line." msgstr "" "创建空白翻译的文档。如果所有消息都由空格或新行翻译，将生成生成的已翻译文档。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:16 msgid "" "This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated." msgstr "这可用于检查文档的哪些部分无法翻译。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:17 po4a-normalize:21 msgid "" "Both B<--blank> and B<--capitalize> can't be specified at the same time." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: po4a-normalize:18 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B<-l>, B<--localized>" msgid "B<-C>, B<--capitalize>" msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localized>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:19 msgid "" "Create a translated document and corresponding po-file with original strings " "translated as their capitalized versions." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:20 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated." msgid "" "This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated and " "generate test data for po4a." msgstr "这可用于检查文档的哪些部分无法翻译。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:31 msgid "" "Name of the normalized file to produce (I<po4a-normalize.output> by default)." msgstr "要生产的规范化文件的名称（默认情况下 I<po4a-normalize.output>）。" #. type: =item #: po4a-normalize:32 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pot>" msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pot>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:33 msgid "Pot file to produce (I<po4a-normalize.po> by default)." msgstr "要生成的 POT 文件(默认情况下为 I<po4a-Normize.po>)。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-normalize:37 msgid "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:2 msgid "po4a-translate - convert a PO file back to documentation format" msgstr "po4a-translate - 将 PO 文件转换回文档格式" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:4 msgid "" "B<po4a-translate> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-p> I<XX.po> B<-l> I<XX." "doc>" msgstr "" "B<po4a-translate> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-p> I<XX.po> B<-l> I<XX." "doc>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:5 msgid "(I<XX.doc> is the output, all others are inputs)" msgstr "（I<XX.doc> 是输出，所有其他都是输入）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:8 msgid "" "The B<po4a-translate> script is in charge of converting the translation " "(which was done in a PO file) back into the documentation format. The " "provided PO file should be the translation of the POT file which was " "produced by L<po4a-gettextize(1)>." msgstr "" "B<po4a-translate> 负责将翻译（在 PO 文件中完成）转换回文档格式。提供的 PO 文" "件应该是由 L<po4a-gettextize(1)> 生成产生的 POT 文件的翻译。" #. type: =item #: po4a-translate:12 msgid "B<-a>, B<--addendum>" msgstr "B<-a>, B<--addendum>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:13 msgid "" "Add a file to the resulting file (to put translator's name or a section " "\"About this translation\", for example). The first line of the file to " "insert should be a PO4A header indicating where it should be added (see " "section B<HOWTO add extra text to translations> in L<po4a(7)>)." msgstr "" "将文件添加到生成的文件中（例如，将翻译的名称或\"关于此翻译\"部分）。要插入的" "文件的第一行应该是 PO4A 标头，指示应添加它的位置（请参阅 L<po4a(7)> 中的第 " "B<HOWTO add extra text to translations> 部分）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:17 msgid "File containing the master document to translate." msgstr "包含要翻译的主文档的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:21 msgid "File where the localized (translated) document should be written." msgstr "应写入本地化（已翻译）文档的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:25 msgid "File from which the message catalog should be read." msgstr "应从中读取消息目录的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:29 msgid "" "Minimal threshold for translation percentage to keep (i.e. write) the " "resulting file (default: 80). I.e. by default, files have to be translated " "at least at 80% to get written." msgstr "" "要保留（即写入）生成的文件（默认值：80）的最小阈值。即默认情况下，文件必须至" "少翻译 80% 才能写入。" #. type: =item #: po4a-translate:42 po4a-updatepo:38 msgid "B<--porefs> I<type>[,B<wrap>|B<nowrap>]" msgstr "B<--porefs> I<type>[,B<wrap>|B<nowrap>]" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:44 po4a-updatepo:40 msgid "" "Argument can be followed by a comma and either B<wrap> or B<nowrap> " "keyword. References are written by default on a single line. The B<wrap> " "option wraps references on several lines, to mimic B<gettext> tools " "(B<xgettext> and B<msgmerge>). This option will become the default in a " "future release, because it is more sensible. The B<nowrap> option is " "available so that users who want to keep the old behavior can do so." msgstr "" "参数后跟逗号和 B<wrap> B<nowrap> 关键字。默认情况下，引用在一行上写入。 " "B<wrap> 将引用封装在多行上，以模拟 B<gettext>工具（B<xgettext> " "B<msgmerge>）。此选项将成为将来版本中的默认值，因为它更明智。 B<nowrap> 选项" "可用，以便想要保留旧行为的用户可以这样做。" #. type: =head1 #: po4a-translate:45 msgid "Adding content (beside translations) to generated files" msgstr "向生成的文件添加内容（翻译旁边）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:46 msgid "" "To add some extra content to the generated document beside what you " "translated (like the name of the translator, or an \"About this " "translation\" section), you should use the B<--addendum> option." msgstr "" "若要在翻译的内容旁边向生成的文档添加一些额外内容（如翻译人员的姓名或\"关于此" "翻译\"部分），应使用 B<--addendum> 选项。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:47 msgid "" "The first line of the addendum must be a header indicating where to put it " "in the document (it can be before or after a given part of the document). " "The rest of the file will be added verbatim to the resulting file without " "further processing." msgstr "" "增编的第一行必须是指示在文档中的放放位置的标头（它可以在文档的给定部分之前或" "之后）。文件的其余部分将逐字添加到生成的文件中，而无需进一步处理。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:48 msgid "" "Note that if po4a-translate fails to add one of the given files, it discards " "the whole translation (because the missing file could be the one indicating " "the author, what would prevent the users to contact him to report bugs in " "the translation)." msgstr "" "请注意，如果 po4a 翻译无法添加给定文件之一，它将丢弃整个翻译（因为丢失的文件" "可能是指示作者的文件，因此会阻止用户联系他报告翻译中的 Bug）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:49 msgid "" "The header has a pretty rigid syntax. For more information on how to use " "this feature and how it works, please refer to the L<po4a(7)> man page." msgstr "" "标头具有相当严格的语法。有关如何使用此功能及其工作原理的详细信息，请参阅 " "L<po4a(7)> man 页面。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-translate:51 msgid "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:2 msgid "po4a-updatepo - update the translation (in PO format) of documentation" msgstr "po4a-updatepo - 更新文档的翻译（PO 格式）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:4 msgid "B<po4a-updatepo> B<-f> I<fmt> (B<-m> I<master.doc>)+ (B<-p> I<XX.po>)+" msgstr "B<po4a-updatepo> B<-f> I<fmt> (B<-m> I<master.doc>)+ (B<-p> I<XX.po>)+" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:5 msgid "(I<XX.po> are the outputs, all others are inputs)" msgstr "（I<XX.po> 是输出，所有其他都是输入）" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:8 msgid "" "The B<po4a-updatepo> script is in charge of updating PO files to make them " "reflect the changes made to the original documentation file. For that, it " "converts the documentation file to a POT file, and call L<msgmerge(1)> on " "this new POT and on the provided PO files." msgstr "" "B<po4a-updatepo>负责更新 PO 文件，使其反映对原始文档文件所做的更改。为此，它" "将文档文件转换为 POT 文件，并在此新 POT 和提供的 PO 文件中调用 " "L<msgmerge(1)> 。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:9 msgid "" "It is possible to give more than one PO file (if you want to update several " "languages at once), and several documentation files (if you want to store " "the translations of several documents in the same PO file)." msgstr "" "可以提供多个 PO 文件（如果要同时更新多种语言）和多个文档文件（如果要将多个文" "档的翻译存储在同一个 PO 文件中）。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:10 msgid "" "If the master document has non-ASCII characters, this script will convert " "the PO files to UTF-8 (if they weren't already), for a transparent handling " "of non-standard characters." msgstr "" "如果主文档包含非 ASCII 字符，该脚本将把 PO 文件转换为 UTF-8 (如果它们还没" "有)，以便透明地处理非标准字符。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:15 msgid "File(s) containing the master document to translate." msgstr "包含要翻译的主文档的文件。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:17 msgid "" "Charset of the files containing the document to translate. Note that all " "files must have the same charset." msgstr "包含要翻译的文档的文件的字符集。请注意，所有文件必须具有相同的字符集。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:19 msgid "" "PO file(s) to update. If these files do not exist, they are created by " "B<po4a-updatepo>." msgstr "要更新的 PO 文件。如果这些文件不存在，则由 B <po4a-updatepo>。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to " #| "B<msgmerge>. This permits to support versions of B<gettext> earlier than " #| "0.16." msgid "" "This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to B<msgmerge>. " "This helps supporting old versions of B<gettext> (before v0.16)." msgstr "" "此选项从传递给 B<msgmerge> 的选项中删除 B<-previous>。这允许支持 B<gettext> " "早于 0.16 的版本。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:43 msgid "" "Historically, the gettext suite has reformatted the po files at the 77th " "column for cosmetics. This option specifies the behavior of po4a. If set to " "a numerical value, po4a will wrap the po file after this column and after " "newlines in the content. If set to B<newlines>, po4a will only split the " "msgid and msgstr after newlines in the content. If set to B<no>, po4a will " "not wrap the po file at all. The wrapping of the reference comments is " "controlled by the B<--porefs> option." msgstr "" "从历史上看， gettext 套件重新格式化了化妆品第 77 列的 po 文件。此选项指定 " "po4a 的行为。如果设置为数值，po4a 将在此列之后和内容中的换行符之后换行 po 文" "件。如果设置为 B <newlines>，po4a 将仅在内容中的符线后拆分 msgid 和 msgstr。" "如果设置为 B<no>，po4a 将不会封装 po 文件。引用注释的封装由 B<--porefs> 选项" "控制。" #. type: textblock #: po4a-updatepo:54 msgid "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "" "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a(7)>" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:2 msgid "msguntypot - update PO files when a typo is fixed in POT file" msgstr "msguntypot - 更新 PO文件时，拼写错误修复在 POT 文件" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:4 msgid "B<msguntypot> B<-o> I<old_pot> B<-n> I<new_pot> I<pofiles> ..." msgstr "B<msguntypot> B<-o> I<old_pot> B<-n> I<new_pot> I<pofiles> ..." #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:6 msgid "" "When you fix a trivial error which surely doesn't affect translations (e.g. " "a typo) in a POT file, you should unfuzzy the corresponding msgstr in the " "translated PO files to avoid so extra work to the translators." msgstr "" "当您修复一个无关紧要的错误，这肯定不会影响翻译（例如，一个拼写错误）在一个 " "POT 文件中，你应该解开翻译的 PO 文件中对应的 msgstr，以避免如此额外的工作给翻" "译。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:7 msgid "" "This task is difficult and error prone when done manually, and this tool is " "there to help doing so correctly. You just need to provide the two versions " "of the POT file: before the edition and after as marked in the above " "synopsis, and it all becomes automatic." msgstr "" "此任务在手动完成时很难，容易出错，并且此工具可以帮助正确完成。你只需要提供两" "个版本的 POT 文件：版本之前和之后，如上述概要中标记，这一切都成为自动的。" #. type: =head1 #: msguntypot:8 msgid "HOW TO USE IT" msgstr "如何使用它" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:9 msgid "" "In short, when you discover a typo in one of your [english] message, do the " "following:" msgstr "简而言之，当您在一条 [english] 消息中发现拼写错误时，请执行以下操作：" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:10 msguntypot:19 msgid "- Regenerate your POT and PO files." msgstr "- 重新生成您的 POT 和 PO 文件。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:11 #, no-wrap msgid "" " make -C po/ update-po # for message program translations\n" " debconf-updatepo # for debconf translations\n" " po4a po4a.conf # for po4a based documentation translations\n" "\n" msgstr "" " make -C po/ update-po # for message program translations\n" " debconf-updatepo # for debconf translations\n" " po4a po4a.conf # for po4a based documentation translations\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:12 msgid "" "or something else, depending on your project's building settings. You know " "how to make sure your POT and PO files are uptodate, don't you??" msgstr "" "或其他内容，具体取决于项目的构建设置。你知道如何确保你的 POT 和 PO 文件是最新" "的，不是吗？" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:13 msgid "- Make a copy of your POT file." msgstr "- 制作一份 POT 文件。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:14 #, no-wrap msgid "" " cp myfile.pot myfile.pot.orig\n" "\n" msgstr "" " cp myfile.pot myfile.pot.orig\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:15 msgid "- Make a copy of all your PO files." msgstr "- 制作所有 PO 文件的副本。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:16 #, no-wrap msgid "" " mkdir po_fridge; cp *.po po_fridge\n" "\n" msgstr "" " mkdir po_fridge; cp *.po po_fridge\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:17 msgid "- Fix your typo." msgstr "- 修复您的拼写错误。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:18 msgid "$EDITOR the_file_in_which_there_is_a_typo" msgstr "$EDITOR the_file_in_which_there_is_a_typo" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:20 msgid "See above." msgstr "见上文。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:21 msgid "" "At this point, the typo fix fuzzied all the translations, and this " "unfortunate change is the only one between the PO files of your main " "directory and the one from the fridge. Here is how to solve this." msgstr "" "此时，拼写错误修复了所有翻译的模糊，这个不幸的更改是主目录的 PO 文件和冰箱中" "的唯一一个。下面是解决此问题的方法。" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:22 msgid "- Discard fuzzy translation, restore the ones from the fridge." msgstr "- 放弃模糊翻译，从冰箱恢复。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:23 #, no-wrap msgid "" " cp po_fridge/*.po .\n" "\n" msgstr "" " cp po_fridge/*.po .\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:24 msgid "" "- Manually merge the PO files with the new POT file, but taking the useless " "fuzzy into account." msgstr "- 手动将 PO 文件与新的 POT 文件合并，但将无用的模糊考虑在内。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:25 #, no-wrap msgid "" " msguntypot -o myfile.pot.orig -n myfile.pot *.po\n" "\n" msgstr "" " msguntypot -o myfile.pot.orig -n myfile.pot *.po\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: msguntypot:26 msgid "- Cleanups." msgstr "- 清理。" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:27 #, no-wrap msgid "" " rm -rf myfile.pot.orig po_fridge\n" "\n" msgstr "" " rm -rf myfile.pot.orig po_fridge\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:28 msgid "" "You're done. The typo was eradicated from msgstr of both your POT and PO " "files, and the PO files were not fuzzyied in the process. Your translators " "love you already." msgstr "" "你做完了该错别字从您的 POT 和 PO 文件的 msgstr 中根除了，并且 PO 文件在这个过" "程中没有模糊化。你的翻译已经爱你了。" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:30 msgid "" "Despite its name, this tool is not part of the gettext tool suite. It is " "instead part of po4a. More precisely, it's a random Perl script using the " "fine po4a modules. For more information about po4a, please see:" msgstr "" "尽管它的名称，此工具不是 gettext 工具套件的一部分。而是 po4a 的一部分。更确切" "地说，它是使用精细 po4a 模块的随机 Perl 脚本。有关 po4a 的信息，请参阅：" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:31 msgid "L<po4a(7)>" msgstr "L<po4a(7)>" #. type: verbatim #: msguntypot:33 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian,org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian,org)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: msguntypot:35 msgid "Copyright 2005 by SPI, inc." msgstr "版权所有 2005 by SPI, inc." #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:2 msgid "po4a - framework to translate documentation and other materials" msgstr "po4a - 翻译文档和其他资料的框架" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:3 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "简介" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:4 msgid "" "po4a (PO for anything) eases the maintenance of documentation translation " "using the classical gettext tools. The main feature of po4a is that it " "decouples the translation of content from its document structure." msgstr "" "po4a(PO For Anything) 使用经典的 gettext 工具简化了文档翻译的维护。po4a 的主" "要特征是它将内容翻译与文档结构分离。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:5 msgid "" "This document serves as an introduction to the po4a project with a focus on " "potential users considering whether to use this tool and on the curious " "wanting to understand why things are the way they are." msgstr "" "本文档是对 po4a 项目的介绍，重点关注考虑是否使用此工具的潜在用户，以及想要了" "解事物为什么是这样的好奇用户。" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:6 msgid "Why po4a?" msgstr "为什么是 po4a？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:7 msgid "" "The philosophy of Free Software is to make the technology truly available to " "everyone. But licensing is not the only consideration: untranslated free " "software is useless for non-English speakers. Therefore, we still have some " "work to do to make software available to everybody." msgstr "" "自由软件的理念是让技术真正为每个人所用。但许可并不是唯一的考虑因素：未翻译的" "自由软件对非英语国家的人来说毫无用处。因此，要让每个人都可以使用软件，我们还" "有一些工作要做。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:8 msgid "" "This situation is well understood by most projects and everybody is now " "convinced of the necessity to translate everything. Yet, the actual " "translations represent a huge effort of many individuals, crippled by small " "technical difficulties." msgstr "" "大多数项目都很好地理解了这种情况，现在每个人都相信有必要翻译所有的东西。然" "而，实际的翻译代表了许多个人的巨大努力，他们因小小的技术困难而步履蹒跚。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:9 msgid "" "Thankfully, Open Source software is actually very well translated using the " "gettext tool suite. These tools are used to extract the strings to translate " "from a program and present the strings to translate in a standardized format " "(called PO files, or translation catalogs). A whole ecosystem of tools has " "emerged to help the translators actually translate these PO files. The " "result is then used by gettext at run time to display translated messages to " "the end users." msgstr "" "值得庆幸的是，使用 gettext 工具套件实际上可以很好地翻译开放源码软件。这些工具" "用于从程序中提取要翻译的字符串，并以标准化格式(称为 PO 文件或翻译目录)显示要" "翻译的字符串。一个完整的工具生态系统已经出现，可以帮助翻译人员实际翻译这些 " "PO 文件。然后，gettext 在运行时使用结果向最终用户显示翻译后的消息。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Regarding documentation, however, the situation still somewhat " #| "disappointing. At first translating documentation may seem to be easier " #| "than translating a program as it would seem that you just have to copy " #| "the documentation source file and start translating the content. However, " #| "when the original documentation is modified, keeping track of the " #| "modifications quickly turns into a nightmare for the translators. If done " #| "manually, this task is unpleasant and error prone." msgid "" "Regarding documentation, however, the situation still somewhat " "disappointing. At first translating documentation may seem to be easier " "than translating a program as it would seem that you just have to copy the " "documentation source file and start translating the content. However, when " "the original documentation is modified, keeping track of the modifications " "quickly turns into a nightmare for the translators. If done manually, this " "task is unpleasant and error-prone." msgstr "" "然而，关于文件，情况仍然有些令人失望。起初，翻译文档似乎比翻译程序更容易，因" "为您似乎只需复制文档源文件并开始翻译内容。然而，当原始文档被修改时，跟踪修改" "很快就变成了翻译人员的噩梦。如果手动完成，此任务会令人不快且容易出错。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:11 msgid "" "Outdated translations are often worse than no translation at all. End-users " "can be tricked by documentation describing an old behavior of the program. " "Furthermore, they cannot interact directly with the maintainers since they " "don't speak English. Additionally, the maintainer cannot fix the problem as " "they don't know every language in which their documentation is translated. " "These difficulties, often caused by poor tooling, can undermine the " "motivation of volunteer translators, further aggravating the problem." msgstr "" "过时的翻译往往比根本没有翻译更糟糕。最终用户可能会被描述程序旧行为的文档所欺" "骗。此外，他们不能直接与维护人员互动，因为他们不会说英语。此外，维护员无法修" "复该问题，因为他们并不了解文档翻译所用的每种语言。这些困难通常是由糟糕的工具" "造成的，可能会削弱志愿翻译人员的积极性，进一步加剧问题。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:12 msgid "" "B<The goal of the po4a project is to ease the work of documentation " "translators>. In particular, it makes documentation translations " "I<maintainable>." msgstr "" "B<po4a 项目的目标是简化文档翻译人员的工作>。具体地说，它使文档翻译 " "I<Maintenance> 变得可维护。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:13 msgid "" "The idea is to reuse and adapt the gettext approach to this field. As with " "gettext, texts are extracted from their original locations and presented to " "translators as PO translation catalogs. The translators can leverage the " "classical gettext tools to monitor the work to do, collaborate and organize " "as teams. po4a then injects the translations directly into the documentation " "structure to produce translated source files that can be processed and " "distributed just like the English files. Any paragraph that is not " "translated is left in English in the resulting document, ensuring that the " "end users never see an outdated translation in the documentation." msgstr "" "我们的想法是重用 gettext 方法并使其适用于该领域。与 gettext 一样，文本从其原" "始位置提取，并作为 PO 翻译目录呈现给翻译人员。翻译人员可以利用经典的 gettext " "工具来监控要进行的工作，并以团队形式进行协作和组织。然后，po4a 将翻译直接注入" "到文档结构中，以生成翻译后的源文件，可以像处理和分发英语文件一样处理和分发这" "些源文件。任何未翻译的段落都将以英语保留在生成的文档中，从而确保最终用户在文" "档中永远不会看到过时的翻译。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:14 msgid "" "This automates most of the grunt work of the translation maintenance. " "Discovering the paragraphs needing an update becomes very easy, and the " "process is completely automated when elements are reordered without further " "modification. Specific verification can also be used to reduce the chance of " "formatting errors that would result in a broken document." msgstr "" "这使翻译维护的大部分繁琐工作自动化。发现需要更新的段落变得非常容易，当元素重" "新排序而不需要进一步修改时，这个过程是完全自动的。还可以使用特定验证来减少导" "致文档损坏的格式化错误的机会。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:15 msgid "" "Please also see the B<FAQ> below in this document for a more complete list " "of the advantages and disadvantages of this approach." msgstr "有关此方法的优点和缺点的更完整列表，另请参阅本文档下面的 B<FAQ>。" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:16 msgid "Supported formats" msgstr "支持的格式" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:17 msgid "" "Currently, this approach has been successfully implemented to several kinds " "of text formatting formats:" msgstr "目前，该方法已成功应用于多种文本格式：" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:18 msgid "man (mature parser)" msgstr "man (成熟解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:19 msgid "" "The good old manual pages' format, used by so many programs out there. po4a " "support is very welcome here since this format is somewhat difficult to use " "and not really friendly to newbies." msgstr "" "很好的老手册页的格式，被那么多的程序使用。po4a 支持在这里非常受欢迎，因为这种" "格式使用起来有些困难，对新手也不是很友好。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:20 msgid "" "The L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)|Man> module also supports the mdoc format, used " "by the BSD man pages (they are also quite common on Linux)." msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)|Man> 模块还支持 BSD 手册页使用的 MDOC 格式(它们在 " "Linux 上也很常见)。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:21 msgid "AsciiDoc (mature parser)" msgstr "AsciiDoc (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:22 msgid "" "This format is a lightweight markup format intended to ease the authoring of " "documentation. It is for example used to document the git system. Those " "manpages are translated using po4a." msgstr "" "此格式是一种轻量级标记格式，旨在简化文档的创作。例如，它用于记录 git 系统。这" "些手册页是使用 po4a 翻译的。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:23 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc> for details." msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:24 msgid "pod (mature parser)" msgstr "pod (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:25 msgid "" "This is the Perl Online Documentation format. The language and extensions " "themselves are documented using this format in addition to most existing " "Perl scripts. It makes easy to keep the documentation close to the actual " "code by embedding them both in the same file. It makes programmer's life " "easier, but unfortunately, not the translator's, until you use po4a." msgstr "" "这是 Perl 在线文档格式。除了大多数现有的 Perl 脚本之外，还使用此格式记录了语" "言和扩展本身。通过将文档和实际代码嵌入到同一文件中，可以轻松地使文档接近实际" "代码。它使程序员的工作变得更容易，但不幸的是，在您使用 po4a 之前，翻译员的工" "作并非如此。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:26 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Pod> for details." msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Pod>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:27 msgid "sgml (mature parser)" msgstr "sgml (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:28 msgid "" "Even if superseded by XML nowadays, this format is still used for documents " "which are more than a few screens long. It can even be used for complete " "books. Documents of this length can be very challenging to update. B<diff> " "often reveals useless when the original text was re-indented after update. " "Fortunately, po4a can help you after that process." msgstr "" "即使现在被 XML 取代，这种格式仍然用于超过几个屏幕的文档。它甚至可以用来制作完" "整的书籍。更新这种长度的文档可能非常困难。当原始文本在更新后重新缩进时，" "B<diff> 通常显示无用。幸运的是，po4a 可以在该过程之后帮助您。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:29 msgid "" "Currently, only DebianDoc and DocBook DTD are supported, but adding support " "for a new one is really easy. It is even possible to use po4a on an unknown " "SGML DTD without changing the code by providing the needed information on " "the command line. See L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)> for details." msgstr "" "目前只支持 DebianDoc 和 DocBook DTD，但是添加对新 DTD 的支持非常简单。通过在" "命令行上提供所需的信息，甚至可以在未知的 SGML DTD 上使用 po4a，而无需更改代" "码。有关详细信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:30 msgid "TeX / LaTeX (mature parser)" msgstr "TeX / LaTeX (成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:31 msgid "" "The LaTeX format is a major documentation format used in the Free Software " "world and for publications." msgstr "LaTeX 格式是自由软件世界和出版物中使用的主要文档格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:32 msgid "" "The L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|LaTeX> module was tested with the Python " "documentation, a book and some presentations." msgstr "" "使用 Python 文档、一本书和一些演示文稿测试了 L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|" "LaTeX> 模块。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:33 msgid "text (mature parser)" msgstr "text (成熟解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:34 msgid "" "The Text format is the base format for many formats that include long blocks " "of text, including Markdown, fortunes, YAML front matter section, debian/" "changelog, and debian/control." msgstr "" "文本格式是包括长文本块的许多格式的基本格式，包括 Markdown、Forties、YAML " "Front Matter 部分、Debian/Changelog 和 Debian/Control。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:35 msgid "" "This supports the common format used in Static Site Generators, READMEs, and " "other documentation systems. See L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)|Text> for details." msgstr "" "这支持静态站点生成器、自述文件和其他文档系统中使用的通用格式。有关详细信息，" "请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)|Text> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:36 msgid "xml and XHMTL (probably mature parser)" msgstr "xml 和 XHMTL (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:37 msgid "The XML format is a base format for many documentation formats." msgstr "XML 格式是许多文档格式的基本格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:38 msgid "" "Currently, the DocBook DTD (see L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)> for details) " "and XHTML are supported by po4a." msgstr "" "目前，po4a 支持 DocBook DTD (有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::" "Docbook(3pm)> )和 XHTML。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:39 msgid "BibTex (probably mature parser)" msgstr "BibTex (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:40 msgid "" "The BibTex format is used alongside LaTex for formatting lists of references " "(bibliographies)." msgstr "BibTex 格式与 LaTeX 一起用于设置参考文献列表 (目录) 的格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:41 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::BibTex> for details." msgstr "有关详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::BibTex>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:42 msgid "Docbook (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Docbook (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:43 msgid "" "A XML-based markup language that uses semantic tags to describe documents." msgstr "一种基于 XML 的标记语言，它使用语义标记来描述文档。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:44 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Docbook> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a:Docbook> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:45 msgid "Guide XML (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Guide XML (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:46 msgid "" "A XML documentation format. This module was developed specifically to help " "with supporting and maintaining translations of Gentoo Linux documentation " "up until at least March 2016 (Based on the Wayback Machine). Gentoo have " "since moved to the DevBook XML format." msgstr "" "一种 XML 文档格式。此模块专门用于帮助支持和维护 Gentoo Linux 文档的翻译，至少" "到 2016 年 3 月 (基于 Wayback Machine)。Gentoo 后来转移到了 DevBook XML 格" "式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:47 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Guide> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a:Guide>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:48 msgid "Wml (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Wml (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:49 msgid "" "The Web Markup Language, do not mixup WML with the WAP stuff used on cell " "phones. This module relies on the Xhtml module, which itself relies on the " "XmL module." msgstr "" "Web 标记语言，不要将 WML 与手机上使用的 WAP 东西混淆。该模块依赖于 Xhtml 模" "块，而 Xhtml 模块本身又依赖于 XML 模块。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:50 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Wml> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Wml>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:51 msgid "Yaml (probably mature parser)" msgstr "Yaml (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:52 msgid "" "A strict superset of JSON. YAML is often used as systems or configuration " "projects. YAML is at the core of Red Hat's Ansible." msgstr "" "JSON 的严格超集。YAML 通常用作系统或配置项目。YAML 是红帽的 Ansible 的核心。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:53 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:54 msgid "RubyDoc (probably mature parser)" msgstr "RubyDoc (可能是成熟的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:55 msgid "" "The Ruby Document (RD) format, originally the default documentation format " "for Ruby and Ruby projects before converted to RDoc in 2002. Though " "apparently the Japanese version of the Ruby Reference Manual still use RD." msgstr "" "Ruby 文档 (RD) 格式，在 2002 年转换为 RDoC 之前，最初是 Ruby 和 Ruby 项目的默" "认文档格式。尽管显然日文版的 Ruby 参考手册仍然使用 RD。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:56 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:57 msgid "Halibut (probably experimental parser)" msgstr "Halibut (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:58 msgid "" "A documentation production system, with elements similar to TeX, debiandoc-" "sgml, TeXinfo, and others, developed by Simon Tatham, the developer of PuTTY." msgstr "" "由 PuTTY 的开发者 Simon Tatham 开发的文档生产系统，其元素类似于 TeX、" "debiandoc-sgml、TeXinfo 和其他。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:59 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Halibut> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a:Halibut>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:60 msgid "Ini (probably experimental parser)" msgstr "Ini (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:61 msgid "Configuration file format popularized by MS-DOS." msgstr "MS-DOS 普及的配置文件格式。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:62 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Ini> for greater details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Ini> 。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:63 msgid "texinfo (very highly experimental parser)" msgstr "texinfo (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:64 msgid "" "All of the GNU documentation is written in this format (it's even one of the " "requirements to become an official GNU project). The support for L<Locale::" "Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)|Texinfo> in po4a is still at the beginning. Please " "report bugs and feature requests." msgstr "" "所有 GNU 文档都是以这种格式编写的(这甚至是成为正式 GNU 项目的要求之一)。po4a " "中对 L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)|Texinfo> 的支持还处于起步阶段。请报告错误和" "功能请求。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "texinfo (very highly experimental parser)" msgid "gemtext (very highly experimental parser)" msgstr "texinfo (高度实验性的解析器)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:66 msgid "" "The native plain text format of the Gemini protocol. The extension \".gmi\" " "is commonly used. Support for this module in po4a is still in its infancy. " "If you find anything, please file a bug or feature request." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:67 msgid "Others supported formats" msgstr "其他支持的格式" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:68 msgid "" "Po4a can also handle some more rare or specialized formats, such as the " "documentation of compilation options for the 2.4+ Linux kernels (L<Locale::" "Po4a::KernelHelp>) or the diagrams produced by the dia tool (L<Locale::Po4a:" "Dia>). Adding a new format is often very easy and the main task is to come " "up with a parser for your target format. See L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)> for more information about this." msgstr "" "Po4a 还可以处理一些比较罕见或专门的格式，比如 2.4+ Linux 内核 (L<Locale::" "Po4a::KernelHelp>) 的编译选项文档或 dia 工具 (L<Locale::Po4a:Dia>)生成的图" "表。添加新格式通常非常简单，主要任务是为您的目标格式提供一个解析器。有关这方" "面的更多信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:69 msgid "Unsupported formats" msgstr "不支持的格式" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:70 msgid "" "Unfortunately, po4a still lacks support for several documentation formats. " "Many of them would be easy to support in po4a. This includes formats not " "just used for documentation, such as, package descriptions (deb and rpm), " "package installation scripts questions, package changelogs, and all the " "specialized file formats used by programs such as game scenarios or wine " "resource files." msgstr "" "不幸的是，po4a 仍然缺乏对几种文档格式的支持。它们中的许多在 po4a 中都很容易支" "持。这不仅包括用于文档的格式，例如软件包描述 (deb 和 rpm)、软件包安装脚本问" "题、软件包更改日志，以及游戏场景或 wine 资源文件等程序使用的所有专用文件格" "式。" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:71 msgid "Using po4a" msgstr "使用 po4a" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:72 msgid "" "The easiest way to use this tool in your project is to write a configuration " "file for the B<po4a> program, and only interact with this program. Please " "refer to its documentation, in L<po4a(1)>. The rest of this section provides " "more details for the advanced users of po4a wanting to deepen their " "understanding." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:73 msgid "Detailed schema of the po4a workflow" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:74 msgid "" "Make sure to read L<po4a(1)> before this overly detailed section to get a " "simplified overview of the po4a workflow. Come back here when you want to " "get the full scary picture, with almost all details." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The following schema gives an overview of how each po4a script can be " #| "used. Here, F<master.doc> is an example name for the documentation to be " #| "translated; F<XX.doc> is the same document translated in the language XX " #| "while F<doc.XX.po> is the translation catalog for that document in the XX " #| "language. Documentation authors will mostly be concerned with F<master." #| "doc> (which can be a manpage, an XML document, an asciidoc file or " #| "similar); the translators will be mostly concerned with the PO file, " #| "while the end users will only see the F<XX.doc> file." msgid "" "In the following schema, F<master.doc> is an example name for the " "documentation to be translated; F<XX.doc> is the same document translated in " "the language XX while F<doc.XX.po> is the translation catalog for that " "document in the XX language. Documentation authors will mostly be concerned " "with F<master.doc> (which can be a manpage, an XML document, an AsciidDoc " "file, etc); the translators will be mostly concerned with the PO file, while " "the end users will only see the F<XX.doc> file." msgstr "" "下面的模式概述了如何使用每个 po4a 脚本。这里，F<master.doc> 是要翻译的文档的" "示例名称；F<XX.doc> 是以 XX 语言翻译的相同文档，而 F<doc.XX.po> 是该文档以 " "XX 语言翻译的目录。文档作者主要关注 F<master.doc> (可以是手册页、XML 文档、" "asciidoc 文件或类似文件)；翻译人员主要关注 PO 文件，而最终用户只能看到 F<XX." "doc> 文件。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:76 msgid "" "Transitions with square brackets such as C<[po4a updates po]> represent the " "execution of a po4a tool while transitions with curly brackets such as " "C<{update of master.doc}> represent a manual modification of the project's " "files." msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:77 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " master.doc\n" #| " |\n" #| " V\n" #| " +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n" #| " : | | :\n" #| "{translation} | { update of master.doc } :\n" #| " : | | :\n" #| " XX.doc | V V\n" #| " (optional) | master.doc ->-------->------>+\n" #| " : | (new) |\n" #| " V V | |\n" #| " [po4a-gettextize] doc.XX.po -->+ | |\n" #| " | (old) | | |\n" #| " | ^ V V |\n" #| " | | [po4a-updatepo] |\n" #| " V | | V\n" #| " translation.pot ^ V |\n" #| " | | doc.XX.po |\n" #| " | | (fuzzy) |\n" #| " { translation } | | |\n" #| " | ^ V V\n" #| " | | {manual editing} |\n" #| " | | | |\n" #| " V | V V\n" #| " doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po addendum master.doc\n" #| " (initial) (up-to-date) (optional) (up-to-date)\n" #| " : | | |\n" #| " : V | |\n" #| " +----->----->----->------> + | |\n" #| " | | |\n" #| " V V V\n" #| " +------>-----+------<------+\n" #| " |\n" #| " V\n" #| " [po4a-translate]\n" #| " |\n" #| " V\n" #| " XX.doc\n" #| " (up-to-date)\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " master.doc\n" " |\n" " V\n" " +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n" " : | | :\n" "{translation} | {update of master.doc} :\n" " : | | :\n" " XX.doc | V V\n" " (optional) | master.doc ->-------->------>+\n" " : | (new) |\n" " V V | |\n" " [po4a-gettextize] doc.XX.po -->+ | |\n" " | (old) | | |\n" " | ^ V V |\n" " | | [po4a updates po] |\n" " V | | V\n" " translation.pot ^ V |\n" " | | doc.XX.po |\n" " | | (fuzzy) |\n" " {translation} | | |\n" " | ^ V V\n" " | | {manual editing} |\n" " | | | |\n" " V | V V\n" " doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po addendum master.doc\n" " (initial) (up-to-date) (optional) (up-to-date)\n" " : | | |\n" " : V | |\n" " +----->----->----->------> + | |\n" " | | |\n" " V V V\n" " +------>-----+------<------+\n" " |\n" " V\n" " [po4a updates translations]\n" " |\n" " V\n" " XX.doc\n" " (up-to-date)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " master.doc\n" " |\n" " V\n" " +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n" " : | | :\n" "{翻译} | { 更新到 master.doc } :\n" " : | | :\n" " XX.doc | V V\n" " (可选) | master.doc ->-------->------>+\n" " : | (新的) |\n" " V V | |\n" " [po4a-gettextize] doc.XX.po -->+ | |\n" " | (旧的) | | |\n" " | ^ V V |\n" " | | [po4a-updatepo] |\n" " V | | V\n" " translation.pot ^ V |\n" " | | doc.XX.po |\n" " | | (模糊) |\n" " { 翻译 } | | |\n" " | ^ V V\n" " | | {手动编辑} |\n" " | | | |\n" " V | V V\n" " doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po addendum master.doc\n" " (初始) (最新) (可选) (最新)\n" " : | | |\n" " : V | |\n" " +----->----->----->------> + | |\n" " | | |\n" " V V V\n" " +------>-----+------<------+\n" " |\n" " V\n" " [po4a-translate]\n" " |\n" " V\n" " XX.doc\n" " (最新)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:78 msgid "" "Again, this schema is overly complicated. Check on L<po4a(1)> for a " "simplified overview." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:79 msgid "" "The left part depicts how L<po4a-gettextize(1)> can be used to convert an " "existing translation project to the po4a infrastructure. This script takes " "an original document and its translated counterpart, and tries to build the " "corresponding PO file. Such manual conversion is rather cumbersome (see the " "L<po4a-gettextize(1)> documentation for more details), but it is only needed " "once to convert your existing translations. If you don't have any " "translation to convert, you can forget about this and focus on the right " "part of the schema." msgstr "" "左侧部分描述了如何使用 L<po4a-gettexalize(1)> 将现有的翻译项目转换为 po4a 基" "础设施。此脚本获取原始文档及其翻译的副本，并尝试构建相应的 PO 文件。这种手动" "转换相当麻烦(有关更多详细信息，请参阅 L<po4a-gettexalize(1)> 文档)，但转换现" "有翻译只需要一次。如果您没有任何要转换的翻译，您可以忘掉这一点，专注于模式的" "正确部分。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "On the top right part, the action of the original author is depicted, " #| "updating the documentation. The middle right part depicts the automatic " #| "actions of L<po4a-updatepo(1)>. The new material is extracted and " #| "compared against the exiting translation. The previous translation is " #| "used for the parts that didn't change, while partially modified parts are " #| "connected to the previous translation with a \"fuzzy\" marker indicating " #| "that the translation must be updated. New or heavily modified material is " #| "left untranslated." msgid "" "On the top right part, the action of the original author is depicted, " "updating the documentation. The middle right part depicts the automatic " "updates of translation files: the new material is extracted and compared " "against the exiting translation. The previous translation is used for the " "parts that didn't change, while partially modified parts are connected to " "the previous translation with a \"fuzzy\" marker indicating that the " "translation must be updated. New or heavily modified material is left " "untranslated." msgstr "" "在右上角，描述了原始作者的操作，更新了文档。右中部分描述了 L<po4a-" "updatepo(1)> 的自动操作。提取新资料，并将其与现有翻译进行比较。先前的翻译用于" "未更改的部分，而部分修改的部分使用“模糊”标记连接到先前的翻译，指示翻译必须更" "新。新的或大量修改的资料未翻译。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:81 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Then, the I<manual editing> reported depicts the action of the " #| "translators, that modify the PO files to provide translations to every " #| "original string and paragraph. This can be done using either a specific " #| "editor such as the B<GNOME Translation Editor>, KDE's B<Lokalize> or " #| "B<poedit>, or using an online localization platform such as B<weblate> or " #| "B<pootle>. The translation result is a set of PO files, one per language. " #| "Please refer to the gettext documentation for more details." msgid "" "Then, the I<manual editing> block depicts the action of the translators, " "that modify the PO files to provide translations to every original string " "and paragraph. This can be done using either a specific editor such as the " "B<GNOME Translation Editor>, KDE's B<Lokalize> or B<poedit>, or using an " "online localization platform such as B<weblate> or B<pootle>. The " "translation result is a set of PO files, one per language. Please refer to " "the gettext documentation for more details." msgstr "" "然后，I<Manual editing> 报告描述了翻译人员的操作，他们修改 PO 文件，为每个原" "始字符串和段落提供翻译。这可以使用特定的编辑器(如 B<GNOME Translation " "Editor>、KDE's B<Lokalize> 或 B<poedit> )或使用在线本地化平台(如 B<weblate> " "或 B<pootle>)来完成。翻译结果是一组 PO 文件，每种语言一个。有关更多详细信息，" "请参阅 gettext 文档。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The bottom part of the figure shows how L<po4a-translate(1)> creates a " #| "translated source document from the F<master.doc> original document and " #| "the F<doc.XX.po> translation catalog that was updated by the translators. " #| "The structure of the document is reused, while the original content is " #| "replaced by its translated counterpart. Optionally, an addendum can be " #| "used to add some extra text to the translation. This is often used to add " #| "the name of the translator to the final document. See below for details." msgid "" "The bottom part of the figure shows how B<po4a> creates a translated source " "document from the F<master.doc> original document and the F<doc.XX.po> " "translation catalog that was updated by the translators. The structure of " "the document is reused, while the original content is replaced by its " "translated counterpart. Optionally, an addendum can be used to add some " "extra text to the translation. This is often used to add the name of the " "translator to the final document. See below for details." msgstr "" "图的下半部分显示了 L<po4a-translate(1)> 如何从翻译人员更新的 F<master.doc> 原" "始文档和 F<doc.XX.po> 翻译目录创建翻译的源文档。文档的结构被重用，而原始内容" "被其翻译的对应内容替换。或者，可以使用附录向翻译中添加一些额外的文本。这通常" "用于将翻译人员的姓名添加到最终文档中。详情见下文。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:83 #, fuzzy #| msgid "po4a - update both the PO files and translated documents in one shot" msgid "" "Upon invocation, B<po4a> updates both the translation files and the " "translated documentation files automatically." msgstr "po4a - 一次性更新 PO 文件和翻译文档" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting a new translation" msgid "Starting a new translation project" msgstr "开始新的翻译" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:85 msgid "" "If you start from scratch, you just have to write a configuration file for " "po4a, and you are set. The relevant templates are created for the missing " "files, allowing your contributors to translate your project to their " "language. Please refer to L<po4a(1)> for a quick start tutorial and for all " "details." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:86 msgid "" "If you have an existing translation, i.e. a documentation file that was " "translated manually, you can integrate its content in your po4a workflow " "using B<po4a-gettextize>. This task is a bit cumbersome (as described in the " "tool's manpage), but once your project is converted to po4a workflow, " "everything will be updated automatically." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Generating a translated document" msgid "Updating the translations and documents" msgstr "生成翻译的文档" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:88 msgid "" "Once setup, invoking B<po4a> is enough to update both the translation PO " "files and translated documents. You may pass the C<--no-translations> to " "B<po4a> to not update the translations (thus only updating the PO files) or " "C<--no-update> to not update the PO files (thus only updating the " "translations). This roughly corresponds to the individual B<po4a-updatepo> " "and B<po4a-translate> scripts which are now deprecated (see \"Why are the " "individual scripts deprecated\" in the FAQ below)." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:89 msgid "Using addenda to add extra text to translations" msgstr "使用附录向翻译添加额外文本" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:90 msgid "" "Adding new text to the translation is probably the only thing that is easier " "in the long run when you translate files manually :). This happens when you " "want to add an extra section to the translated document, not corresponding " "to any content in the original document. The classical use case is to give " "credits to the translation team, and to indicate how to report translation-" "specific issues." msgstr "" "从长远来看，在手动翻译文件时，向翻译中添加新文本可能是唯一更容易的事情 :)。当" "您想要向翻译后的文档添加额外的部分，而不是与原始文档中的任何内容相对应时，就" "会发生这种情况。典型的用例是给翻译团队加分，并指出如何报告特定于翻译的问题。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:91 msgid "" "With po4a, you have to specify B<addendum> files, that can be conceptually " "viewed as patches applied to the localized document after processing. Each " "addendum must be provided as a separate file, which format is however very " "different from the classical patches. The first line is a I<header line>, " "defining the insertion point of the addendum (with an unfortunately cryptic " "syntax -- see below) while the rest of the file is added verbatim at the " "determined position." msgstr "" "对于 po4a，您必须指定 B<addendum> 文件，这些文件在概念上可以被视为在处理后应" "用于本地化文档的补丁。每个附录必须作为单独的文件提供，但其格式与经典补丁程序" "非常不同。第一行是 I<header>，它定义了附录的插入点(不幸的是，使用了隐晦的语" "法--见下文)，而文件的其余部分被逐字添加到确定的位置。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:92 msgid "" "The header line must begin with the string B<PO4A-HEADER:>, followed by a " "semi-colon separated list of I<key>B<=>I<value> fields." msgstr "" "标题行必须以字符串 B<PO4A-HEADER:> 开头，后跟分号分隔的 I<key>B<=>I<value> 字" "段列表。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:93 msgid "" "For example, the following header declares an addendum that must be placed " "at the very end of the translation." msgstr "例如，下面的标题声明了一个附录，该附录必须放在翻译的最后。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:94 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: mode=eof\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: mode=eof\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:95 msgid "" "Things are more complex when you want to add your extra content in the " "middle of the document. The following header declares an addendum that must " "be placed after the XML section containing the string C<About this document> " "in translation." msgstr "" "当您想要在文档中间添加额外内容时，事情会更加复杂。下面的标题声明了一个附录，" "翻译时必须放在包含字符串 C<About this document> 的 XML 部分之后。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:96 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:97 msgid "" "In practice, when trying to apply an addendum, po4a searches for the first " "line matching the C<position> argument (this can be a regexp). Do not forget " "that po4a considers the B<translated> document here. This documentation is " "in English, but your line should probably read as follows if you intend your " "addendum to apply to the French translation of the document." msgstr "" "实际上，当尝试应用附录时，po4a 会搜索与 C<position> 参数匹配的第一行(这可以" "是 regexp(正则表达式))。不要忘记，po4a 在这里考虑 B<translated> 文档。本文档" "是英文的，但如果您打算将附录应用于文档的法语翻译，则您的行可能应该如下所示。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:98 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=À propos de ce document; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:99 msgid "" "Once the C<position> is found in the target document, po4a searches for the " "next line after the C<position> that matches the provided C<endboundary>. " "The addendum is added right B<after> that line (because we provided an " "I<endboundary>, i.e. a boundary ending the current section)." msgstr "" "一旦在目标文档中找到 C<position>,po4a 就会搜索 C<position> 之后的下一行，它与" "所提供的 C<endboundary> 匹配。附录被添加到该行的右侧 B<after> (因为我们提供" "了 I<endboundary>，即结束于当前部分的边界)。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:100 msgid "" "The exact same effect could be obtained with the following header, that is " "equivalent:" msgstr "使用下面的 Header 可以获得完全相同的效果，即等效：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:101 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here, po4a searches for the first line matching C<<section>> after the " #| "line matching C<About this document> in the translation, and add the " #| "addendum B<before> that line since we provided a I<beginboundary>, i.e. a " #| "boundary marking the beginning of the next section. So this header line " #| "requires to place the addendum after the section containing C<About this " #| "document>, and instruct po4a that a section starts with a line containing " #| "the C<<section>> tag. This is equivalent to the previous example because " #| "what you really want is to add this addendum either after C</section>> or " #| "before C<<section>>." msgid "" "Here, po4a searches for the first line matching C<< <section> >> after the " "line matching C<About this document> in the translation, and add the " "addendum B<before> that line since we provided a I<beginboundary>, i.e. a " "boundary marking the beginning of the next section. So this header line " "requires placing the addendum after the section containing C<About this " "document>, and instruct po4a that a section starts with a line containing " "the C<< <section> >> tag. This is equivalent to the previous example because " "what you really want is to add this addendum either after C<< </section> >> " "or before C<< <section> >>." msgstr "" "在这里，po4a 在翻译中的匹配 C<About this document> 的行之后搜索与 " "C<<section>> 匹配的第一行，并添加该行的附录 B<before> ，因为我们提供了 " "I<beginboundary>，即边界标记下一节的开始。因此，此标题行需要将附录放在包含 " "C<about this document> 的部分之后，并指示 po4a 该部分以包含 C<<section>> 标记" "的行开头。这与前面的示例等效，因为您真正想要的是在C</section>> 之后或 " "C<<section>>之前添加此附录。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can also set the insertion I<mode> to the value C<before>, with a " #| "similar semantic: combining C<mode=before> with an C<endboundary> will " #| "put the addendum just B<after> the matched boundary, that the last " #| "potential boundary line before the C<position>. Combining C<mode=before> " #| "with an C<beginboundary> will put the addendum just B<before> the matched " #| "boundary, that the last potential boundary line before the C<position>." msgid "" "You can also set the insertion I<mode> to the value C<before>, with a " "similar semantic: combining C<mode=before> with an C<endboundary> will put " "the addendum just B<after> the matched boundary, that is the last potential " "boundary line before the C<position>. Combining C<mode=before> with an " "C<beginboundary> will put the addendum just B<before> the matched boundary, " "that is the last potential boundary line before the C<position>." msgstr "" "您还可以将插入I<mode> 设置为值 C<before>，具有类似的语义：将 C<mode=before> " "与 C<endboundary> 组合将把附录正好放在匹配边界 B<after>，即 C<position> 之前" "的最后一条潜在边界线。将 C<mode=before> 与 C<beginboundary> 组合将把附录放在" "匹配边界 B<before>，也就是 C<position> 之前的最后一条潜在边界线。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:104 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Mode | Boundary kind | Used boundary | Insertion point compared to the boundary\n" " ========|===============|========================|=========================================\n" " 'before'| 'endboundary' | last before 'position' | Right after the selected boundary\n" " 'before'|'beginboundary'| last before 'position' | Right before the selected boundary\n" " 'after' | 'endboundary' | first after 'position' | Right after the selected boundary\n" " 'after' |'beginboundary'| first after 'position' | Right before the selected boundary\n" " 'eof' | (none) | n/a | End of file\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 模式 | 边界种类 | 使用的边界 | 与边界比较的插入点\n" " ========|===============|========================|=========================================\n" " 'before'(之前)| 'endboundary'(结束边界) | last before 'position'(‘位置’之前的最后一个) | Right after the selected boundary(就在所选边界之后)\n" " 'before'(之前)|'beginboundary'(开始边界)| last before 'position' (‘位置’之前的最后一个)| Right before the selected boundary(就在所选边界之前)\n" " 'after'(之后) | 'endboundary'(结束边界) | first after 'position'(‘位置’之后的第一个) | Right after the selected boundary(就在所选边界之后)\n" " 'after'(之后) |'beginboundary'(开始边界)| first after 'position'(‘位置’之后的第一个) | Right before the selected boundary(就在所选边界之前)\n" " 'eof'(EOF) | (none) (无) | n/a | End of file(文件结尾)\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:105 msgid "Hint and tricks about addenda" msgstr "关于附录的提示和技巧" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:106 msgid "" "Remember that these are regexp. For example, if you want to match the end of " "a nroff section ending with the line C<.fi>, do not use C<.fi> as " "B<endboundary>, because it will match with C<the[ fi]le>, which is obviously " "not what you expect. The correct B<endboundary> in that case is: C<^\\.fi$>." msgstr "" "请记住，这些是 regexp(正则表达式)。例如，如果您希望匹配以行 C<.fi> 结尾的 " "nroff 部分的末尾，请不要将 C<.fi> 用作 B<endboundary>，因为它将与 " "C<the[fi]le> 匹配，这显然不是您所期望的。在这种情况下，正确的 B<endboundary> " "是：C<^\\.fi$>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:107 msgid "" "White spaces ARE important in the content of the C<position> and boundaries. " "So the two following lines B<are different>. The second one will only be " "found if there is enough trailing spaces in the translated document." msgstr "" "空格在 C<position> 和边界的内容中很重要。所以下面的两行 B<are different>。只" "有在翻译的文档中有足够的尾随空格时，才会找到第二个空格。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:108 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" " PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document ; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" " PO4A-HEADER: position=关于本文档; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:109 msgid "" "Although this context search may be considered to operate roughly on each " "line of the B<translated> document, it actually operates on the internal " "data string of the translated document. This internal data string may be a " "text spanning a paragraph containing multiple lines or may be a XML tag " "itself alone. The exact I<insertion point> of the addendum must be before or " "after the internal data string and can not be within the internal data " "string." msgstr "" "尽管该上下文搜索可能被认为是对 B<translated> 文档的每一行进行粗略操作，但它实" "际上是对已翻译文档的内部数据串进行操作。该内部数据串可以是跨越包含多行的段落" "的文本，或者可以是单独的 XML 标签。附录的确切 I<insertion point> 必须在内部数" "据字符串之前或之后，并且不能在内部数据字符串内。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Pass the B<-vv> argument to po4a to understand how the addenda are added " #| "to the translation. It may also help to run po4a in debug mode to see the " #| "actual internal data string when your addendum does not apply." msgid "" "Pass the C<-vv> argument to B<po4a> to understand how the addenda are added " "to the translation. It may also help to run B<po4a> in debug mode to see the " "actual internal data string when your addendum does not apply." msgstr "" "将 B<-vv> 参数传递给 po4a 以了解如何将附录添加到翻译中。当您的附录不适用时，" "在调试模式下运行 po4a 以查看实际的内部数据字符串也可能会有所帮助。" #. type: =head3 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:111 msgid "Addenda examples" msgstr "附录示例" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:112 msgid "If you want to add something after the following nroff section:" msgstr "如果要在以下 nroff 部分之后添加内容：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:113 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .SH \"AUTHORS\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .SH \"作者\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You should select a two step approach by setting B<mode=after>. Then you " #| "should narrow down search to the line after B<AUTHORS> with the " #| "B<position> argument regex. Then, you should match the beginning of the " #| "next section (i.e., B<^\\.SH>) with the B<beginboundary> argument regex. " #| "That is to say:" msgid "" "You should select a two-step approach by setting B<mode=after>. Then you " "should narrow down search to the line after B<AUTHORS> with the B<position> " "argument regex. Then, you should match the beginning of the next section (i." "e., B<^\\.SH>) with the B<beginboundary> argument regex. That is to say:" msgstr "" "您应该通过设置 B<mode=After> 选择两步方法。然后，您应该使用 B<position> 参数 " "regex 将搜索范围缩小到 B<Authors> 之后的行。然后，您应该将下一节的开头(即，" "B<^\\.SH>)与 B<BEGINBOLDER> 参数 regex 相匹配。这就是说：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:115 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=AUTHORS;beginboundary=\\.SH\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=作者;beginboundary=\\.SH\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:116 msgid "" "If you want to add something right after a given line (e.g. after the line " "\"Copyright Big Dude\"), use a B<position> matching this line, B<mode=after> " "and give a B<beginboundary> matching any line." msgstr "" "如果您想要在给定行之后添加某些内容(例如，在“版权所有 Big Dude”行之后)，请使用" "与此行匹配的 B<position>，B<mode=After>，并给出与任何行匹配的 " "B<beginboundary>。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=Copyright Big Dude, 2004;beginboundary=^\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=版权所有 Big Dude，2004 年;beginboundary=^\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:118 msgid "" "If you want to add something at the end of the document, give a B<position> " "matching any line of your document (but only one line. Po4a won't proceed if " "it's not unique), and give an B<endboundary> matching nothing. Don't use " "simple strings here like B<\"EOF\">, but prefer those which have less chance " "to be in your document." msgstr "" "如果要在文档末尾添加某些内容，请在文档的任意行加上匹配的 B<position> (但只有" "一行，如果不是唯一的，po4a 将不会继续)。并给出一个不匹配的 B<endboundary> 。" "这里不要使用像 B<\"EOF\"> 这样的简单字符串，而要使用那些在文档中出现的机会较" "小的字符串。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:119 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=About this document;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=关于本文档;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary\n" "\n" #. type: =head3 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:120 msgid "More detailed example" msgstr "更详细的示例" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:121 msgid "Original document (POD formatted):" msgstr "原始文件(POD 格式)：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:122 #, no-wrap msgid "" " |=head1 NAME\n" " |\n" " |dummy - a dummy program\n" " |\n" " |=head1 AUTHOR\n" " |\n" " |me\n" "\n" msgstr "" " |=head1 名称\n" " |\n" " |dummy - 一个虚拟程序\n" " |\n" " |=head1 作者\n" " |\n" " |我\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:123 msgid "" "Then, the following addendum will ensure that a section (in French) about " "the translator is added at the end of the file (in French, \"TRADUCTEUR\" " "means \"TRANSLATOR\", and \"moi\" means \"me\")." msgstr "" "然后，以下附录将确保在文件的末尾添加有关翻译器的部分（简体中文）（简体中文， " "\"翻译\" 表示 \"TRANSLATOR\"，\"我\" 表示 \"me\"）。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:124 #, no-wrap msgid "" " |PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=AUTEUR;beginboundary=^=head\n" " |\n" " |=head1 TRADUCTEUR\n" " |\n" " |moi\n" " |\n" "\n" msgstr "" " |PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=作者;beginboundary=^=head\n" " |\n" " |=head1 翻译\n" " |\n" " |我\n" " |\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:125 msgid "To put your addendum before the AUTHOR, use the following header:" msgstr "要将附录放在作者之前，请使用以下标题：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=NOM;beginboundary=^=head1\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=名称;beginboundary=^=head1\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This works because the next line matching the B<beginboundary> /^=head1/ " #| "after the section \"NAME\" (translated to \"NOM\" in French), is the one " #| "declaring the authors. So, the addendum will be put between both " #| "sections. Note that if another section is added between NAME and AUTHOR " #| "sections later, po4a will wrongfully put the addenda before the new " #| "section." msgid "" "This works because the next line matching the B<beginboundary> C</^=head1/> " "after the section \"NAME\" (translated to \"NOM\" in French), is the one " "declaring the authors. So, the addendum will be put between both sections. " "Note that if another section is added between NAME and AUTHOR sections " "later, po4a will wrongfully put the addenda before the new section." msgstr "" "这之所以可行，是因为“name”部分(在汉语中翻译为“名称”)之后与 B<beginboundary> " "匹配的下一行 /^=head1/ 是声明作者的那行。因此，附录将放在两个部分之间。请注" "意，如果稍后在名称和作者部分之间添加另一个部分，po4a 将错误地将附录放在新部分" "之前。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:128 msgid "To avoid this you may accomplish the same using B<mode>=I<before>:" msgstr "要避免出现这种情况，您可以使用 B<mode>=I<BEFORE> 来完成相同的操作：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:129 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^=head1 AUTEUR\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^=head1 AUTEUR\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:130 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "它是如何工作的？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:131 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This chapter gives you a brief overview of the po4a internals, so that " #| "you may feel more confident to help us maintaining and improving it. It " #| "may also help you understanding why it does not do what you expected, and " #| "how to solve your problems." msgid "" "This chapter gives you a brief overview of the po4a internals, so that you " "may feel more confident to help us to maintain and to improve it. It may " "also help you to understand why it does not do what you expected, and how to " "solve your problems." msgstr "" "本章将向您简要介绍 po4a 的内部结构，以便您可以更有信心地帮助我们维护和改进" "它。它还可能帮助您理解为什么它没有达到您的预期，以及如何解决您的问题。" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:132 msgid "TransTractors and project architecture" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The po4a architecture is object oriented. The L<Locale::Po4a::" #| "TransTractor(3pm)|TransTractor> class is the common ancestor to all po4a " #| "parsers. This strange name comes from the fact that it is at the same " #| "time in charge of translating document and extracting strings." msgid "" "At the core of the po4a project, the L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|" "TransTractor> class is the common ancestor to all po4a parsers. This strange " "name comes from the fact that it is at the same time in charge of " "translating document and extracting strings." msgstr "" "Po4a 体系结构面向对象。L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|TransTractor> 类是所" "有 po4a 解析器的共同祖先。这个奇怪的名称来自一个事实，即它同时负责翻译文档和" "提取字符串。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "More formally, it takes a document to translate plus a PO file containing " #| "the translations to use as input while producing two separate outputs: " #| "Another PO file (resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from " #| "the input document), and a translated document (with the same structure " #| "than the input one, but with all translatable strings replaced with " #| "content of the input PO). Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgid "" "More formally, it takes a document to translate plus a PO file containing " "the translations to use as input while producing two separate outputs: " "Another PO file (resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from " "the input document), and a translated document (with the same structure as " "the input one, but with all translatable strings replaced with content of " "the input PO). Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgstr "" "更正式地说，它需要一个要翻译的文档加上一个包含要用作输入的翻译的 PO 文件，同" "时生成两个单独的输出：另一个 PO 文件(从输入文档中提取可翻译字符串的结果)和一" "个翻译文档(结构与输入文档相同，但所有可翻译字符串都替换为输入 PO 的内容)。以" "下是这一点的图形表示：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:135 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Input document --\\ /---> Output document\n" #| " \\ TransTractor:: / (translated)\n" #| " +-->-- parse() --------+\n" #| " / \\\n" #| " Input PO --------/ \\---> Output PO\n" #| " (extracted)\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Input document --\\ /---> Output document\n" " \\ TransTractor:: / (translated)\n" " +-->-- parse() --------+\n" " / \\\n" " Input PO --------/ \\---> Output PO\n" " (extracted)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 输入文档 --\\ /---> 输出文档\n" " \\ 翻译提取器:: / (翻译)\n" " +-->-- 解析() --------+\n" " / \\\n" " 输入 PO --------/ \\---> 输出PO\n" " (提取)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This little bone is the core of all the po4a architecture. If you omit " #| "the input PO and the output document, you get B<po4a-gettextize>. If you " #| "provide both input and disregard the output PO, you get B<po4a-" #| "translate>. The B<po4a> calls TransTractor twice and calls B<msgmerge -U> " #| "between these TransTractor invocations to provide one-stop solution with " #| "a single configuration file. Please see L<Locale::Po4a::" #| "TransTractor(3pm)> for more details." msgid "" "This little bone is the core of all the po4a architecture. If you provide " "both input and disregard the output PO, you get B<po4a-translate>. If you " "disregard the output document instead, you get B<po4a-updatepo>. The B<po4a> " "uses a first TransTractor to get an up-to-date output POT file (disregarding " "the output documents), calls B<msgmerge -U> to update the translation PO " "files on disk, and builds a second TransTractor with these updated PO files " "to update the output documents. In short, B<po4a> provides one-stop solution " "to update what needs to be, using a single configuration file." msgstr "" "这个小骨头是所有 po4a 架构的核心。如果省略输入 PO 和输出文档，则得到 B<po4a-" "gettextize>。如果同时提供输入而忽略输出 PO，则得到 B<po4a-translate>。 " "B<po4a> 调用翻译提取器两次，并在这些翻译提取器调用之间调用 B<msgmerge -U>，以" "提供一个配置文件的一站式解决方案。有关更多详细信息，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:137 msgid "" "B<po4a-gettextize> also uses two TransTractors, but another way: It builds " "one TransTractor per language, and then build a new PO file using the msgids " "of the original document as msgids, and the msgids of the translated " "document as msgstrs. Much care is needed to ensure that the strings matched " "this way actually match, as described in L<po4a-gettextize(1)>." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:138 msgid "Format-specific parsers" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:139 msgid "" "All po4a format parsers are implemented on top of the TransTractor. Some of " "them are very simple, such as the Text, Markdown and AsciiDoc ones. They " "load the lines one by one using C<TransTractor::shiftline()>, accumulate the " "paragraphs' content or whatever. Once a string is completely parsed, the " "parser uses C<TransTractor::translate()> to (1) add this string to the " "output PO file and (2) get the translation from the input PO file. The " "parser then pushes the result to the output file using C<TransTractor::" "pushline()>." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:140 msgid "" "Some other parsers are more complex because they rely on an external parser " "to analyze the input document. The Xml, HTML, SGML and Pod parsers are built " "on top of SAX parsers. They declare callbacks to events such as \"I found a " "new title which content is the following\" to update the output document and " "output POT files according to the input content using C<TransTractor::" "translate()> and C<TransTractor::pushline()>. The Yaml parser is similar but " "different: it serializes a data structure produced by the YAML::Tiny parser. " "This is why the Yaml module of po4a fails to declare the reference lines: " "the location of each string in the input file is not kept by the parser, so " "we can only provide \"$filename:1\" as a string location. The SAX-oriented " "parsers use globals and other tricks to save the file name and line numbers " "of references." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:141 msgid "" "One specific issue arises from file encodings and BOM markers. Simple " "parsers can forget about this issue, that is handled by C<TransTractor::" "read()> (used internally to get the lines of an input document), but the " "modules relying on an external parser must ensure that all files are read " "with an appropriate PerlIO decoding layer. The easiest is to open the file " "yourself, and provide an filehandle or directly the full string to your " "external parser. Check on C<Pod::read()> and C<Pod::parse()> for an example. " "The content read by the TransTractor is ignored, but a fresh filehandle is " "passed to the external parser. The important part is the C<< \"<:" "encoding($charset)\" >> mode that is passed to the B<open()> perl function." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:142 msgid "Po objects" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:143 msgid "" "The L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)|Po> class is in charge of loading and using PO " "and POT files. Basically, you can read a file, add entries, get translations " "with the B<gettext()> method, write the PO into a file. More advanced " "features such as merging a PO file against a POT file or validating a file " "are delegated to B<msgmerge> and B<msgfmt> respectively." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:144 msgid "Contributing to po4a" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:145 msgid "" "Even if you have never contributed to any Open Source project in the past, " "you are welcome: we are willing to help and mentor you here. po4a is best " "maintained by its users nowadays. As we lack manpower, we try to make the " "project welcoming by improving the doc and the automatic tests to make you " "confident in contributing to the project. Please refer to the CONTRIBUTING." "md file for more details." msgstr "" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:146 msgid "Open-source projects using po4a" msgstr "使用 po4a 的开源项目" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:147 msgid "" "Here is a very partial list of projects that use po4a in production for " "their documentation. If you want to add your project to the list, just drop " "us an email (or a Merge Request)." msgstr "" "以下是在生产中使用 po4a 进行文档编制的项目的非常部分的列表。如果您想将您的项" "目添加到列表中，只需给我们发送电子邮件(或合并请求)即可。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:148 msgid "adduser (man): users and groups management tool." msgstr "adduser (man): 用户和组管理工具。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:149 msgid "apt (man, docbook): Debian package manager." msgstr "apt (man, docbook): Debian 包管理器。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:150 msgid "aptitude (docbook, svg): terminal-based package manager for Debian" msgstr "aptitude (docbook, svg): Debian 基于终端的包管理器" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): " #| "installable catalogue of FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) " #| "applications for the Android platform." msgid "" "L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): " "installable catalog of FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) applications for " "the Android platform." msgstr "" "L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): 适用" "于 Android 平台的自由与开放源码软件(FOSS)应用程序的可安装目录。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:152 msgid "" "L<git|https://github.com/jnavila/git-manpages-l10n> (asciidoc): distributed " "version-control system for tracking changes in source code." msgstr "" "L<git|https://github.com/jnavila/git-manpages-l10n> (asciidoc): 用于跟踪源代" "码更改的分布式版本控制系统。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:153 msgid "" "L<Linux manpages|https://salsa.debian.org/manpages-l10n-team/manpages-l10n> " "(man)" msgstr "" "L<Linux manpages|https://salsa.debian.org/manpages-l10n-team/manpages-l10n> " "(man)" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:154 msgid "" "This project provides an infrastructure for translating many manpages to " "different languages, ready for integration into several major distributions " "(Arch Linux, Debian and derivatives, Fedora)." msgstr "" "该项目提供了将许多手册页翻译成不同语言的基础设施，可以集成到几个主要的发行版" "中(Arch Linux、Debian 和衍生品、Fedora)。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:155 msgid "" "L<Stellarium|https://github.com/Stellarium/stellarium> (HTML): a free open " "source planetarium for your computer. po4a is used to translate the sky " "culture descriptions." msgstr "" "L<Stellarium|https://github.com/Stellarium/stellarium> (HTML): 为您的计算机提" "供免费的开源天文馆。po4a 用于翻译天空文化描述。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:156 msgid "" "L<Jamulus|https://jamulus.io/> (markdown, yaml, HTML): a FOSS application " "for online jamming in real time. The website documentation is maintained in " "multiple languages using po4a." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:157 msgid "" "Other item to sort out: L<https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website/> " "L<https://github.com/fsfe/reuse-docs/pull/61>" msgstr "" "其他要排序的项目：L<https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website/> L<https://" "github.com/fsfe/reuse-docs/pull/61>" #. type: =head1 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:158 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常见问题解答" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:159 msgid "How do you pronounce po4a?" msgstr "如何发音 po4a？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:160 msgid "" "I personally vocalize it as L<pouah|https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pouah>, " "which is a French onomatopoetic that we use in place of yuck :) I may have a " "strange sense of humor :)" msgstr "" "我个人把它念成 L<pouah|https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pouah>，这是一个法语拟" "声词，我们用它来代替 yuck(雅克 ) :) 我可能有一种奇怪的幽默感 :)" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:161 msgid "Why are the individual scripts deprecated?" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:162 msgid "" "Indeed, B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-translate> are deprecated in favor of " "B<po4a>. The reason is that while B<po4a> can be used as a drop-in " "replacement to these scripts, there is quite a lot of code duplication here. " "Individual scripts last around 150 lines of codes while the B<po4a> program " "lasts 1200 lines, so they do a lot in addition of the common internals. The " "code duplication results in bugs occuring in both versions and needing two " "fixes. One example of such duplication are the bugs #1022216 in Debian and " "the issue #442 in GitHub that had the exact same fix, but one in B<po4a> and " "the other B<po4a-updatepo>." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:163 msgid "" "In the long run, I would like to drop the individual scripts and only " "maintain one version of this code. The sure thing is that the individual " "scripts will not get improved anymore, so only B<po4a> will get the new " "features. That being said, there is no deprecation urgency. I plan to keep " "the individual scripts as long as possible, and at least until 2030. If your " "project still use B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-translate> in 2030, you may " "have a problem." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:164 msgid "" "We may also remove the deprecation of these scripts at some point, if a " "refactoring reduces the code duplication to zero. If you have an idea (or " "better: a patch), your help is welcome." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:165 msgid "What about the other translation tools for documentation using gettext?" msgstr "其他使用 gettext 的文档翻译工具又如何呢？" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:166 msgid "" "There are a few of them. Here is a possibly incomplete list, and more tools " "are coming at the horizon." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:167 msgid "B<poxml>" msgstr "B<poxml>" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:168 msgid "" "This is the tool developed by KDE people to handle DocBook XML. AFAIK, it " "was the first program to extract strings to translate from documentation to " "PO files, and inject them back after translation." msgstr "" "这是 KDE 人员开发的处理 DocBook XML 的工具。AFAIK，它是第一个提取字符串以从文" "档转换为 PO 文件，并在转换后注入它们的程序。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:169 msgid "" "It can only handle XML, and only a particular DTD. I'm quite unhappy with " "the handling of lists, which end in one big msgid. When the list become big, " "the chunk becomes harder to swallow." msgstr "" "它只能处理 XML，并且只能处理特定的 DTD。我对列表的处理很不满意，列表以一个大" "的 msgid 结尾。当清单变得很大时，大块就变得更难处理了。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:170 msgid "B<po-debiandoc>" msgstr "B<po-debiandoc>" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:171 msgid "" "This program done by Denis Barbier is a sort of precursor of the po4a SGML " "module, which more or less deprecates it. As the name says, it handles only " "the DebianDoc DTD, which is more or less a deprecated DTD." msgstr "" "这个由 Denis Barbier 完成的程序是 po4a SGML 模块的一种前身，它或多或少地弃用" "了它。顾名思义，它只处理 DebianDoc DTD，这或多或少是一个过时的 DTD。" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:172 msgid "B<xml2po.py>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:173 msgid "" "Used by the GIMP Documentation Team since 2004, works quite well even if, as " "the name suggests, only with XML files and needs specially configured " "makefiles." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: doc/po4a.7.pod:174 msgid "B<Sphinx>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:175 msgid "" "The Sphinx Documentation Project also uses gettext extensively to manage its " "translations. Unfortunately, it works only for a few text formats, rest and " "markdown, although it is perhaps the only tool that does this managing the " "whole translation process." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:176 msgid "" "The main advantages of po4a over them are the ease of extra content addition " "(which is even worse there) and the ability to achieve gettextization." msgstr "" "与它们相比，po4a 的主要优势是易于添加额外内容(这一点更糟糕)，以及实现获取文本" "的能力。" #. type: =head2 #: doc/po4a.7.pod:177 msgid "SUMMARY of the advantages of the gettext based approach" msgstr "基于gettext 的方法的优点的摘要" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:178 msgid "" "The translations are not stored along with the original, which makes it " "possible to detect if translations become out of date." msgstr "翻译不会与原始版本一起存储，这使得可以检测翻译是否过时。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:179 msgid "" "The translations are stored in separate files from each other, which " "prevents translators of different languages from interfering, both when " "submitting their patch and at the file encoding level." msgstr "" "翻译被存储在彼此独立的文件中，从而防止了不同语言的翻译者在提交补丁时和文件编" "码级别上的相互干扰。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:180 msgid "" "It is based internally on B<gettext> (but B<po4a> offers a very simple " "interface so that you don't need to understand the internals to use it). " "That way, we don't have to re-implement the wheel, and because of their wide " "use, we can think that these tools are more or less bug free." msgstr "" "它在内部基于 B<gettext>（但是 B<po4a> 提供了一个非常简单的界面，因此您无需了" "解内部使用它）。这样，我们不必重新实现，并且由于它们的广泛使用，我们可以认为" "这些工具或多或少没有错误。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:181 msgid "" "Nothing changed for the end-user (beside the fact translations will " "hopefully be better maintained). The resulting documentation file " "distributed is exactly the same." msgstr "" "最终用户没有任何变化(除了翻译有望得到更好的维护)。分发的结果文档文件完全相" "同。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:182 msgid "" "No need for translators to learn a new file syntax and their favorite PO " "file editor (like Emacs' PO mode, Lokalize or Gtranslator) will work just " "fine." msgstr "" "翻译员不需要学习新的文件语法，他们最喜欢的 PO 文件编辑器(如 Emacs 的 PO 模" "式、Lokalize 或 GTranslator)就可以很好地工作。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:183 msgid "" "gettext offers a simple way to get statistics about what is done, what " "should be reviewed and updated, and what is still to do. Some example can be " "found at those addresses:" msgstr "" "gettext 提供了一种简单的方法来获取关于已经完成的工作、应该检查和更新的工作以" "及仍要做的工作的统计数据。可以在这些地址找到一些示例：" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:184 #, no-wrap msgid "" " - https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdesdk/lokalize/project-view.html\n" " - http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/\n" "\n" msgstr "" " - https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdesdk/lokalize/project-view.html\n" " - http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:185 msgid "" "But everything isn't green, and this approach also has some disadvantages we " "have to deal with." msgstr "但是，并非所有事物都是绿色的，而且这种方法还存在一些必须解决的缺点。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Addenda are… strange at the first glance." msgid "Addenda are somewhat strange at the first glance." msgstr "附录是…… 乍一看很奇怪。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:187 msgid "" "You can't adapt the translated text to your preferences, like splitting a " "paragraph here, and joining two other ones there. But in some sense, if " "there is an issue with the original, it should be reported as a bug anyway." msgstr "" "您不能根据自己的喜好调整翻译后的文本，比如在这里拆分一个段落，在那里加入另外" "两个段落。但在某种意义上，如果原始版本有问题，无论如何都应该报告为 bug。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:188 msgid "" "Even with an easy interface, it remains a new tool people have to learn." msgstr "即使有一个简单的界面，它仍然是一个人们必须学习的新工具。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:189 msgid "" "One of my dreams would be to integrate somehow po4a to Gtranslator or " "Lokalize. When a documentation file is opened, the strings are automatically " "extracted, and a translated file + po file can be written to disk. If we " "manage to do an MS Word (TM) module (or at least RTF) professional " "translators may even use it." msgstr "" "我的梦想之一是以某种方式将 po4a 集成到 GTranslator 或 Lokalize 中。打开文档文" "件时，会自动提取字符串，并且可以将翻译后的文件 + po 文件写入磁盘。如果我们设" "法制作 MSWord(TM) 模块(或者至少是 RTF)，专业翻译人员甚至可以使用它。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:191 msgid "" "The documentation of the all-in-one tool that you should use: L<po4a(1)>." msgstr "您应该使用的多合一工具的文档：L<po4a(1)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:192 msgid "" "The documentation of the individual po4a scripts: L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, " "L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>." msgstr "" "单个 po4a 脚本的文档： L<po4a-gettextize(1)>、L<po4a-updatepo(1)>、L<po4a-" "late(1)>、L<po4a-Normalize(1)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:193 msgid "" "The additional helping scripts: L<msguntypot(1)>, L<po4a-display-man(1)>, " "L<po4a-display-pod(1)>." msgstr "" "其他帮助脚本：L<msgan typot(1)>、L<po4a-display-man(1)>、L<po4a-display-" "pod(1)>。" #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:194 msgid "" "The parsers of each formats, in particular to see the options accepted by " "each of them: L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc(3pm)> L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::BibTeX(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Xml(3pm)>." msgstr "" "每种格式的解析器，特别是查看每种格式接受的选项：L<Locale::Po4a::" "AsciiDoc(3pm)> L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Guide(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Yaml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::BibTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>." #. type: textblock #: doc/po4a.7.pod:195 msgid "" "The implementation of the core infrastructure: L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)> (particularly important to understand the code " "organization), L<Locale::Po4a::Chooser(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Common(3pm)>. Please also check the F<CONTRIBUTING.md> file " "in the source tree." msgstr "" "核心基础设施的实施：L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)> (particularly " "important to understand the code organization), L<Locale::Po4a::" "Chooser(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Common(3pm)>. 还请检" "查源代码树中的 F<CONTRIBUTING.md> 文件。" #. type: verbatim #: doc/po4a.7.pod:197 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Denis Barbier <barbier,linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier <barbier,linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc - convert AsciiDoc documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc - 从/到 PO 文件转换 AsciiDoc 文档" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc is a module to help the translation of documentation " "in the AsciiDoc format." msgstr "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc 是一个帮助翻译 AsciiDoc 格式文档的模块。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:6 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:13 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:10 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:6 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:7 msgid "OPTIONS ACCEPTED BY THIS MODULE" msgstr "此模块接受的选项" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:35 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:11 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:8 msgid "These are this module's particular options:" msgstr "以下是此模块的特定选项：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:21 msgid "B<definitions>" msgstr "B<definitions>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:22 msgid "" "The name of a file containing definitions for po4a, as defined in the " "B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> section. You can use this option if it is not " "possible to put the definitions in the document being translated." msgstr "" "包含 po4a 定义的文件的名称，如 B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> 部分中定义。如果无法" "将定义放在要翻译的文档中，可以使用此选项。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:10 msgid "" "In a definitions file, lines must not start by two slashes, but directly by " "B<po4a:>." msgstr "在定义文件中，行不能以两个斜杠开始，而直接由 B<po4a:> 开始。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:11 msgid "B<entry>" msgstr "B<entry>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:12 msgid "" "Space-separated list of attribute entries you want to translate. By " "default, no attribute entries are translatable." msgstr "要转换的属性条目的空格分隔列表。默认情况下，没有属性条目是可翻译的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:13 msgid "B<macro>" msgstr "B<macro>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:14 msgid "Space-separated list of macro definitions." msgstr "空格分隔的宏定义列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:15 msgid "B<style>" msgstr "B<style>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:16 msgid "Space-separated list of style definitions." msgstr "以空格分隔的样式定义列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:17 msgid "B<forcewrap>" msgstr "B<forcewrap>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:18 msgid "" "Enable automatic line wrapping in non-verbatim blocks, even if the result " "could be misinterpreted by AsciiDoc formatters." msgstr "启用非逐字块中的自动行换行，即使结果可能被 AsciiDoc 格式器误解。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:19 msgid "" "By default, po4a will not wrap the produced AsciiDoc files because a manual " "inspection is mandated to ensure that the wrapping does not change the " "formatting. Consider for instance the following list item:" msgstr "" "默认情况下，po4a 不会对生成的 AsciiDoc 文件进行封装，因为强制执行手动检查以确" "保封装不会更改格式。例如，请考虑以下列表项：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " * a long sentence that is ending with a number 1. A second sentence.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " * 以数字结尾的长句。1. 第二句。\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:21 msgid "" "If the wrapping leads to the following presentation, the item is split into " "a numbered sub-list. To make things worse, only the speakers of the language " "used in the translation can inspect the situation." msgstr "" "如果换行指向以下演示文稿，则该项目将被拆分到一个带编号的子列表中。更糟糕的" "是，只有使用翻译语言的人才能检查情况。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" " * a long sentence that is ending with a number\n" " 1. A second sentence.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " * 以数字结尾的长句\n" " 1. 第二句话。\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:23 msgid "" "Note that not wrapping the files produced by po4a should not be a problem " "since those files are meant to be processed automatically. They should not " "be regarded as source files anyway." msgstr "" "请注意，不封装 po4a 生成的文件应该不是问题，因为这些文件是自动处理的。它们无" "论如何都不应该被视为源文件。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:24 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With this option, po4a will produce better-looking source files, that may " #| "lead to possibly erroneous formatted outputs." msgid "" "With this option, po4a will produce better-looking AsciiDoc files, but it " "may lead to possibly erroneous formatted outputs." msgstr "使用此选项，po4a 将生成更好看的源文件，这可能会导致格式错误的输出。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:25 msgid "B<noimagetargets>" msgstr "B<noimagetargets>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:26 msgid "" "By default, the targets of block images are translatable to give opportunity " "to make the content point to translated images. This can be stopped by " "setting this option." msgstr "" "默认情况下，块图像的目标是可翻译的，以提供使内容指向已翻译图像的机会。可以通" "过设置此选项来停止此操作。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:27 msgid "B<tablecells>" msgstr "B<tablecells>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:28 msgid "" "This option is a flag that enables sub-table segmentation into cell " "content. The segmentation is limited to cell content, without any parsing " "inside of it." msgstr "" "此选项是启用子表分割为单元格内容的标志。分割仅限于单元格内容，其中没有任何解" "析。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:29 msgid "B<compat>" msgstr "B<compat>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:30 msgid "" "Switch parsing rules to compatibility with different tools. Available " "options are \"asciidoc\" or \"asciidoctor\". Asciidoctor has stricter " "parsing rules, such as equality of length of opening and closing block " "fences." msgstr "" "将解析规则切换为与不同工具兼容。可用选项为 \"asciidoc\" 或 \"asciidoctor\"。" "Asciidoctor 有更严格的解析规则，例如打开和关闭块围栏的长度相等。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:31 msgid "B<nolinting>" msgstr "B<nolinting>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:32 msgid "" "Disable linting messages. When the source code cannot be fixed for clearer " "document structure, these messages are useless." msgstr "" "禁用发送邮件。当无法修复源代码以使文档结构更清晰时，这些消息将毫无用处。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:33 msgid "B<cleanspaces>" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:34 msgid "" "Remove extra spaces from the source segments in no-wrap mode. This is useful " "when the translation tools are sensitive to the number of spaces." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:35 msgid "B<yfm_keys>" msgstr "B<yfm_keys>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:31 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space-separated list of hash keys to process for extraction, all other " #| "keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-insensitive match. If " #| "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " #| "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always " #| "returned unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgid "" "Comma-separated list of keys to process for translation in the YAML Front " "Matter section. All other keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-" "sensitive match. If B<yfm_paths> and B<yfm_keys> are used together, values " "are included if they are matched by at least one of the options. Array " "values are always translated, unless the B<yfm_skip_array> option is " "provided." msgstr "" "要处理以进行提取的哈希键的空格分隔列表，将跳过所有其他键。密钥与不区分大小写" "的匹配项匹配。如果 B<paths> 和 B<keys> 一起使用，则包括至少一个选项匹配的值。" "除非提供了 B<skip_array> 选项，否则始终返回数组值。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:37 msgid "B<yfm_skip_array>" msgstr "B<yfm_skip_array>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:38 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:38 msgid "Do not translate array values in the YAML Front Matter section." msgstr "不要转换 YAML Front Matter 部分中的数组值。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:39 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B<paths>" msgid "B<yfm_paths>" msgstr "B<paths>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:40 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:36 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction, all other " #| "paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a case-insensitive match. If " #| "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " #| "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always " #| "returned unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgid "" "Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction in the YAML " "Front Matter section, all other paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a " "case-sensitive match. If B<yfm_paths> and B<yfm_keys> are used together, " "values are included if they are matched by at least one of the options. " "Arrays values are always returned unless the B<yfm_skip_array> option is " "provided." msgstr "" "要处理以进行提取的哈希路径的逗号分隔列表，则跳过所有其他路径。路径与不区分大" "小写的匹配匹配。如果 B<paths> 和 B<keys> 一起使用，则包括至少一个选项匹配的" "值。除非提供了 B<skip_array> 选项，否则始终返回数组值。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:41 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:27 msgid "INLINE CUSTOMIZATION" msgstr "在线定制" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:42 msgid "" "The AsciiDoc module can be customized with lines starting by B<//po4a:>. " "These lines are interpreted as commands to the parser. The following " "commands are recognized:" msgstr "" "AsciiDoc 模块可自定义由 B<//po4a:>。这些行被解释为解析器的命令。识别以下命" "令：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:43 msgid "B<//po4a: macro >I<name>B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" msgstr "B<//po4a: macro >I<name>B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:44 msgid "" "This describes in detail the parameters of a B<macro>; I<name> must be a " "valid macro name, and it ends with an underscore if the target must be " "translated." msgstr "" "这详细描述 B<macro> 的参数；I<name> 必须是有效的宏名称，如果必须翻译目标，则" "以下划线结束。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:45 msgid "" "The I<attribute list> argument is a comma separated list which contains " "information about translatable arguments. This list contains either " "numbers, to define positional parameters, or named attributes." msgstr "" "I<attribute list> 参数是一个逗号分隔的列表，其中包含有关可翻译参数的信息。此" "列表包含用于定义位置参数的数字或命名属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:46 msgid "" "If a plus sign (B<+>) is prepended to I<name>, then the macro and its " "arguments are translated as a whole. There is no need to define attribute " "list in this case, but brackets must be present." msgstr "" "如果 I<name> 前面加了一个加号 (B<+>)，则宏及其参数将作为一个整体进行转换。这" "种情况下不需要定义属性列表，但必须有方括号。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:47 msgid "B<//po4a: style >B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" msgstr "B<//po4a: style >B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:48 msgid "" "This describes in detail which attributes of a style must be translated." msgstr "这详细描述了必须翻译样式的哪些属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:49 msgid "" "The I<attribute list> argument is a comma separated list which contains " "information about translatable arguments. This list contains either " "numbers, to define positional parameters, or named attributes. The first " "attribute is the style name, it will not be translated." msgstr "" "I<attribute list> 参数是一个逗号分隔的列表，其中包含有关可翻译参数的信息。此" "列表包含用于定义位置参数的数字或命名属性。第一个属性是样式名称，它不会被翻" "译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:50 msgid "" "If a plus sign (B<+>) is prepended to the style name, then the attribute " "list is translated as a whole. There is no need to define translatable " "attributes." msgstr "" "如果样式名称前面有加号 (B<+>)，则属性列表将作为整体进行转换。不需要定义可翻译" "属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:51 msgid "" "If a minus sign (B<->) is prepended to the style name, then this attribute " "is not translated." msgstr "如果样式名称前面有减号 (B<->)，则不会转换此属性。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:52 msgid "B<//po4a: entry >I<name>" msgstr "B<//po4a: entry >I<name>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:53 msgid "" "This declares an attribute entry as being translatable. By default, they " "are not translated." msgstr "这将属性条目声明为可翻译。默认情况下，它们不会被翻译。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:54 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:6 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:7 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:5 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:96 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:6 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:104 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:43 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:12 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:181 msgid "STATUS OF THIS MODULE" msgstr "此模块的状态" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:55 msgid "Tested successfully on simple AsciiDoc files." msgstr "在简单的 AsciiDoc 文件上测试成功。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:59 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" " Copyright © 2012 Denis BARBIER <barbier@linuxfr.org>.\n" " Copyright © 2017 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" " 版权所有 © 2012 Denis BARBIER <barbier@linuxfr.org>.\n" " 版权所有 © 2017 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX - convert BibTeX documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX - 将 BibTeX 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX is a module to help the translation of bibliographies " "in the BibTeX format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX 是一个帮助将 BibTeX 格式的书目翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模" "块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:6 msgid "Fields values are extracted and proposed for translation." msgstr "提取字段值并建议进行翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:8 msgid "NONE." msgstr "没有。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:10 msgid "It is a very simple module, but still young." msgstr "这是一个非常简单的模块，但还很年轻。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:17 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:121 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:17 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:46 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:14 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2006 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2006 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Chooser - manage po4a modules" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Chooser - 管理 po4a 模块" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Chooser is a module to manage po4a modules. Previously, all " "po4a binaries used to know all po4a modules (pod, man, sgml, etc). This made " "the addition of a new module boring, because you had to make sure that the " "documentation is synchronized in all modules, and that each of them can " "access the new module." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Chooser 是一个管理 po4a 模块的模块。以前，所有的 po4a 二进制文" "件都知道所有的 po4a 模块(pod、man、sgml 等)。这使得添加新模块变得枯燥乏味，因" "为您必须确保文档在所有模块中都是同步的，并且每个模块都可以访问新模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:5 msgid "" "Now, you just have to call the Locale::Po4a::Chooser::new() function, " "passing the name of module as argument." msgstr "" "现在，您只需调用 Locale::Po4a::Chooser::new() 函数，将模块名称作为参数传递。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:6 msgid "" "The function Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list() lists the available formats, and " "exits with the value passed as argument. So, we call Locale::Po4a::Chooser::" "list(0) when requested for the list of formats, and Locale::Po4a::Chooser::" "list(1) when passed an invalid format name." msgstr "" "函数 Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list() 列出了可用的格式，并以作为参数传递的值退" "出。因此，当请求格式列表时，我们调用 Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list(0)，当传递无" "效的格式名称时，调用Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list(1) 。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:8 msgid "About po4a:" msgstr "关于 po4a：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:9 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:10 msgid "About modules:" msgstr "关于模块：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:11 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>. " "L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>." msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::" "Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>. " "L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>." #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:10 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:94 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:24 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:15 msgid "Copyright © 2002-2005, 2014, 2017 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权© 2002-2005，2014， 2017 SPI， Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Common - common parts of the po4a scripts and utils" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Common - po4a 脚本和实用程序的通用部分" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Common contains common parts of the po4a scripts and some " "useful functions used along the other modules." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Common 包含 po4a 脚本的公共部分和其他模块使用的一些有用函数。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:5 msgid "If needed, you can disable the use of Text::WrapI18N as such:" msgstr "如果需要，您可以禁用 Text::WrapI18N，如下所示：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Common qw(nowrapi18n);\n" " use Locale::Po4a::Text;\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:7 msgid "instead of:" msgstr "而不是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:8 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Text;\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:9 msgid "" "The ordering is important here: as most Locale::Po4a modules load themselves " "Locale::Po4a::Common, the first time this module is loaded determines " "whether Text::WrapI18N is used." msgstr "" "这里的顺序很重要：因为大多数 Locale::Po4a 模块都会自行加载 Locale::Po4a::" "Common，所以第一次加载此模块将确定是否使用 Text::WrapI18N。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:10 msgid "FUNCTIONS" msgstr "功能" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:11 msgid "Showing output messages" msgstr "显示输出消息" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:12 msgid "show_version($)" msgstr "show_version($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:13 msgid "" "Shows the current version of the script, and a short copyright message. It " "takes the name of the script as an argument." msgstr "显示脚本的当前版本，以及一条简短的版权消息。它将脚本的名称作为参数。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:14 msgid "wrap_msg($@)" msgstr "wrap_msg($@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:15 msgid "" "This function displays a message the same way as sprintf() does, but wraps " "the result so that they look nice on the terminal." msgstr "" "此函数显示消息的方式与 sprintf() 相同，但会将结果封装起来，以便它们在终端上看" "起来很美观。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:16 msgid "wrap_mod($$@)" msgstr "wrap_mod($$@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:17 msgid "" "This function works like wrap_msg(), but it takes a module name as the first " "argument, and leaves a space at the left of the message." msgstr "" "此函数的工作方式类似于 wrap_msg()，但它将模块名作为第一个参数，并在消息左侧留" "下一个空格。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:18 msgid "wrap_ref_mod($$$@)" msgstr "wrap_ref_mod($$$@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:19 msgid "" "This function works like wrap_msg(), but it takes a file:line reference as " "the first argument, a module name as the second one, and leaves a space at " "the left of the message." msgstr "" "此函数的工作方式类似于 wrap_msg()，但是它将 file:line 引用作为第一个参数，将" "模块名作为第二个参数，并在消息的左侧留下一个空格。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:20 msgid "Wrappers for other modules" msgstr "其他模块的封装器" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:21 msgid "Locale::Gettext" msgstr "Locale::Gettext" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:22 msgid "" "When the Locale::Gettext module cannot be loaded, this module provide dummy " "(empty) implementation of the following functions. In that case, po4a " "messages won't get translated but the program will continue to work." msgstr "" "当无法加载 Locale::Gettext 模块时，该模块提供以下函数的伪 (空) 实现。在这种情" "况下，po4a 消息不会被翻译，但程序将继续工作。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:23 msgid "" "If Locale::gettext is present, this wrapper also calls " "setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, \"\") so callers don't depend on the POSIX module " "either." msgstr "" "如果存在 Locale::gettext，则此封装器还调用 setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, \"\")，因此" "调用者也不依赖于 POSIX 模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:24 msgid "bindtextdomain($$)" msgstr "bindtextdomain($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:25 msgid "textdomain($)" msgstr "textdomain($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:26 msgid "gettext($)" msgstr "gettext($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:27 msgid "dgettext($$)" msgstr "dgettext($$)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:29 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:15 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:13 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:31 msgid "Copyright © 2005 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权所有 © 2005 SPI, Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Dia - convert uncompressed Dia diagrams from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Dia - 将未压缩的 Dia 图表从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Dia is a module to help the translation of diagrams in the " "uncompressed Dia format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Dia 是一个模块，可帮助将未压缩的 Dia 格式的图表转换为其他 [人" "类] 语言。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" "You can get Dia (the graphical editor for these diagrams) from:\n" " http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia/\n" "\n" msgstr "" "您可以从以下位置获得 Dia (这些图表的图形编辑器)：\n" " http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia/\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:7 msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::DIA" msgstr "翻译与 PO4A::DIA" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:8 msgid "" "This module only translates uncompressed Dia diagrams. You can save your " "uncompressed diagrams with Dia itself, unchecking the \"Compress diagram " "files\" at the \"Save Diagram\" dialog." msgstr "" "此模块仅转换未压缩的 Dia 图。您可以使用 Dia 本身保存未压缩的图表，取消选中“保" "存图表”对话框中的“压缩图表文件”。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:9 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Another way is to uncompress the dia files from command line with:\n" " gunzip < original.dia > uncompressed.dia\n" "\n" msgstr "" "另一种方法是使用以下命令行解压缩 dia 文件：\n" " gunzip < 原始.dia > 解压缩.dia\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:11 msgid "" "This module is fully functional, as it relies in the L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> " "module. This only defines the translatable tags (E<lt>dia:stringE<gt>), and " "filters the internal strings (the content of the E<lt>dia:diagramdataE<gt> " "tag), not interesting for translation." msgstr "" "该模块功能齐全，因为它依赖于 L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> 模块。这只定义了可翻译标记 " "(E<lt>dia:stringE<gt>)，并过滤了内部字符串 (E<lt>dia:diagramdataE<gt> 标记的" "内容)，对翻译没有意义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:16 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:16 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:17 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:15 msgid "Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>" msgstr "版权所有 © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Docbook - convert DocBook XML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Docbook - 将 DocBook XML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Docbook is a module to help the translation of DocBook XML " "documents into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Docbook 是一个帮助将 DocBook XML 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模" "块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:8 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:13 msgid "" "This module is fully functional, as it relies in the L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> " "module. This only defines the translatable tags and attributes." msgstr "" "该模块功能齐全，因为它依赖于 L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> 模块。这只定义了可翻译的标" "签和属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:8 msgid "" "The only known issue is that it doesn't handle entities yet, and this " "includes the file inclusion entities, but you can translate most of those " "files alone (except the typical entities files), and it's usually better to " "maintain them separated." msgstr "" "唯一已知的问题是它还不处理实体，这包括文件包含实体，但是您可以单独转换大多数" "这些文件(典型实体文件除外)，而且通常最好将它们分开维护。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:106 msgid "OVERRIDE THE DEFAULT BEHAVIOR WITH COMMAND LINE OPTIONS" msgstr "使用命令行选项覆盖默认行为" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:10 msgid "" "The default behavior of system provided modules is set to be on the safe " "side." msgstr "系统提供的模块的默认行为设置为安全。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:11 msgid "" "For example, the default of B<< <author> >> tag is aiming it to appear under " "B<< <para> >>. But you may be using it only under B<< <bookinfo> >>. For " "this case, you may want to translate it independently for each author." msgstr "" "例如，B<< <author> >> 标记的缺省设置是将其显示在 B<< <para> >> 下。但是您只能" "在 B<< <bookinfo> >> 下使用它。对于这种情况，您可能希望为每个作者单独翻译它。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:12 msgid "" "If you don't like the default behavior of the xml module and its derivative " "modules, you can provide command line options to change their behavior. For " "example, you can add the following to the po4a configuration file:" msgstr "" "如果您不喜欢 xml 模块及其派生模块的默认行为，可以提供命令行选项来更改它们的行" "为。例如，您可以将以下内容添加到 po4a 配置文件中：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:13 #, no-wrap msgid "" " opt:\"-k 0 -o nodefault=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o break=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o untranslated=\\\"<bookinfo>\\\" \\\n" " -o translated=\\\"<author>\\\"\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " opt:\"-k 0 -o nodefault=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o break=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n" " -o untranslated=\\\"<bookinfo>\\\" \\\n" " -o translated=\\\"<author>\\\"\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:14 msgid "" "This overrides the default behavior for B<< <bookinfo> >> and B<< <author> " ">>, set B<< <bookinfo> >> and B<< <author> >> to break input data stream on " "these tags, set B<< <bookinfo> >> not to translate its tagged content, and " "set B<< <author> >> to translate its tagged content." msgstr "" "这将覆盖 B<< <bookinfo> >> 和 B<< <author> >> 的默认行为，设置 B<< " "<bookinfo> >> 和 B<< <author> >> 以中断这些标记上的输入数据流，设置 B<< " "<bookinfo> >> 不翻译其标记的内容，并设置 B<< <author> >> 翻译其标记的内容。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " Copyright © 2007-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " 版权所有 © 2007-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Guide - convert Guide XML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Guide - 将指南 XML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Guide is a module to help in the translation of the Gentoo " "Linux documentation in the Guide XML format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Guide 是一个模块，用于帮助将 Guide XML 格式的 Gentoo Linux 文档" "翻译成其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:6 msgid "" "This format is documented here: http://www.gentoo.org/doc/en/xml-guide.xml" msgstr "此格式记录在这里： http://www.gentoo.org/doc/en/xml-guide.xml" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:9 msgid "" "The only known issue is that it doesn't include files with the <include " "href=\"...\"> tag, but you can translate all those files alone, and it's " "usually better to have them separated." msgstr "" "唯一已知的问题是它不包含带有 <include href=\"...\"> 标记的文件，但是您可以单" "独转换所有这些文件，通常最好将它们分开。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Halibut - convert Halibut documents and derivates from/to PO " "files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Halibut -将 Halibut 文档和衍生内容从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Halibut is a module to help the translation of Halibut " "documents into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Halibut 是一个帮助将 Halibut 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:6 msgid "" "This module contains the definitions of common Halibut commands and " "environments." msgstr "本模块包含常见的 Halibut 命令和环境的定义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:8 msgid "This module is still beta. Please send feedback and feature requests." msgstr "此模块仍为测试版。请发送反馈和功能请求。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:9 msgid "CAVEAT" msgstr "警告" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:10 msgid "" "Some constructs are badly supported. The known ones are documented below." msgstr "有些构造的支持率很低。已知的记录如下。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:11 msgid "Verbatim blocks" msgstr "逐字记录块" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:12 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \\c foo\n" " \\c bar\n" "\n" msgstr "" " \\c foo\n" " \\c bar\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:13 msgid "" "The verbatim block is not considered as a whole. Each line will be " "translated separately." msgstr "不会将逐字逐句的块作为一个整体来考虑。每一行都将单独翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:15 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:19 msgid "" "Copyright © 2004-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." msgstr "" "版权所有 © 2004-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Ini - convert INI files from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Ini - 将 INI 文件从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Ini is a module to help the translation of INI files into " "other [human] languages." msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Ini 是一个帮助将INI文件翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:5 msgid "" "The module searches for lines of the following format and extracts the " "quoted text:" msgstr "系统搜索以下格式的行，并提取引号文本：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:6 msgid "identificator=\"text than can be translated\"" msgstr "identificator=\"可以翻译的文本\"" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:7 msgid "NOTE: If the text is not quoted, it will be ignored." msgstr "注：如果文本未加引号，将被忽略。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:16 msgid "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:11 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Razvan Rusu <rrusu@bitdefender.com>\n" " Costin Stroie <cstroie@bitdefender.com>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Razvan Rusu <rrusu@bitdefender.com>\n" " Costin Stroie <cstroie@bitdefender.com>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:13 msgid "Copyright © 2006 BitDefender" msgstr "版权所有 © 2006 BitDefender" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp - convert kernel configuration help from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp - 将内核配置帮助从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp is a module to help the translation of " "documentation for the Linux kernel configuration options into other [human] " "languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp 一个模块，用于帮助将 Linux 内核配置选项的文档翻译成" "其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:6 msgid "" "This module is just written, and needs more tests. Most of the needed work " "will concern the tools used to parse this file (and configure the kernel), " "so that they accept to read the documentation from another (translated) " "file." msgstr "" "此模块刚刚编写，需要更多测试。所需的大部分工作将涉及用于解析此文件 (并配置内" "核) 的工具，以便它们接受从另一个 (翻译后的) 文件中读取文档。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:8 msgid "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, " "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:26 msgid "Copyright © 2002 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权所有 © 2002 SPI, Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX - convert LaTeX documents and derivates from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX - 将 LaTeX 文档和衍生从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX is a module to help the translation of LaTeX documents " "into other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules " "for LaTeX-based documents." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::LaTeX 是一个帮助将 LaTeX 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。它还" "可以用作构建基于 LaTeX 文档的模块的基础。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:6 msgid "" "This module contains the definitions of common LaTeX commands and " "environments." msgstr "此模块包含常见 LaTeX 命令和环境的定义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:7 msgid "" "See the L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX> manpage for the list of " "recognized options." msgstr "" "有关可识别选项的列表，请参见 L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX> 手册" "页。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:123 msgid "" "Copyright © 2004, 2005 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." msgstr "" "版权所有 © 2004, 2005 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Man - convert manual pages from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Man - 将手动页面从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Man is a module to help the translation of documentation in " "the nroff format (the language of manual pages) into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Man 是一个模块，用于帮助将 nroff 格式(手册页的语言)的文档翻译成" "其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:6 msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::MAN" msgstr "使用 PO4A::MAN 进行翻译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:7 msgid "" "This module tries pretty hard to make translator's life easier. For that, " "the text presented to translators isn't a verbatim copy of the text found in " "the man page. Indeed, the cruder parts of the nroff format are hidden, so " "that translators can't mess up with them." msgstr "" "这个模块非常努力地让翻译员的工作变得更容易。因此，呈现给翻译人员的文本不是手" "册页中的文本的逐字副本。实际上，nroff 格式的粗略部分是隐藏的，这样翻译人员就" "不会把它们搞砸了。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:8 msgid "Text wrapping" msgstr "文本换行" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:9 msgid "" "Unindented paragraphs are automatically rewrapped for the translator. This " "can lead to some minor difference in the generated output, since the " "rewrapping rules used by groff aren't very clear. For example, two spaces " "after a parenthesis are sometimes preserved." msgstr "" "未缩进的段落会自动为翻译器重新换行。这可能会在生成的输出中导致一些细微的差" "异，因为 groff 使用的重新包装规则不是很清楚。例如，有时保留括号后的两个空格。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:10 msgid "" "Anyway, the difference will only be about the position of the extra spaces " "in wrapped paragraph, and I think it's worth." msgstr "无论如何，不同之处只在于换行段落中额外空格的位置，我认为这是值得的。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:11 msgid "Font specification" msgstr "字体规格" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:12 msgid "" "The first change is about font change specifications. In nroff, there are " "several ways to specify if a given word should be written in small, bold or " "italics. In the text to translate, there is only one way, borrowed from the " "POD (Perl online documentation) format:" msgstr "" "第一个更改是关于字体更改规范。在 nroff 中，有几种方法可以指定给定的单词应该用" "小写、粗体还是斜体书写。在要翻译的文本中，只有一种方法，借用 POD (Perl " "Online Documentation) 格式：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:13 msgid "IE<lt>textE<gt> -- italic text" msgstr "IE<lt>textE<gt> -- 斜体文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:14 msgid "equivalent to \\fItext\\fP or \".I text\"" msgstr "等效于 \\fItext\\fP 或 \".I text\"" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:15 msgid "BE<lt>textE<gt> -- bold text" msgstr "BE<lt>textE<gt> -- 粗体文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:16 msgid "equivalent to \\fBtext\\fP or \".B text\"" msgstr "等效于 \\fBtext\\fP 或 \".B text\"" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:17 msgid "RE<lt>textE<gt> -- roman text" msgstr "RE<lt>textE<gt> -- 罗马文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:18 msgid "equivalent to \\fRtext\\fP" msgstr "等效于 \\fRtext\\fP" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:19 msgid "CWE<lt>textE<gt> -- constant width text" msgstr "CWE<lt>textE<gt> -- 等长宽度文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:20 msgid "equivalent to \\f(CWtext\\fP or \".CW text\"" msgstr "等效于 \\f(CWtext\\fP 或 \".CW text\"" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:21 msgid "" "Remark: The CW face is not available for all groff devices. It is not " "recommended to use it. It is provided for your convenience." msgstr "" "备注：并非所有 groff 设备都提供 CW 面。不推荐使用。这是为了您的方便而提供的。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:22 msgid "Automatic characters transliteration" msgstr "字符自动音译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:23 msgid "" "Po4a automatically transliterate some characters to ease the translation or " "the review of the translation. Here is the list of the transliterations:" msgstr "Po4a 会自动音译某些字符，以简化翻译或审核翻译。以下是音译的列表：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:24 msgid "hyphens" msgstr "连字符" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:25 msgid "" "Hyphens (-) and minus signs (\\-) in man pages are all transliterated as " "simple dashes (-) in the PO file. Then all dash are transliterated into " "roff minus signs (\\-) when the translation is inserted into the output " "document." msgstr "" "手册页中的连字符 (-) 和减号 (\\-) 在 PO 文件中都音译为简单的破折号 (-)。然" "后，在将翻译插入到输出文档中时，所有破折号都音译为 roff 减号 (\\-)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:26 msgid "" "Translators can force an hyphen by using the roff glyph '\\[hy]' in their " "translations." msgstr "翻译人员可以在翻译中使用 roff 字形 '\\[hy]' 强制使用连字符。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:27 msgid "non-breaking spaces" msgstr "不间断空格" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:28 msgid "" "Translators can use non-breaking spaces in their translations. These non-" "breaking spaces (0xA0 in latin1) will be transliterated into a roff non-" "breaking space ('\\ ')." msgstr "" "翻译人员可以在翻译中使用不间断空格。这些不间断空格 (latin1 中的 0xA0)将音译" "为 roff 不间断空格('\\ ')。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:29 msgid "quotes transliterations" msgstr "引用音译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:30 msgid "`` and '' are respectively tranliterated into \\*(lq and \\*(rq." msgstr "`` 和 '' 分别音译为 \\*(lq 和 \\*(rq." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:31 msgid "" "To avoid these transliterations, translators can insert a zero width roff " "character (i.e., using `\\&` or '\\&' respectively)." msgstr "" "为了避免这些音译，翻译人员可以插入零宽度 roff 字符(即分别使用 '\\&' 或 " "'\\&')。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:32 msgid "Putting 'E<lt>' and 'E<gt>' in translations" msgstr "在翻译中放 'E<lt>' 和 'E<gt>'" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:33 msgid "" "Since these chars are used to delimit parts under font modification, you " "can't use them verbatim. Use EE<lt>ltE<gt> and EE<lt>gtE<gt> instead (as in " "POD, one more time)." msgstr "" "由于这些字符用于分隔字体修改后的部分，因此您不能逐字使用它们。改为使用 " "EE<lt>ltE<gt> 和 EE<lt>gtE<gt> (与 POD 中相同)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:8 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:13 msgid "B<debug>" msgstr "B<debug>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:37 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:14 msgid "" "Activate debugging for some internal mechanisms of this module. Use the " "source to see which parts can be debugged." msgstr "激活此模块某些内部机制的调试。使用源查看哪些部件可以调试。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:38 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:10 msgid "B<verbose>" msgstr "B<verbose>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:39 msgid "Increase verbosity." msgstr "增加详细程度。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:40 msgid "B<groff_code>" msgstr "B<groff_code>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:41 msgid "" "This option controls the behavior of the module when it encounter a .de, .ie " "or .if section. It can take the following values:" msgstr "此选项控制模块在遇到.de、.ie 或 .if 节时的行为。它可以采用下列值：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:42 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:27 msgid "I<fail>" msgstr "I<fail>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:43 msgid "" "This is the default value. The module will fail when a .de, .ie or .if " "section is encountered." msgstr "这是默认值。遇到 .de、.ie 或 .if 章节时，模块将失败。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:44 msgid "I<verbatim>" msgstr "I<verbatim>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:45 msgid "" "Indicates that the .de, .ie or .if sections must be copied as is from the " "original to the translated document." msgstr "指示必须按原样将 .de、.ie 或 .if 节从原始文档复制到翻译后的文档。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:46 msgid "I<translate>" msgstr "I<translate>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:47 msgid "" "Indicates that the .de, .ie or .if sections will be proposed for the " "translation. You should only use this option if a translatable string is " "contained in one of these section. Otherwise, I<verbatim> should be " "preferred." msgstr "" "指示将为翻译建议 .de、.ie 或 .if 章节。仅当这些部分之一中包含可翻译字符串时，" "才应使用此选项。否则，应该首选 I<verbatim>。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:48 msgid "B<generated>" msgstr "B<generated>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:49 msgid "" "This option specifies that the file was generated, and that po4a should not " "try to detect if the man pages was generated from another format. This " "option is mandatory to use po4a on generated man pages. Note that " "translating generated pages instead of sources ones is often more fragile, " "and thus a bad idea." msgstr "" "该选项指定文件是生成的，并且 po4a 不应尝试检测手册页是否由另一种格式生成。要" "在生成的手册页上使用 po4a，此选项是必需的。请注意，转换生成的页面而不是源页面" "通常更脆弱，因此不是一个好主意。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:50 msgid "B<mdoc>" msgstr "B<mdoc>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:51 msgid "This option is only useful for mdoc pages." msgstr "此选项仅对 mdoc 页面有用。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:52 msgid "" "It selects a stricter support of the mdoc format by telling po4a not to " "translate the 'NAME' section. mdoc pages whose 'NAME' section is translated " "won't generate any header or footer." msgstr "" "它通过告诉 po4a 不翻译 'NAME' 部分来选择更严格的 mdoc 格式支持。翻译了 " "'NAME' 部分的 mdoc 页面不会生成任何页眉或页脚。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" "According to the groff_mdoc page, the NAME, SYNOPSIS and DESCRIPTION\n" "sections are mandatory.\n" "There are no known issues with translated SYNOPSIS or DESCRIPTION section,\n" "but you can also specify these sections this way:\n" " -o mdoc=NAME,SYNOPSIS,DESCRIPTION\n" "\n" msgstr "" "根据 groff_mdoc，名称，概要和描述\n" "章节是必填项。\n" "翻译的概要或描述部分没有已知问题，\n" "但您也可以这样指定这些部分：\n" " -o mdoc=NAME,SYNOPSIS,DESCRIPTION\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:54 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This mdoc issue can also be solved with an addendum like this one:\n" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.Dd\n" " .TH DOCUMENT_TITLE 1 \"Month day, year\" OS \"Section Name\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" "此 mdoc 问题也可以通过如下附录解决：\n" " PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.Dd\n" " .TH DOCUMENT_TITLE 1 \"月日，年\" 操作系统 \"章节名\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The following options permit to specify the behavior of a new macro " #| "(defined with a .de request), or of a macro not supported by po4a. They " #| "take as argument a comma-separated list of macros. For example:" msgid "" "The following options specify the behavior of a user-defined macro (with a ." "de request), or of a classical macro that is not supported by po4a. They " "take as argument a comma-separated list of macros. For example:" msgstr "" "以下选项允许指定新宏（使用 .de 请求定义）或 po4a 不支持的宏的行为。它们将逗" "号分隔的宏列表作为参数。例如：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:56 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -o noarg=FO,OB,AR -o translate_joined=BA,ZQ,UX\n" "\n" msgstr "" " -o noarg=FO,OB,AR -o translate_joined=BA,ZQ,UX\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:57 msgid "" "Note: if a macro is not supported by po4a and if you consider that it is a " "standard roff macro, you should submit it to the po4a development team." msgstr "" "注意：如果某个宏不受 po4a 支持，并且您认为它是标准的 roff 宏，那么您应该将其" "提交给 po4a 开发团队。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:58 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:94 msgid "B<untranslated>" msgstr "B<untranslated>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:59 msgid "" "B<untranslated> indicates that this macro (at its arguments) don't have to " "be translated." msgstr "B<untranslated> 指示不必翻译此宏(在其参数处)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:60 msgid "B<noarg>" msgstr "B<noarg>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:61 msgid "" "B<noarg> is like B<untranslated>, except that po4a will verify that no " "argument is added to this macro." msgstr "" "B<noarg> 类似于 B<untransted>，不同之处在于 po4a 将验证没有参数添加到此宏。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:62 msgid "B<translate_joined>" msgstr "B<translate_joined>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:63 msgid "" "B<translate_joined> indicates that po4a must propose to translate the " "arguments of the macro." msgstr "B<translate_joined> 指示 po4a 必须提议翻译宏的参数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:64 msgid "B<translate_each>" msgstr "B<translate_each>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:65 msgid "" "With B<translate_each>, the arguments will also be proposed for the " "translation, except that each one will be translated separately." msgstr "" "对于 B<translate_each>，除了每个参数将被单独翻译外，还将为翻译建议参数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:66 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:15 msgid "B<no_wrap>" msgstr "B<no_wrap>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:67 msgid "" "This option takes as argument a list of comma-separated couples I<begin>:" "I<end>, where I<begin> and I<end> are commands that delimit the begin and " "end of a section that should not be rewrapped." msgstr "" "该选项将逗号分隔的对列表 I<begin>:I<end> 作为参数，其中 I<begin> 和 I<end> 是" "分隔不应该重新换行的节的开始和结束的命令。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:68 msgid "" "Note: no test is done to ensure that an I<end> command matches its I<begin> " "command; any ending command stop the no_wrap mode. If you have a I<begin> " "(respectively I<end>) macro that has no I<end> (respectively I<begin>), you " "can specify an existing I<end> (like fi) or I<begin> (like nf) as a " "counterpart. These macros (and their arguments) won't be translated." msgstr "" "注意：不执行任何测试来确保 I<end> 命令与其 I<begin> 命令匹配；任何结束命令都" "会停止 no_wrap 模式。如果您有一个没有 I<end> (分别是 I<begin> )的 I<begin> " "(分别是 I<end>)宏，则可以指定现有的 I<end> (如 fi)或 I<begin> (如 nf)作为对应" "宏。这些宏 (及其参数) 不会被翻译。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:69 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:59 msgid "B<inline>" msgstr "B<inline>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:70 msgid "" "This option specifies a list of comma-separated macros that must not split " "the current paragraph. The string to translate will then contain I<foo E<lt>." "bar baz quxE<gt> quux>, where I<bar> is the command that should be inlined, " "and I<baz qux> its arguments." msgstr "" "此选项指定不得拆分当前段落的逗号分隔宏列表。然后，要转换的字符串将包含 I<foo " "E<lt>.bar baz quxE<gt> quux>，其中 I<bar> 是应该内联的命令，I<baz qux> 是其参" "数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:71 msgid "B<unknown_macros>" msgstr "B<unknown_macros>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:72 msgid "" "This option indicates how po4a should behave when an unknown macro is " "found. By default, po4a fails with a warning. It can take the following " "values: B<failed> (the default value), B<untranslated>, B<noarg>, " "B<translate_joined>, or B<translate_each> (see above for an explanation of " "these values)." msgstr "" "此选项指示找到未知宏时 po4a 的行为。默认情况下，po4a 失败并显示警告。它可以采" "用以下值： B<failed> (默认值)、B<untranslated>、B<noarg>、" "B<translate_joined> 或 B<translate_each> (有关这些值的解释，请参见上文)。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:73 msgid "AUTHORING MAN PAGES COMPLIANT WITH PO4A::MAN" msgstr "创作符合 PO4A::MAN 的手册页" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:74 msgid "" "This module is still very limited, and will always be, because it's not a " "real nroff interpreter. It would be possible to do a real nroff interpreter, " "to allow authors to use all the existing macros, or even to define new ones " "in their pages, but we didn't want to. It would be too difficult, and we " "thought it wasn't necessary. We do think that if manpages' authors want to " "see their productions translated, they may have to adapt to ease the work of " "translators." msgstr "" "这个模块仍然非常有限，而且将永远如此，因为它不是一个真正的 nroff 解释器。做一" "个真正的 nroff 解释器是可能的，允许作者使用所有现有的宏，甚至在他们的页面中定" "义新的宏，但我们不想这样做。这太难了，我们认为没有必要。我们确实认为，如果手" "册页的作者想要看到他们的作品被翻译，他们可能必须适应，以减轻翻译人员的工作。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:75 msgid "" "So, the man parser implemented in po4a have some known limitations we are " "not really inclined to correct, and which will constitute some pitfalls " "you'll have to avoid if you want to see translators taking care of your " "documentation." msgstr "" "因此，po4a 中实现的 man 解析器有一些我们不太愿意纠正的已知限制，如果您希望看" "到翻译人员处理您的文档，这些限制将构成您必须避免的一些陷阱。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:76 msgid "Don't program in nroff" msgstr "不要在 nroff 中编程" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:77 msgid "" "nroff is a complete programming language, with macro definition, " "conditionals and so on. Since this parser isn't a fully featured nroff " "interpreter, it will fail on pages using these facilities (There are about " "200 such pages on my box)." msgstr "" "nroff 是一种完整的编程语言，具有宏定义、条件等功能。因为这个解析器不是一个功" "能齐全的 nroff 解释器，所以它在使用这些工具的页面上将失败 (我框中大约有200个" "这样的页面)。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:78 msgid "Use the plain macro set" msgstr "使用普通宏集" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:79 msgid "" "There are still some macros which are not supported by po4a::man. This is " "only because I failed to find any documentation about them. Here is the list " "of unsupported macros used on my box. Note that this list isn't exhaustive " "since the program fails on the first encountered unsupported macro. If you " "have any information about some of these macros, I'll happily add support " "for them. Because of these macros, about 250 pages on my box are " "inaccessible to po4a::man." msgstr "" "仍然有一些宏不受 po4a::man 支持。这只是因为我找不到任何关于它们的文档。这是我" "的计算机上使用的不受支持的宏的列表。请注意，此列表并不详尽，因为程序在第一个" "遇到的不受支持的宏上失败。如果您有关于这些宏的任何信息，我很乐意添加对它们的" "支持。由于这些宏，po4a::man 无法访问我框中的大约 250 个页面。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:80 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .. .\" .AT .b .bank\n" " .BE ..br .Bu .BUGS .BY\n" " .ce .dbmmanage .do .En\n" " .EP .EX .Fi .hw .i\n" " .Id .l .LO .mf\n" " .N .na .NF .nh .nl\n" " .Nm .ns .NXR .OPTIONS .PB\n" " .pp .PR .PRE .PU .REq\n" " .RH .rn .S< .sh .SI\n" " .splitfont .Sx .T .TF .The\n" " .TT .UC .ul .Vb .zZ\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .. .\" .AT .b .bank\n" " .BE ..br .Bu .BUGS .BY\n" " .ce .dbmmanage .do .En\n" " .EP .EX .Fi .hw .i\n" " .Id .l .LO .mf\n" " .N .na .NF .nh .nl\n" " .Nm .ns .NXR .OPTIONS .PB\n" " .pp .PR .PRE .PU .REq\n" " .RH .rn .S< .sh .SI\n" " .splitfont .Sx .T .TF .The\n" " .TT .UC .ul .Vb .zZ\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:81 msgid "Hiding text from po4a" msgstr "从 po4a 隐藏文本" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:82 msgid "" "Sometimes, the author knows that some parts are not translatable, and should " "not be extracted by po4a. For example, an option may accept an I<other> " "argument, and I<other> may also appear as the last item of a list. In the " "first case, I<other> should be not be translatable. And in the second case, " "I<other> should be translated." msgstr "" "有时，作者知道有些部分是不可翻译的，不应该用 po4a 提取。例如，选项可能接受 " "I<other> 参数，并且 I<other> 也可能显示为列表的最后一项。在第一种情况下，" "I<other> 应该是不可翻译的。在第二种情况下，应该翻译 I<other>。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:83 msgid "" "In such case, the author can avoid po4a to extract some strings, using some " "special groff constructs:" msgstr "" "在这种情况下，作者可以避免 po4a 提取一些字符串，使用一些特殊的 groff 结构：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:84 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .if !'po4a'hide' .B other\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .if !'po4a'hide' .B other\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:85 msgid "(this will require the B<-o groff_code=verbatim> option)" msgstr "(这将需要 B<-o groff_code=verbatim> 选项)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:86 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A new macro can also be defined to automate this:\n" " .de IR_untranslated\n" " . IR \\\\$@\n" " ..\n" "\n" msgstr "" "还可以定义一个新的宏来自动执行：\n" " .de IR_untranslated\n" " . IR \\\\$@\n" " ..\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:87 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:90 #, no-wrap msgid "" " .IR_untranslated \\-q \", \" \\-\\-quiet\n" "\n" msgstr "" " .IR_untranslated \\-q \", \" \\-\\-quiet\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:88 msgid "" "(this will require the options B<-o groff_code=verbatim> and B<-o " "untranslated=IR_untranslated>; with this construct, the B<.if !'po4a'hide'> " "conditional is not strictly needed since po4a will not parse the internal of " "the macro definition)" msgstr "" "(这将需要选项 B<-o groff_code=verbatim> 和 B<-o " "untranslated=IR_untranslated>；使用此构造，不严格需要 B<.if !'po4a'hide'> 条" "件，因为 po4a 不会解析宏定义的内部)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:89 #, no-wrap msgid "" "or using an alias:\n" " .als IR_untranslated IR\n" "\n" msgstr "" "或使用别名：\n" " .als IR_untranslated IR\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:91 msgid "This will require the B<-o untranslated=als,IR_untranslated> option." msgstr "这将需要 B<-o untranslated=als,IR_untranslated> 选项。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:92 msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "结论" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:93 msgid "" "To summarise this section, keep simple, and don't try to be clever while " "authoring your man pages. A lot of things are possible in nroff, and not " "supported by this parser. For example, don't try to mess with \\c to " "interrupt the text processing (like 40 pages on my box do). Or, be sure to " "put the macro arguments on the same line that the macro itself. I know that " "it's valid in nroff, but would complicate too much the parser to be handled." msgstr "" "总结这一节，请保持简单，在编写手册页时不要试图变得聪明。很多事情在 nroff 中是" "可能的，并且不被这个解析器支持。例如，不要试图扰乱 \\c 来中断文本处理(就像我" "框中的 40 页一样)。或者，确保将宏参数与宏本身放在同一行。我知道它在 nroff 中" "是有效的，但是会使解析器过于复杂而无法处理。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:94 msgid "" "Of course, another possibility is to use another format, more translator " "friendly (like POD using po4a::pod, or one of the XML family like SGML), but " "thanks to po4a::man it isn't needed anymore. That being said, if the source " "format of your documentation is POD, or XML, it may be clever to translate " "the source format and not this generated one. In most cases, po4a::man will " "detect generated pages and issue a warning. It will even refuse to process " "POD generated pages, because those pages are perfectly handled by po4a::pod, " "and because their nroff counterpart defines a lot of new macros I didn't " "want to write support for. On my box, 1432 of the 4323 pages are generated " "from POD and will be ignored by po4a::man." msgstr "" "当然，另一种可能是使用另一种更便于翻译的格式(比如使用 po4a::pod 的 POD，或者" "像 SGML 这样的 XML 家族之一)，但是多亏了 po4a::man，它不再需要了。也就是说，" "如果您的文档的源格式是 POD 或 XML，那么转换源格式而不是这个生成的格式可能更聪" "明。在大多数情况下，po4a::man 将检测生成的页面并发出警告。它甚至会拒绝处理 " "POD 生成的页面，因为这些页面由 po4a::pod 完美地处理，而且它们的 nroff 对应项" "定义了许多我不想编写支持的新宏。在我的机器上，4323 个页面中的 1432 个是从 " "POD 生成的，将被 po4a::man 忽略。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:95 msgid "" "In most cases, po4a::man will detect the problem and refuse to process the " "page, issuing an adapted message. In some rare cases, the program will " "complete without warning, but the output will be wrong. Such cases are " "called \"bugs\" ;) If you encounter such case, be sure to report this, along " "with a fix when possible…" msgstr "" "在大多数情况下， po4a::man 会发现问题并拒绝处理页面，发出一个适应的消息。在一" "些罕见的情况下，程序将没有警告完成，但输出将是错误的。这种情况称为 \"bugs\"；" "如果遇到这种情况，请务必报告此情况，并在可能时进行修复…" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:97 msgid "This module can be used for most of the existing man pages." msgstr "此模块可用于大多数现有手册页。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:98 msgid "Some tests are regularly run on Linux boxes:" msgstr "一些测试定期在 Linux 机器上运行：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:99 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:101 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:103 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:105 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:42 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:49 msgid "*" msgstr "*" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:100 msgid "" "one third of the pages are refused because they were generated from another " "format supported by po4a (e.g. POD or SGML)." msgstr "" "三分之一的页面被拒绝，因为它们是从 po4a 支持的另一种格式 (例如 POD 或 SGML) " "生成的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:102 msgid "" "10% of the remaining pages are rejected with an error (e.g. a groff macro is " "not supported)." msgstr "10% 的剩余页面因错误而被拒绝(例如，不支持 groff 宏)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:104 msgid "" "Then, less than 1% of the pages are accepted silently by po4a, but with " "significant issues (i.e. missing words, or new words inserted)" msgstr "" "然后，只有不到 1% 的页面被 po4a 静默接受，但存在重大问题 (即丢失单词或插入新" "词)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:106 msgid "" "The other pages are usually handled without differences more important than " "spacing differences or line rewrapped (font issues in less than 10% of the " "processed pages)." msgstr "" "处理其他页面时通常没有比间距差异或换行更重要的差异 (只有不到 10% 的已处理页面" "出现字体问题)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:108 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:112 msgid "Copyright © 2002-2008 SPI, Inc." msgstr "版权所有 © 2002-2008 SPI, Inc." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Po - PO file manipulation module" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Po - PO 文件操作模块" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:4 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Po;\n" " my $pofile=Locale::Po4a::Po->new();\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:5 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Read PO file\n" " $pofile->read('file.po');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 读取 PO 文件\n" " $pofile->read('file.po');\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Add an entry\n" " $pofile->push('msgid' => 'Hello', 'msgstr' => 'bonjour',\n" " 'flags' => \"wrap\", 'reference'=>'file.c:46');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 添加条目\n" " $pofile->push('msgid' => 'Hello', 'msgstr' => '你好',\n" " 'flags' => \"wrap\", 'reference'=>'file.c:46');\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:7 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Extract a translation\n" " $pofile->gettext(\"Hello\"); # returns 'bonjour'\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 提取翻译\n" " $pofile->gettext(\"Hello\"); # 返回 'bonjour'\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:8 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Write back to a file\n" " $pofile->write('otherfile.po');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 写回文件\n" " $pofile->write('otherfile.po');\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:10 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Po is a module that allows you to manipulate message catalogs. " "You can load and write from/to a file (which extension is often I<po>), you " "can build new entries on the fly or request for the translation of a string." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Po 是一个允许您操作消息目录的模块。您可以从/向文件 (其扩展名通" "常是 I<po>) 加载和写入，您可以动态构建新条目或请求字符串翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:11 msgid "" "For a more complete description of message catalogs in the PO format and " "their use, please refer to the info documentation of the gettext program " "(node \"`PO Files\"')." msgstr "" "有关 PO 格式的消息目录及其使用的更完整说明，请参阅 gettext 程序(节点\"'PO 文" "件\"')的信息文档。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:12 msgid "" "This module is part of the po4a project, which objective is to use PO files " "(designed at origin to ease the translation of program messages) to " "translate everything, including documentation (man page, info manual), " "package description, debconf templates, and everything which may benefit " "from this." msgstr "" "此模块是 po4a 项目的一部分，该项目的目标是使用 PO 文件(在原始位置设计用于简化" "程序消息的翻译)来翻译所有内容，包括文档(手册页、信息手册)、软件包说明、" "debconf 模板以及可能从中受益的所有内容。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:28 msgid "Functions concerning entire message catalogs" msgstr "有关整个消息目录的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:29 msgid "new()" msgstr "new()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:30 msgid "" "Creates a new message catalog. If an argument is provided, it's the name of " "a PO file we should load." msgstr "创建新的消息目录。如果提供了参数，则它是我们应该加载的 PO 文件的名称。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:31 msgid "read($)" msgstr "read($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:32 msgid "" "Reads a PO file (which name is given as argument). Previously existing " "entries in self are not removed, the new ones are added to the end of the " "catalog." msgstr "" "读取 PO 文件(其名称作为参数给定)。self 中以前存在的条目不会删除，新条目会添加" "到目录的末尾。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:33 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:82 msgid "write($)" msgstr "write($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:34 msgid "Writes the current catalog to the given file." msgstr "将当前目录写入给定文件。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:35 msgid "write_if_needed($$)" msgstr "write_if_needed($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:36 msgid "" "Like write, but if the PO or POT file already exists, the object will be " "written in a temporary file which will be compared with the existing file to " "check if the update is needed (this avoids to change a POT just to update a " "line reference or the POT-Creation-Date field)." msgstr "" "与 write 类似，但如果 PO 或 POT 文件已经存在，则对象将被写入临时文件中，该临" "时文件将与现有文件进行比较，以检查是否需要更新 (这避免了仅仅为了更新线参考或 " "POT-Creation-Date 字段而更改 POT)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:37 msgid "filter($)" msgstr "filter($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:38 msgid "" "This function extracts a catalog from an existing one. Only the entries " "having a reference in the given file will be placed in the resulting catalog." msgstr "" "此函数用于从现有目录中提取目录。只有在给定文件中有引用的条目才会放入结果目录" "中。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:39 msgid "" "This function parses its argument, converts it to a Perl function " "definition, evals this definition and filters the fields for which this " "function returns true." msgstr "" "该函数解析其参数，将其转换为 Perl 函数定义，计算该定义的值，并筛选该函数返回 " "true 的字段。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:40 msgid "I love Perl sometimes ;)" msgstr "我有时喜欢 Perl ;)" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:41 msgid "Functions to use a message catalog for translations" msgstr "使用消息目录进行翻译的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:42 msgid "gettext($%)" msgstr "gettext($%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:43 msgid "" "Request the translation of the string given as argument in the current " "catalog. The function returns the original (untranslated) string if the " "string was not found." msgstr "" "请求翻译当前目录中作为参数给定的字符串。如果未找到原始 (未翻译) 字符串，该函" "数将返回该字符串。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:44 msgid "" "After the string to translate, you can pass a hash of extra arguments. Here " "are the valid entries:" msgstr "在要转换的字符串之后，可以传递一组额外的参数。以下是有效的条目：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:75 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:123 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:14 msgid "B<wrap>" msgstr "B<wrap>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:46 msgid "" "boolean indicating whether we can consider that whitespaces in string are " "not important. If yes, the function canonizes the string before looking for " "a translation, and wraps the result." msgstr "" "指示我们是否可以认为字符串中的空格不重要的布尔值。如果是，则该函数在查找翻译" "之前对字符串进行规范化，并对结果进行封装。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:78 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:125 msgid "B<wrapcol>" msgstr "B<wrapcol>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:48 msgid "the column at which we should wrap (default: 76)." msgstr "我们应该换行的列 (默认值：76)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:49 msgid "stats_get()" msgstr "stats_get()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:50 msgid "" "Returns statistics about the hit ratio of gettext since the last time that " "stats_clear() was called. Please note that it's not the same statistics than " "the one printed by msgfmt --statistic. Here, it's statistics about recent " "usage of the PO file, while msgfmt reports the status of the file. Example " "of use:" msgstr "" "返回自上次调用 stats_clear() 以来 gettext 命中率的统计信息。请注意，它与 " "msgfmt --statistic 打印的统计数据不同。这里，它是关于 PO 文件最近使用情况的统" "计信息，而 msgfmt 报告文件的状态。使用示例：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:51 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [some use of the PO file to translate stuff]\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [使用 PO 文件翻译内容]\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:52 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $pofile->stats_get();\n" " print \"So far, we found translations for $percent\\% ($hit of $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n" "\n" msgstr "" " ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $pofile->stats_get();\n" " print \"So far, we found translations for $percent\\% ($hit of $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n" "\n" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:53 msgid "stats_clear()" msgstr "stats_clear()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:54 msgid "Clears the statistics about gettext hits." msgstr "清除有关 gettext 命中的统计信息。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:55 msgid "Functions to build a message catalog" msgstr "用于构建消息目录的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:56 msgid "push(%)" msgstr "push(%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:57 msgid "" "Push a new entry at the end of the current catalog. The arguments should " "form a hash table. The valid keys are:" msgstr "在当前目录的末尾推送新条目。参数应形成哈希表。有效密钥为：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:58 msgid "B<msgid>" msgstr "B<msgid>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:59 msgid "the string in original language." msgstr "原始语言的字符串。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:60 msgid "B<msgstr>" msgstr "B<msgstr>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:61 msgid "the translation." msgstr "翻译。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:62 msgid "B<reference>" msgstr "B<reference>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:63 msgid "" "an indication of where this string was found. Example: file.c:46 (meaning in " "'file.c' at line 46). It can be a space-separated list in case of multiple " "occurrences." msgstr "" "指示找到此字符串的地点。示例：file.c:46(意思是在第 46 行的 'file.c' 中)。它可" "以是空格分隔列表，以防发生多次。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:64 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:128 msgid "B<comment>" msgstr "B<comment>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:65 msgid "" "a comment added here manually (by the translators). The format here is free." msgstr "此处手动添加的评论（由翻译人员）。此处的格式是免费的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:66 msgid "B<automatic>" msgstr "B<automatic>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:67 msgid "" "a comment which was automatically added by the string extraction program. " "See the B<--add-comments> option of the B<xgettext> program for more " "information." msgstr "" "由字符串提取程序自动添加的注释。有关详细信息，请参阅 B<--add-comments> 程序" "的 B<xgettext> 选项。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:68 msgid "B<flags>" msgstr "B<flags>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:69 msgid "space-separated list of all defined flags for this entry." msgstr "此条目的所有已定义标志的以空格分隔的列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:70 msgid "" "Valid flags are: B<c-text>, B<python-text>, B<lisp-text>, B<elisp-text>, " "B<librep-text>, B<smalltalk-text>, B<java-text>, B<awk-text>, B<object-" "pascal-text>, B<ycp-text>, B<tcl-text>, B<wrap>, B<no-wrap> and B<fuzzy>." msgstr "" "有效标志为： B<c-text>, B<python-text>, B<lisp-text>, B<elisp-text>, " "B<librep-text>, B<smalltalk-text>, B<java-text>, B<awk-text>, B<object-" "pascal-text>, B<ycp-text>, B<tcl-text>, B<wrap>, B<no-wrap> 和 B<fuzzy>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:71 msgid "See the gettext documentation for their meaning." msgstr "有关它们的含义，请参阅 gettext 文档。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:72 msgid "B<type>" msgstr "B<type>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:73 msgid "" "this is mostly an internal argument: it is used while gettextizing " "documents. The idea here is to parse both the original and the translation " "into a PO object, and merge them, using one's msgid as msgid and the other's " "msgid as msgstr. To make sure that things get ok, each msgid in PO objects " "are given a type, based on their structure (like \"chapt\", \"sect1\", \"p\" " "and so on in DocBook). If the types of strings are not the same, that means " "that both files do not share the same structure, and the process reports an " "error." msgstr "" "这主要是一个内部参数：它是在对文档进行获取文本化时使用的。这里的想法是将原始" "和翻译都解析成 PO 对象，并将它们合并，使用一个的 msgid 作为 msgid，使用另一个" "的 msgid 作为 msgstr。为了确保一切正常，PO 对象中的每个 msgid 都根据它们的结" "构 (就像 DocBook 中的 \"chapt\"、\"sect1\"、\"p\" 等)被赋予一个类型。如果字符" "串类型不同，则意味着两个文件不共享相同的结构，并且该过程会报告错误。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:74 msgid "" "This information is written as automatic comment in the PO file since this " "gives to translators some context about the strings to translate." msgstr "" "此信息在 PO 文件中作为自动注释写入，因为这为翻译人员提供了有关要翻译的字符串" "的一些上下文。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:76 msgid "" "boolean indicating whether whitespaces can be mangled in cosmetic " "reformattings. If true, the string is canonized before use." msgstr "" "指示在外观中是否可以损坏空格的布尔值。如果为 true，则字符串在使用之前被规范" "化。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:77 msgid "" "This information is written to the PO file using the B<wrap> or B<no-wrap> " "flag." msgstr "此信息使用 B<wrap> 或 B<no-wrap> 标志写入 PO 文件。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:79 msgid "ignored; the key is kept for backward computability." msgstr "" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:80 msgid "Miscellaneous functions" msgstr "其他功能" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:81 msgid "count_entries()" msgstr "count_entries()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:82 msgid "Returns the number of entries in the catalog (without the header)." msgstr "返回目录中的条目数 (不带标题)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:83 msgid "count_entries_doc()" msgstr "count_entries_doc()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:84 msgid "" "Returns the number of entries in document. If a string appears multiple " "times in the document, it will be counted multiple times." msgstr "" "返回文档中的条目数。如果一个字符串在文档中出现多次，则会对其进行多次计数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:85 msgid "msgid($)" msgstr "msgid($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:86 msgid "Returns the msgid of the given number." msgstr "返回给定数字的 msgid。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:87 msgid "msgid_doc($)" msgstr "msgid_doc($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:88 msgid "Returns the msgid with the given position in the document." msgstr "返回文档中具有给定位置的 msgid。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:89 #, fuzzy #| msgid "msgid_doc($)" msgid "type_doc($)" msgstr "msgid_doc($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:90 msgid "" "Returns the type of the msgid with the given position in the document. This " "is probably only useful to gettextization, and it's stored separately from " "{$msgid}{'type'} because the later location may be overwritten by another " "type when the $msgid is duplicated in the master document." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:91 msgid "get_charset()" msgstr "get_charset()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:92 msgid "" "Returns the character set specified in the PO header. If it hasn't been set, " "it will return \"UTF-8\"." msgstr "返回 PO 标头中指定的字符集。如果没有设置，则返回 \"UTF-8\"。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Pod - convert POD data from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Pod - 将 POD 数据从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:4 #, no-wrap msgid "" " use Locale::Po4a::Pod;\n" " my $parser = Locale::Po4a::Pod->new();\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:5 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.\n" " $parser->parse_from_filehandle;\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 从标准输入读取 POD 并写入标准输出。\n" " $parser->parse_from_filehandle;\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:6 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.\n" " $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 从 file.pod 读取 POD 并写入 file.txt。\n" " $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:8 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Pod is a module to help the translation of documentation in " "the POD format (the preferred language for documenting Perl) into other " "[human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Pod 是一个模块，用于帮助将 POD 格式(编写 Perl 文档的首选语言)的" "文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:10 msgid "" "I think that this module is rock stable, and there is only one known bug " "with F</usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod> (and some other pages, see below) " "which contains:" msgstr "" "我认为这个模块非常稳定，F</usr/lib/perl5/tk/MainWindow.pod> (以及其他一些页" "面，见下文)中只有一个已知的 bug：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:11 #, no-wrap msgid "" " C<\" #n\">\n" "\n" msgstr "" " C<\" #n\">\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:12 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Lack of luck, in the po4a version, this was split on the space by the " #| "wrapping. As result, in the original version, the man page contains" msgid "" "Lack of luck, in the po4a version, this was split on the space by the " "wrapping. As result, in the original version, the man page contains:" msgstr "" "运气不佳，在 po4a 版本中，这是通过封装在空间上分开的。因此，在原始版本中，手" "册页包含" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:13 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \" #n\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " \" #n\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:14 #, fuzzy #| msgid "and mine contains" msgid "and mine contains:" msgstr "而我的则包含" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:15 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \"\" #n\"\"\n" "\n" msgstr "" " \"\" #n\"\"\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:16 msgid "which is logic since CE<lt>foobarE<gt> is rewritten \"foobar\"." msgstr "这是因为 CE<lt>foobarE<gt> 被重写为 \"foobar\" 的逻辑。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:17 msgid "" "Complete list of pages having this problem on my box (from 564 pages; note " "that it depends on the chosen wrapping column):" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:18 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Complete list of pages having this problem on my box (from 564 pages; note that it depends on the chosen wrapping column): /usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod" msgid "" " /usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod\n" " /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod\n" "\n" msgstr "我的框中有此问题的页面的完整列表(来自 564 页；请注意，这取决于所选的换行列)：/usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:19 msgid "INTERNALS" msgstr "内件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:20 msgid "" "As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Locale::Po4a::Pod supports the same " "methods and interfaces. See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, " "one creates a new parser with C<< Locale::Po4a::Pod->new() >> and then calls " "either parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file()." msgstr "" "作为 Pod::Parser 的派生类，Locale::Po4a::Pod 支持相同的方法和接口。有关所有细" "节，请参见 L<Pod::Parser>；简而言之，使用 C<< Locale::Po4a::Pod->new() >> 创" "建一个新的解析器，然后调用 parse_from_filehandle() 或 parse_from_file()。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:22 msgid "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::" "TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc -- Convert Ruby Document data from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc - - 将 Ruby 文档数据从 PO 文件转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc is a module to help the translation of documentation " "in the Ruby Document (RD) format (a language used to document Ruby) into " "other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc 是一个帮助将 Ruby 文档 (RD) 格式(一种用于记录 Ruby 的语" "言) 格式的文档翻译成其他[人类]语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:7 msgid "" "This module has been successfully tested on simple Ruby Document files " "covering a good part of the format syntax." msgstr "" "该模块已经在简单的 Ruby 文档文件上成功测试，该文件涵盖了格式语法的很大一部" "分。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:8 msgid "" "A known limitation is that it fails to properly recognize the stacked " "structure of input Ruby Document: this implies that when, for instance, an " "EnumListItem consists of more than one Block, only the first Block is " "actually recognized as EnumListItem, while the subsequent ones are " "considered just as TextBlocks..." msgstr "" "一个已知的限制是它无法正确识别输入 Ruby 文档的堆叠结构：这意味着，例如，当一" "个 EnumListItem 由多个 Block 组成时，只有第一个 Block 实际上被识别为 " "EnumListItem，而后续的块被视为TextBlock..." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:10 msgid "This module supports the following option:" msgstr "此模块支持以下选项：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:11 msgid "B<puredoc>" msgstr "B<puredoc>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:12 msgid "" "Handle files entirely made of Ruby Document formatted text (without any " "\"=begin\" line)." msgstr "处理完全由 Ruby 文档格式的文本组成的文件(没有任何 \"=begin\" 行)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:13 msgid "" "By default, this module only handles Ruby Document formatted text between " "\"=begin\" and \"=end\" lines (hence ignoring, among other things, " "everything that precedes the first \"=begin\" line)." msgstr "" "默认情况下，该模块只处理 \"=begin\" 和 \"=end\" 行之间的 Ruby 文档格式的文本" "(因此忽略第一行 \"=begin\" 之前的所有内容)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:15 msgid "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>" msgstr "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:17 msgid "Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>" msgstr "Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:19 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2016-2017 Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有©2016-2017 Francesco Poli<wintermuto@paranoic.org>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:20 msgid "" "This work is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under " "the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "本作品是自由软件；您可以根据自由软件基金会发布的 GNU 通用公共许可证的条款重新" "分发和/或修改它；可以是许可证的版本 2，也可以是(根据您的选择)任何更高版本。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:21 msgid "" "This work is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "分发这项工作的目的是希望它有用，但没有任何担保；甚至没有对适销性或是否适合特" "定目的的默示担保。有关详细信息，请参阅 GNU 通用公共许可证。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:22 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA." msgstr "" "您应该已经收到了 GNU 通用公共许可证的副本；如果没有，请写信给自由软件基金会，" "Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:23 msgid "" "Parts of the code (such as many regular expressions) were adapted from the " "source of rdtool, under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version " "2 or later. These parts are originally:" msgstr "" "根据 GNU 通用公共许可证版本 2 或更高版本的条款，部分代码(如许多正则表达式)改" "编自 rdTool 的源代码。这些部分最初是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:24 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2004 MoonWolf <moonwolf@moonwolf.com>\n" " Copyright © 2011-2012 Youhei SASAKI <uwabami@gfd-dennou.org>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有©2004 Moonwolf <moonwolf@moonwolf.com>\n" "版权所有©2011-2012 Youhei SASAKI <uwabami@gfd-dennou.org>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:25 msgid "" "The initialize code was adapted from the source of Locale::Po4a::Text, under " "the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2 or later. This code " "was originally:" msgstr "" "根据 GNU 通用公共许可证版本 2 或更高版本的条款，从 Locale::Po4a::Text 的源代" "码改编了初始化代码。此代码最初是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:26 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Sgml - convert SGML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Sgml - 将 SGML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Sgml is a module to help the translation of documentation in " "the SGML format into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Sgml 是一个帮助将 SGML 格式的文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:6 msgid "" "This module uses B<onsgmls>(1) to parse the SGML files. Make sure it is " "installed. Also make sure that the DTD of the SGML files are installed in " "the system." msgstr "" "本模块使用 B<onsgmls>(1) 解析 SGML 文件。确保它已安装。还要确保 SGML 文件的 " "DTD 已安装在系统中。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:9 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of keywords indicating which part you want to debug. " #| "Possible values are: tag, generic, entities and refs." msgid "" "Space-separated list of keywords indicating which category of extra debug " "messages should be shown. Possible values are: C<entities>, C<generic>, " "C<onsgml>, C<refs> and C<tag>." msgstr "" "空格分隔的关键字列表，指示要调试的部件。可能的值有：标记、类属、图元和参照。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:11 msgid "Give more information about what's going on." msgstr "给出更多关于正在发生的事情的信息。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:60 msgid "B<translate>" msgstr "B<translate>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:13 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) whose " #| "content should form an extra msgid." msgid "" "Space-separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) whose " "content should form an extra msgid, i.e that should be translated." msgstr "" "空格分隔的额外标记列表 (除了 DTD 提供的标记之外)，其内容应形成额外的 msgid。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:14 msgid "B<section>" msgstr "B<section>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:15 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) " #| "containing other tags, some of them being of category B<translate>." msgid "" "Space-separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) " "containing other tags, some of them being of category B<translate>." msgstr "" "空格分隔的包含其他标记的额外标记列表 (除了 DTD 提供的标记之外)，其中一些标记" "属于 B<translate> 类别。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:16 msgid "B<indent>" msgstr "B<indent>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:17 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space separated list of tags which increase the indentation level." msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags which increase the indentation level. This will " "affect the identation in the resulting document." msgstr "增加缩进级别的以空格分隔的标记列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:23 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:19 msgid "B<verbatim>" msgstr "B<verbatim>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:19 msgid "" "The layout within those tags should not be changed. The paragraph won't get " "wrapped, and no extra indentation space or new line will be added for " "cosmetic purpose." msgstr "" "这些标签内的布局不应更改。段落不会换行，也不会添加额外的缩进空间或新行用于修" "饰。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:20 msgid "B<empty>" msgstr "B<empty>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:21 msgid "Tags not needing to be closed." msgstr "标签不需要关闭。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:22 msgid "B<ignore>" msgstr "B<ignore>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Tags ignored and considered as plain char data by po4a. That is to say " #| "that they can be part of an msgid. For example, E<lt>bE<gt> is a good " #| "candidate for this category since putting it in the translate section " #| "would create msgids not being whole sentences, which is bad." msgid "" "Tags ignored and considered as plain char data by po4a. That is to say that " "they can be part of an msgid. For example, E<lt>bE<gt> is a good candidate " "for this category since putting it in the B<translate> section would create " "a msgids with only its content, (and it's ususally not a whole sentence), " "which is bad." msgstr "" "标签被 po4a 忽略并视为纯字符数据。也就是说，它们可以是 msgid 的一部分。例如，" "E<lt>bE<gt> 是此类别的一个很好的候选者，因为将其放入翻译部分会创建不是完整句" "子的 msgid，这是不好的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:24 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:48 msgid "B<attributes>" msgstr "B<attributes>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:25 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A space separated list of attributes that need to be translated. You can " #| "specify the attributes by their name (for example, \"lang\"), but you can " #| "also prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will " #| "only be translated when it is into the specified tag. For example: " #| "E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt>lang specifies that the lang attribute will " #| "only be translated if it is in an E<lt>aaaE<gt> tag, which is in a " #| "E<lt>bbbE<gt> tag. The tag names are actually regular expressions so you " #| "can also write things like E<lt>aaa|bbbbE<gt>lang to only translate lang " #| "attributes that are in an E<lt>aaaE<gt> or a E<lt>bbbE<gt> tag." msgid "" "A space-separated list of attributes that need to be translated. You can " "specify the attributes by their name (for example, C<lang>), but you can " "also prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will " "only be translated when it is into the specified tag. For example: C<< " "<bbb><aaa>lang >> specifies that the lang attribute will only be translated " "if it is in an C<< <aaa> >> tag, which is in a C<< <bbb> >> tag. The tag " "names are actually regular expressions so you can also write things like C<< " "<aaa|bbb>lang >> to only translate C<lang> attributes that are in an C<< " "<aaa> >> or a C<< <bbb> >> tag." msgstr "" "需要转换的属性的空格分隔列表。您可以按属性的名称指定属性(例如，\"lang\"(语" "言))，但也可以在其前面加上标记层次结构，以指定此属性仅在转换为指定的标记时才" "会被转换。例如：E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt> lang 指定只有当 lang 属性在 " "E<lt>aaaE<gt> 标记中(该标记在 E<lt>bbbE<gt> 标记中)时，lang 属性才会被转换。" "标记名称实际上是正则表达式，因此您还可以编写类似 E<lt>aaa|bbbbE<gt> lang 这样" "的内容，以便仅转换 E<lt>aaaE<gt> 或 E<lt>bbbE<gt> 标记中的 lang 属性。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:26 msgid "B<qualify>" msgstr "B<qualify>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:27 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A space separated list of attributes for which the translation must be " #| "qualified by the attribute name. Note that this setting automatically " #| "adds the given attribute into the 'attributes' list too." msgid "" "A space-separated list of attributes for which the translation must be " "qualified by the attribute name, i.e. the text extracted for the " "transalation will include both the attributes name and it's value. e.g. for " "a tag like C<< <aaa lang_en=\"foo\"> >> translators will be presented with " "the string C<lang_en=\"foo\">. Note that this also automatically adds the " "given attribute into the B<attributes> list too." msgstr "" "翻译必须由属性名称限定的属性的空格分隔列表。请注意，此设置会自动将给定属性添" "加到\"属性\"列表中。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:28 msgid "B<force>" msgstr "B<force>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:29 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Proceed even if the DTD is unknown or if onsgmls finds errors in the " #| "input file." msgid "" "Proceed even if the DTD is unknown or if B<onsgmls> finds errors in the " "input file." msgstr "即使 DTD 未知或 onsgmls 在输入文件中发现错误，也要继续。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:30 msgid "B<include-all>" msgstr "B<include-all>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:31 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default, msgids containing only one entity (like '&version;') are " #| "skipped for the translator comfort. Activating this option prevents this " #| "optimisation. It can be useful if the document contains a construction " #| "like \"<title>Á\", even if I doubt such things to ever " #| "happen..." msgid "" "By default, msgids containing only one entity (like C<&version;>) are " "skipped for the translators' comfort. Activating this option prevents this " "optimisation. It can be useful if the document contains a construction like " "C<< Á >>, even if I doubt such things to ever happen..." msgstr "" "默认情况下，仅包含一个实体(如 '&version;')的 msgid 会被跳过，以方便翻译人员使" "用。激活此选项可阻止此优化。如果文档包含像 \"Á\" 这样的" "结构，那么它可能会很有用，即使我怀疑这样的事情是否会发生……" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:32 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:33 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space separated list of entities that won't be inlined. Use this option " #| "with caution: it may cause onsgmls (used internally) to add tags and " #| "render the output document invalid." msgid "" "Space-separated list of entities that won't be inlined. Use this option " "with caution: it may cause B (used internally) to add tags and " "render the output document invalid." msgstr "" "不会内联的实体的空格分隔列表。请谨慎使用此选项：它可能会导致 onsgmls (内部使" "用) 添加标记并使输出文档无效。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The result is perfect. I.e., the generated documents are exactly the " #| "same. But there are still some problems:" msgid "" "The result is perfect. I.e., the generated documents are exactly the same as " "the originals. But there are still some problems:" msgstr "结果是完美的。即生成的文档完全相同。但是仍然存在一些问题：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The error output of onsgmls is redirected to /dev/null by default, which " #| "is clearly bad. I don't know how to avoid that." msgid "" "The error output of B is redirected to /dev/null by default, which " "is clearly bad. I don't know how to avoid that." msgstr "" "默认情况下，onsgmls 的错误输出被重定向到 /dev/null，这显然是错误的。我不知道" "如何避免这一点。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:38 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The problem is that I have to \"protect\" the conditional inclusions (i." #| "e. the C! [ %foo [> and C<]]E> stuff) from onsgmls. Otherwise " #| "onsgmls eats them, and I don't know how to restore them in the final " #| "document. To prevent that, I rewrite them to C<{PO4A-beg-foo}> and " #| "C<{PO4A-end}>." msgid "" "The problem is that I have to \"protect\" the conditional inclusions (i.e. " "the C! [ %foo [> and C<]]E> stuff) from B. Otherwise " "B eats them, and I don't know how to restore them in the final " "document. To prevent that, I rewrite them to C<{PO4A-beg-foo}> and C<{PO4A-" "end}>." msgstr "" "问题是我必须 \"protect\" 条件包含(即C! [ %foo [> and C<]]E> stuff) " "不受 onsgmls 的影响。否则 onsgmls 会吃掉它们，我不知道如何在最终文档中恢复它" "们。为了防止出现这种情况，我将它们重写为 C<{PO4A-beg-foo}> 和 C<{PO4A-end}>。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:39 msgid "" "The problem with this is that the C<{PO4A-end}> and such I add are invalid " "in the document (not in a EpE tag or so)." msgstr "" "这样做的问题是，C<{PO4A-end}> 和 I 添加的内容在文档中无效(不在 EpE 标" "记中)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If you want to view the onsgmls output, just add the following to your " #| "command line (or po4a configuration line):" msgid "" "If you want to view the B output, just add the following to your " "command line (or po4a configuration line):" msgstr "如果您想查看在输出，请将以下内容添加到命令行(或 po4a 配置行)：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:41 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -o debug=onsgmls\n" "\n" msgstr "" " -o debug=onsgmls\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:43 msgid "" "It does work only with the DebianDoc and DocBook DTD. Adding support for a " "new DTD should be very easy. The mechanism is the same for every DTD, you " "just have to give a list of the existing tags and some of their " "characteristics." msgstr "" "它只适用于 DebianDoc 和 DocBook DTD。添加对新 DTD 的支持应该非常容易。该机制" "对于每个 DTD 都是相同的，您只需给出现有标记及其一些特征的列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:44 msgid "" "I agree, this needs some more documentation, but it is still considered as " "beta, and I hate to document stuff which may/will change." msgstr "" "我同意，这需要更多的文档，但它仍然被认为是测试版，我讨厌记录可能/将会改变的东" "西。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:46 msgid "" "Warning, support for DTDs is quite experimental. I did not read any " "reference manual to find the definition of every tag. I did add tag " "definition to the module 'till it works for some documents I found on the " "net. If your document use more tags than mine, it won't work. But as I said " "above, fixing that should be quite easy." msgstr "" "警告，对 DTD 的支持只是试验性的。我没有阅读任何参考手册来查找每个标签的定义。" "我确实在模块中添加了标签定义，直到它适用于我在网上找到的一些文档。如果你的文" "档使用的标签比我的多，它就不会起作用。但正如我上面所说的，修复这个问题应该是" "相当容易的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:47 msgid "" "I did test DocBook against the SAG (System Administrator Guide) only, but " "this document is quite big, and should use most of the DocBook specificities." msgstr "" "我只针对 SAG (系统管理员指南)测试了 DocBook，但是这个文档相当大，应该使用大多" "数 DocBook 特性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:48 msgid "" "For DebianDoc, I tested some of the manuals from the DDP, but not all yet." msgstr "对于 DebianDoc，我测试了 DDP 的一些手册，但还没有全部测试。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:50 msgid "" "In case of file inclusion, string reference of messages in PO files (i.e. " "lines like C<#: en/titletoc.sgml:9460>) will be wrong." msgstr "" "在包含文件的情况下，PO 文件中消息的字符串引用(即类似 C<#: en/titletoc." "sgml:9460> 的行)将是错误的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "This is because I preprocess the file to protect the conditional " #| "inclusion (i.e. the C! [ %foo [> and C<]]E> stuff) and some " #| "entities (like &version;) from onsgmls because I want them verbatim to " #| "the generated document. For that, I make a temp copy of the input file " #| "and do all the changes I want to this before passing it to onsgmls for " #| "parsing." msgid "" "This is because I preprocess the file to protect the conditional inclusion " "(i.e. the C! [ %foo [> and C<]]E> stuff) and some entities (like " "C<&version;>) from B because I want them verbatim to the generated " "document. For that, I make a temp copy of the input file and do all the " "changes I want to this before passing it to B for parsing." msgstr "" "这是因为我对文件进行了预处理，以保护条件包含 (即 C! [ %foo [> and " "C<]]E> 内容) 和某些实体 (如 &version;) 不受 onsgmls 的影响，因为我希望它" "们与生成的文档保持原样。为此，我创建了输入文件的临时副本，并在将其传递给 " "onsgmls 进行解析之前对其进行了所有我想要的更改。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:52 msgid "" "So that it works, I replace the entities asking for a file inclusion by the " "content of the given file (so that I can protect what needs to be in a " "subfile also). But nothing is done so far to correct the references (i.e., " "filename and line number) afterward. I'm not sure what the best thing to do " "is." msgstr "" "为了使其正常工作，我将请求包含文件的实体替换为给定文件的内容 (这样我也可以保" "护子文件中需要的内容)。但是到目前为止，没有采取任何措施来纠正后面的引用 (即文" "件名和行号)。我不确定最好的办法是什么。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:54 msgid "" "This module is an adapted version of sgmlspl (SGML postprocessor for the " "ONSGMLS parser) which was:" msgstr "" "此模块是 sgmlspl (用于 ONSGMLS 解析器的 SGML 后处理器) 的改编版本，它是：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:55 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 1995 David Megginson \n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 1995 David Megginson \n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:56 msgid "The adaptation for po4a was done by:" msgstr "对 po4a 的改编是通过以下方式完成的：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:59 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 1995 David Megginson .\n" " Copyright © 2002-2005 SPI, Inc.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 1995 David Megginson 。\n" " 版权所有 © 2002-2005 SPI, Inc.\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::TeX - convert TeX documents and derivatives from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::TeX - 将 TeX 文档和衍生品从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::TeX is a module to help the translation of TeX documents into " "other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules for " "TeX-based documents." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::TeX 是一个帮助将 TeX 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。它还可以" "用作构建基于 TeX 文档的模块的基础。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:6 msgid "" "Users should probably use the LaTeX module, which inherits from the TeX " "module and contains the definitions of common LaTeX commands." msgstr "" "用户可能应该使用 LaTeX 模块，它继承自 TeX 模块并包含常见 LaTeX 命令的定义。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:7 msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::TEX" msgstr "使用 PO4A::TEX 进行翻译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:8 msgid "" "This module can be used directly to handle generic TeX documents. This will " "split your document in smaller blocks (paragraphs, verbatim blocks, or even " "smaller like titles or indexes)." msgstr "" "此模块可直接用于处理通用 TeX 文档。这将把您的文档拆分成更小的块 (段落、逐字" "块，甚至更小的块，如标题或索引)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:9 msgid "" "There are some options (described in the next section) that can customize " "this behavior. If this doesn't fit to your document format you're " "encouraged to write your own derivative module from this, to describe your " "format's details. See the section B below, for " "the process description." msgstr "" "有一些选项(将在下一节中介绍)可以自定义此行为。如果这不适合您的文档格式，我们" "鼓励您编写自己的派生模块，以描述您的格式的详细信息。有关流程描述，请参阅下面" "的 B 小节。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:10 msgid "" "This module can also be customized by lines starting with \"% po4a:\" in the " "TeX file. This process is described in the B section." msgstr "" "该模块还可以通过 TeX 文件中以 \"% po4a:\" 开头的行进行定制。此过程在 " "B 一节中介绍。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:16 msgid "Comma-separated list of environments which should not be re-wrapped." msgstr "不应重新封装的环境的逗号分隔列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:17 msgid "" "Note that there is a difference between verbatim and no_wrap environments. " "There is no command and comments analysis in verbatim blocks." msgstr "" "请注意，逐字和 no_wrap 环境之间存在差异。在逐字逐句的块中没有命令和注释分析。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:25 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:54 msgid "" "If this environment was not already registered, po4a will consider that this " "environment does not take any parameters." msgstr "如果此环境尚未注册，则 po4a 将考虑此环境不会接受任何参数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:19 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:20 msgid "" "Colon-separated list of files that should not be included by \\input and " "\\include." msgstr "不应由 \\input 和 \\include 包含的文件的冒号分隔列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:24 msgid "Comma-separated list of environments which should be taken as verbatim." msgstr "应逐字处理的环境的逗号分隔列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:26 msgid "" "Use these options to override the default behavior of the defined commands." msgstr "使用这些选项可以替代已定义命令的默认行为。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:28 msgid "" "The TeX module can be customized with lines starting by B<% po4a:>. These " "lines are interpreted as commands to the parser. The following commands are " "recognized:" msgstr "" "TeX 模块可以使用以 B<% po4a:> 开头的行进行自定义。这些行被解释为解析器的命" "令。可以识别以下命令：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:29 msgid "B<% po4a: command> I B I" msgstr "B<% po4a: command> I B I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:30 msgid "" "Indicates that the arguments of the I command should be treated as " "the arguments of the I command." msgstr "指示 I 命令的参数应作为 I 命令的参数处理。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:31 msgid "B<% po4a: command> I I" msgstr "B<% po4a: command> I I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:32 msgid "" "This describes in detail the parameters of the I command. This " "information will be used to check the number of arguments and their types." msgstr "" "这详细描述了 I 命令的参数。此信息将用于检查参数的数量及其类型。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:33 msgid "You can precede the I command by" msgstr "您可以在 I 之前加上" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:34 msgid "an asterisk (B<*>)" msgstr "一个星号 (B<*>)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:35 msgid "" "po4a will extract this command from paragraphs (if it is located at the " "beginning or the end of a paragraph). The translators will then have to " "translate the parameters that are marked as translatable." msgstr "" "po4a 将从段落中提取此命令 (如果它位于段落的开头或结尾)。然后，翻译者必须翻译" "标记为可翻译的参数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:36 msgid "a plus (B<+>)" msgstr "一个加号 (B<+>)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:37 msgid "" "As for an asterisk, the command will be extracted if it appear at an " "extremity of a block, but the parameters won't be translated separately. " "The translator will have to translate the command concatenated to all its " "parameters. This keeps more context, and is useful for commands with small " "words in parameter, which can have multiple meanings (and translations)." msgstr "" "对于星号，如果它出现在块的末端，命令将被提取，但参数不会单独转换。翻译器将不" "得不翻译连接到其所有参数的命令。这保留了更多的上下文，并且对于参数中包含较小" "单词的命令非常有用，这些命令可以有多种含义(和翻译)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:38 msgid "" "Note: In this case you don't have to specify which parameters are " "translatable, but po4a must know the type and number of parameters." msgstr "" "注意：在这种情况下，您不必指定哪些参数是可翻译的，但 po4a 必须知道参数的类型" "和数量。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:39 msgid "a minus (B<->)" msgstr "一个减号 (B<->)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:40 msgid "" "In this case, the command won't be extracted from any block. But if it " "appears alone on a block, then only the parameters marked as translatable " "will be presented to the translator. This is useful for font commands. " "These commands should generally not be separated from their paragraph (to " "keep the context), but there is no reason to annoy the translator with them " "if a whole string is enclosed in such a command." msgstr "" "在这种情况下，不会从任何块中提取命令。但是如果它单独出现在块上，那么只有标记" "为可翻译的参数才会显示给翻译器。这对于字体命令很有用。这些命令通常不应该与它" "们的段落分开(以保持上下文)，但是如果整个字符串都包含在这样的命令中，就没有理" "由用它们来烦扰翻译人员。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:41 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The I argument is a set of [] (to indicate an optional\n" "argument) or {} (to indicate a mandatory argument).\n" "You can place an underscore (_) between these brackets to indicate that\n" "the parameter must be translated. For example:\n" " % po4a: command *chapter [_]{_}\n" "\n" msgstr "" "参数是一组 [] (表示可选的。\n" "参数) 或 {} (指示强制参数)。\n" "您可以在这些方括号之间加一个下划线 (_) 来表示。\n" "必须翻译该参数。例如：\n" " % po4a: command *chapter [_]{_}\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:42 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This indicates that the chapter command has two parameters: an optional\n" "(short title) and a mandatory one, which must both be translated.\n" "If you want to specify that the href command has two mandatory parameters,\n" "that you don't want to translate the URL (first parameter), and that you\n" "don't want this command to be separated from its paragraph (which allow\n" "the translator to move the link in the sentence), you can use:\n" " % po4a: command -href {}{_}\n" "\n" msgstr "" "这表明章节命令有两个参数：可选的。\n" "(简称) 和强制性的，都必须翻译。\n" "如果要指定 href 命令有两个必需参数，\n" "您不想转换 URL (第一个参数)，并且您。\n" "我不希望此命令与其段落 (允许。\n" "翻译器移动句子中的链接)，您可以使用：\n" " % po4a: command -href {}{_}\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:43 msgid "" "In this case, the information indicating which arguments must be translated " "is only used if a paragraph is only composed of this href command." msgstr "" "在这种情况下，仅当段落仅由此 href 命令组成时，才使用指示必须翻译哪些参数的信" "息。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:44 msgid "B<% po4a: environment> I I" msgstr "B<% po4a: environment> I I" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:45 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This defines the parameters accepted by the I environment and specifies the ones to be translated.\n" "This information is later used to check the number of arguments of the\n" "\\begin command.\n" "The syntax of the I argument is the same as described for the\n" "others commands.\n" "The first parameter of the \\begin command is the name of the environment.\n" "This parameter must not be specified in the list of parameters. Here are\n" "some examples:\n" " % po4a: environment multicols {}\n" " % po4a: environment equation\n" "\n" msgstr "" "这允许定义 I 环境接受的参数。\n" "此信息稍后将用于检查。\n" "\\begin 命令，并允许指定必须翻译哪一个。\n" "I 参数的语法与。\n" "其他命令。\n" "\\begin 命令的第一个参数是环境的名称。\n" "不能在参数列表中指定此参数。以下是。\n" "下面是一些示例：\n" " % po4a: 环境多层 {}\n" " % po4a: 环境方程\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:46 msgid "" "As for the commands, I can be preceded by a plus (+) to indicate that " "the \\begin command must be translated with all its arguments." msgstr "" "至于命令，i 前面可以有一个加号 (+)，表示 \\begin 命令必须使用其所有参数" "进行转换。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:47 msgid "B<% po4a: separator> I B<\">IB<\">" msgstr "B<% po4a: separator> I B<\">IB<\">" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:48 msgid "" "Indicates that an environment should be split according to the given regular " "expression." msgstr "指示应根据给定正则表达式拆分环境。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:49 msgid "" "The regular expression is delimited by quotes. It should not create any " "back-reference. You should use (?:) if you need a group. It may also need " "some escapes." msgstr "" "正则表达式由引号分隔。它不应该创建任何反向引用。如果需要组，应使用 (?:)。它可" "能还需要一些逃脱。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:50 msgid "" "For example, the LaTeX module uses the \"(?:&|\\\\\\\\)\" regular expression " "to translate separately each cell of a table (lines are separated by '\\\\' " "and cells by '&')." msgstr "" "例如，LaTeX 模块使用 \"(?:&|\\\\\\\\)\" 正则表达式分别翻译表的每个单元格(行" "用 '\\\\' 分隔，单元格用 '&' 分隔)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:51 msgid "" "The notion of environment is expanded to the type displayed in the PO file. " "This can be used to split on \"\\\\\\\\\" in the first mandatory argument of " "the title command. In this case, the environment is title{#1}." msgstr "" "环境的概念扩展为 PO 文件中显示的类型。这可用于拆分 title 命令的第一个强制参数" "中的 \"\\\\\\\\\"。在本例中，环境是 title{#1}。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:52 msgid "B<% po4a: verbatim environment> I" msgstr "B<% po4a: verbatim environment> I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:53 msgid "" "Indicate that I is a verbatim environment. Comments and commands will " "be ignored in this environment." msgstr "指示 I 是一个逐字环境。在此环境中将忽略注释和命令。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:55 msgid "WRITING DERIVATE MODULES" msgstr "编写衍生模块" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:56 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:57 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:58 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:59 msgid "" "Add a string as a comment to be added around the next translated element. " "This is mostly useful to the texinfo module, as comments are automatically " "handled in TeX." msgstr "" "添加字符串作为要在下一个翻译元素周围添加的注释。这对于 texinfo 模块非常有" "用，因为注释在 TeX 中自动处理。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:61 msgid "" "Wrapper around Transtractor's translate, with pre- and post-processing " "filters." msgstr "封装在转换器的翻译上，带有前后处理过滤器。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:62 msgid "" "Comments of a paragraph are inserted as a PO comment for the first " "translated string of this paragraph." msgstr "段落注释作为此段落第一个翻译字符串的 PO 注释插入。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:63 msgid "B($buffer)" msgstr "B($buffer)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:64 msgid "This function returns:" msgstr "此函数返回：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:65 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:93 msgid "A command name" msgstr "命令名称" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:66 msgid "" "If no command is found at the beginning of the given buffer, this string " "will be empty. Only commands that can be separated are considered. The " "%separated_command hash contains the list of these commands." msgstr "" "如果在给定缓冲区的开头未找到命令，则此字符串将为空。只考虑可以分隔的命" "令。%separated_command 散列包含这些命令的列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:67 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:94 msgid "A variant" msgstr "变种" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:68 msgid "" "This indicates if a variant is used. For example, an asterisk (*) can be " "added at the end of sections command to specify that they should not be " "numbered. In this case, this field will contain \"*\". If there is no " "variant, the field is an empty string." msgstr "" "这表明是否使用了变量。例如，可以在 sections 命令的末尾添加星号(*)，以指定不应" "对其进行编号。在本例中，此字段将包含 \"*\"。如果没有变量，则该字段为空字符" "串。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:69 msgid "An array of tuples (type of argument, argument)" msgstr "元组数组（参数类型、参数）" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:70 msgid "" "The type of argument can be either '{' (for mandatory arguments) or '[' (for " "optional arguments)." msgstr "参数类型可以是 '{' (对于强制参数) 或 '[' (对于可选参数)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:71 msgid "The remaining buffer" msgstr "剩余的缓冲区" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:72 msgid "" "The rest of the buffer after the removal of this leading command and its " "arguments. If no command is found, the original buffer is not touched and " "returned in this field." msgstr "" "删除此前导命令及其参数后缓冲区的其余部分。如果未找到命令，则不会触及原始缓冲" "区，并在此字段中返回。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:73 msgid "B($buffer)" msgstr "B($buffer)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:74 msgid "" "The same as B, but for commands at the end of a buffer." msgstr "与 B 相同，但适用于缓冲区末尾的命令。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:75 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:76 msgid "" "Recursively translate a buffer by separating leading and trailing commands " "(those which should be translated separately) from the buffer." msgstr "" "通过将前导命令和尾随命令(应该分别转换的命令)从缓冲区中分离出来，递归地转换缓" "冲区。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:77 msgid "" "If a function is defined in %translate_buffer_env for the current " "environment, this function will be used to translate the buffer instead of " "translate_buffer()." msgstr "" "如果在 %translate_buffer_env 中为当前环境定义了函数，则此函数将用于转换缓冲" "区，而不是 translate_buffer()。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:78 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:79 msgid "Overloads Transtractor's read()." msgstr "重载翻译器的 read()。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:80 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:81 msgid "" "Recursively read a file, appending included files which are not listed in " "the @exclude_include array. Included files are searched using the " "B command from the Kpathsea library." msgstr "" "递归读取文件，追加 @exclude_include 数组中未列出的包含文件。包含的文件是使用 " "KpathSea 库中的 B 命令进行搜索的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:82 msgid "" "Except from the file inclusion part, it is a cut and paste from " "Transtractor's read." msgstr "除了文件包含部分，它是从翻译提取器的读取中剪切并粘贴的。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:83 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:84 msgid "" "Subroutine for parsing a file with po4a directives (definitions for new " "commands)." msgstr "用于使用 po4a 指令解析文件的子例程 (新命令的定义)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:85 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:86 msgid "Parse a definition line of the form \"% po4a: \"." msgstr "解析格式为 \"% po4a: \" 的定义行。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:87 msgid "See the B section for more details." msgstr "有关更多详细信息，请参阅 B 部分。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:88 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:89 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:90 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:91 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:98 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:134 msgid "INTERNAL FUNCTIONS used to write derivative parsers" msgstr "用于编写派生解析器的内部函数" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:92 msgid "" "Command and environment functions take the following arguments (in addition " "to the $self object):" msgstr "命令和环境函数接受以下参数(除了 $self 对象之外)：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:95 msgid "An array of (type, argument) tuples" msgstr "(类型、参数)元组的数组" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:96 msgid "The current environment" msgstr "当前环境" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:97 msgid "" "The first 3 arguments are extracted by get_leading_command or " "get_trailing_command." msgstr "前 3 个参数由 get_leading_command 或 get_trailing_command 提取。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:98 msgid "" "Command and environment functions return the translation of the command with " "its arguments and a new environment." msgstr "命令和环境函数返回命令及其参数和新环境的转换。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:99 msgid "" "Environment functions are called when a \\begin command is found. They are " "called with the \\begin command and its arguments." msgstr "" "当找到 \\begin 命令时，将调用环境函数。它们由 \\begin 命令及其参数调用。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:100 msgid "" "The TeX module only proposes one command function and one environment " "function: generic_command and generic_environment." msgstr "" "TeX 模块只提出一个命令函数和一个环境函数：generic_command 和 " "generic_environment。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:101 #, no-wrap msgid "" "generic_command uses the information specified by\n" "register_generic_command or by adding definition to the TeX file:\n" " % po4a: command I I\n" "\n" msgstr "" "generic_command 使用由指定的信息。\n" "register_generic_command 或通过将定义添加到 TeX 文件：\n" " % po4a: command I I\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:102 #, no-wrap msgid "" "generic_environment uses the information specified by\n" "register_generic_environment or by adding definition to the TeX file:\n" " % po4a: environment I I\n" "\n" msgstr "" "generic_environment 使用\n" "register_generic_environment 或通过向 TeX 文件添加定义：\n" " % po4a: environment I I\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:103 msgid "" "Both functions will only translate the parameters that were specified as " "translatable (with a '_'). generic_environment will append the name of the " "environment to the environment stack and generic_command will append the " "name of the command followed by an identifier of the parameter (like {#7} or " "[#2])." msgstr "" "这两个函数将仅转换指定为可翻译的参数(带 '_')。generic_environment 将把环境的" "名称附加到环境堆栈中，而 generic_command 将在命令的名称后面加上参数的标识符" "(如 {#7} 或 [#2])。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:105 msgid "This module needs more tests." msgstr "此模块需要更多测试。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:106 msgid "It was tested on a book and with the Python documentation." msgstr "它在一本书上进行了测试，并使用 Python 文档进行了测试。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:107 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:183 msgid "TODO LIST" msgstr "待办事项清单使用PO4A：：XML进行转换" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:108 msgid "Automatic detection of new commands" msgstr "自动检测新命令" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:109 msgid "" "The TeX module could parse the newcommand arguments and try to guess the " "number of arguments, their type and whether or not they should be translated." msgstr "" "Tex 模块可以解析 newcommand 参数，并尝试猜测参数的数量、它们的类型以及是否应" "该转换它们。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:110 msgid "Translation of the environment separator" msgstr "环境分隔符的翻译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:111 msgid "" "When \\item is used as an environment separator, the item argument is " "attached to the following string." msgstr "当 \\item 用作环境分隔符时，item 参数附加到以下字符串。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:112 msgid "Some commands should be added to the environment stack" msgstr "应将某些命令添加到环境堆栈" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These commands should be specified by couples. This could allow to " #| "specify commands beginning or ending a verbatim environment." msgid "" "These commands should be specified by couples. This can be used to specify " "commands beginning or ending a verbatim environment." msgstr "这些命令应该由配对指定。这可以允许指定逐字环境开始或结束的命令。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:114 msgid "Others" msgstr "其它" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:115 msgid "Various other points are tagged TODO in the source." msgstr "各种其他点在源代码中都标记为 TODO。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:116 msgid "KNOWN BUGS" msgstr "已知缺陷" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:117 msgid "Various points are tagged FIXME in the source." msgstr "源代码中的各个点都被标记为 FIXME。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:119 msgid "" "L, L, L" msgstr "" "L, L, L" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Texinfo - convert Texinfo documents and derivates from/to PO " "files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Texinfo - 将 Texinfo 文档和衍生从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Texinfo is a module to help the translation of Texinfo " "documents into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Texinfo 是一个帮助将 Texinfo 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:6 msgid "" "This module contains the definitions of common Texinfo commands and " "environments." msgstr "本模块包含常见 Texinfo 命令和环境的定义。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:7 msgid "" "Only the comments starting with 'TRANSLATORS' are added to the PO files to " "guide the translators." msgstr "只有以 'TRANSLATORS' 开头的注释才会添加到 PO 文件中，以指导翻译人员。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:9 msgid "" "This module is still beta and not ready for production use. Please send " "patches to contribute, not bug reports as we don't know how to deal with " "them." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:12 msgid "no-warn" msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:13 msgid "Do not warn about the current state of this module." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:19 msgid "" "Copyright © 2004-2007 Nicolas FRANÇOIS ." msgstr "" "版权所有 © 2004-2007 Nicolas FRANÇOIS ." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Text - convert text documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Text - 将文本文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Text is a module to help the translation of text documents " "into other [human] languages." msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Text 是一个帮助将文本文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:6 msgid "" "Paragraphs are split on empty lines (or lines containing only spaces or " "tabulations)." msgstr "段落以空行 (或仅包含空格或表格的行) 拆分。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:7 msgid "" "If a paragraph contains a line starting by a space (or tabulation), this " "paragraph won't be rewrapped." msgstr "如果段落包含以空格(或制表符)开头的行，则此段落不会重新换行。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:10 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:11 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Treat paragraphs that look like a key value pair as verbatim (with the no-" #| "wrap flag in the PO file). Key value pairs are defined as a line " #| "containing one or more non-colon and non-space characters followed by a " #| "colon followed by at least one non-space character before the end of the " #| "line." msgid "" "Treat paragraphs that look like a colon-separated key-value pair as verbatim " "(with the C flag in the PO file). A key-value pair string is a " "string like C, containing one or more non-colon and non-space " "characters followed by a colon followed by at least one non-space character " "before the end of the line." msgstr "" "将看起来像键值对的段落逐字处理 (在 PO 文件中使用无换行标志)。键值对定义为一行" "包含一个或多个非冒号和非空格字符，后跟冒号，后跟至少一个非空格字符。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:12 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:13 msgid "Deactivate the detection of bullets." msgstr "停用对项目符号的检测。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:14 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By default, when a bullet is detected, the bullet paragraph is not " #| "considered as a verbatim paragraph (with the no-wrap flag in the PO " #| "file). Instead, the corresponding paragraph is rewrapped in the " #| "translation." msgid "" "By default, when a bullet is detected, the bullet paragraph is not " "considered as a verbatim paragraph (with the C flag in the PO " "file). Instead, the corresponding paragraph is rewrapped in the translation." msgstr "" "默认情况下，当检测到项目符号时，项目符号段落不会被视为逐字段落(PO 文件中带有" "无换行标志)。相反，相应的段落在翻译中重新换行。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:15 msgid "BI" msgstr "BI" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:16 msgid "Specify how tabulations shall be handled. The I can be any of:" msgstr "指定应如何处理制表。I 可以是以下任一项：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:17 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:18 msgid "Lines with tabulations introduce breaks in the current paragraph." msgstr "带有表格的行会在当前段落中引入分隔符。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:20 msgid "Paragraph containing tabulations will not be re-wrapped." msgstr "包含表格的段落将不会重新换行。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:21 msgid "By default, tabulations are considered as spaces." msgstr "默认情况下，制表符被视为空格。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:22 msgid "BI" msgstr "BI" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:23 msgid "" "A regular expression matching lines which introduce breaks. The regular " "expression will be anchored so that the whole line must match." msgstr "引入中断的正则表达式匹配行。正则表达式将锚定，以便整行必须匹配。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:24 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:25 msgid "" "Handle the header and footer of released versions, which only contain non " "translatable information." msgstr "处理仅包含不可翻译信息的已发布版本的页眉和页脚。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:26 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:27 msgid "" "Handle the fortunes format, which separate fortunes with a line which " "consists in '%' or '%%', and use '%%' as the beginning of a comment." msgstr "" "处理富文本格式，该格式用位于 '%' 或 '%%' 中的一行分隔财富，并使用 '%%' 作为注" "释的开头。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:28 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:29 msgid "Handle some special markup in Markdown-formatted texts." msgstr "处理 Markdown 格式文本中的一些特殊标记。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:30 msgid "B (markdown-only)" msgstr "B (仅限 markdown)" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:32 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B (markdown-only)" msgid "B (markdown only)" msgstr "B (仅限 markdown)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:33 msgid "" "Allow the YAML Front Matter parser to fail on malformated headers. This is " "particularly helpful when your file starts with a horizontal ruler instead " "of a YAML Front Matter, but you insist on using three dashes only for your " "ruler." msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:34 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B (markdown-only)" msgid "B (markdown only)" msgstr "B (仅限 markdown)" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:37 msgid "B (markdown-only)" msgstr "B (仅限 markdown)" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:39 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B[B<=>I]" msgid "B[B<=>I]" msgstr "B[B<=>I]" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:40 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Handle control files. A comma-separated list of tags to be translated " #| "can be provided." msgid "" "Handle Debian's control files. A comma-separated list of fields to be " "translated can be provided." msgstr "处理控制文件。可以提供要翻译的标签的逗号分隔列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:41 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:42 msgid "" "Prevent po4a from wrapping any lines. This means that every content is " "handled verbatim, even simple paragraphs." msgstr "防止 po4a 换行。这意味着每个内容都是逐字处理的，即使是简单的段落。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:44 msgid "Tested successfully on simple text files and NEWS.Debian files." msgstr "在简单文本文件和 NEWS.Debian 文件上测试成功。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:48 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS \n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS .\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS \n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:49 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Copyright © 2008-2009, 2018 Jonas Smedegaard .\n" #| " Copyright © 2020 Martin Quinson .\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Copyright © 2008-2009, 2018 Jonas Smedegaard .\n" " Copyright © 2020 Martin Quinson .\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2008-2009, 2018 Jonas Smedegaard .\n" " 版权所有 © 2020 Martin Quinson .\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::TransTractor - generic trans(lator ex)tractor." msgstr "Locale::Po4a::TransTractor - 通用翻译提取器。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:5 msgid "" "This class is the ancestor of every po4a parser used to parse a document, to " "search translatable strings, to extract them to a PO file and to replace " "them by their translation in the output document." msgstr "" "这个类是每个 po4a 解析器的祖先，用于解析文档、搜索可翻译字符串、将它们提取到 " "PO 文件并在输出文档中用它们的翻译替换它们。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:6 msgid "More formally, it takes the following arguments as input:" msgstr "更正式地说，它接受以下参数作为输入：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:9 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:14 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:115 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:117 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:119 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:131 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:133 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:135 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:150 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:152 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:154 msgid "-" msgstr "-" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:8 msgid "a document to translate;" msgstr "要翻译的文档;" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:10 msgid "a PO file containing the translations to use." msgstr "包含要使用的翻译的 PO 文件。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:11 msgid "As output, it produces:" msgstr "作为输出，它产生：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:13 msgid "" "another PO file, resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from " "the input document;" msgstr "另一个 PO 文件，其结果是从输入文档中提取可翻译字符串;" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:15 msgid "" "a translated document, with the same structure than the one in input, but " "with all translatable strings replaced with the translations found in the PO " "file provided in input." msgstr "" "翻译的文档，其结构与输入中的文档相同，但所有可翻译字符串都替换为输入中提供的 " "PO 文件中的翻译。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:16 msgid "Here is a graphical representation of this:" msgstr "以下是这一点的图形表示：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:17 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Input document --\\ /---> Output document\n" " \\ / (translated)\n" " +-> parse() function -----+\n" " / \\\n" " Input PO --------/ \\---> Output PO\n" " (extracted)\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 输入文档 --\\ /---> 输出文档\n" " \\ / (已翻译)\n" " +-> 解析() 函数 -----+\n" " / \\\n" " 输入 PO --------/ \\---> 输出 PO\n" " (已提取)\n" "\n" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:18 msgid "FUNCTIONS YOUR PARSER SHOULD OVERRIDE" msgstr "解析器应该重写的函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:19 msgid "parse()" msgstr "parse()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:20 msgid "" "This is where all the work takes place: the parsing of input documents, the " "generation of output, and the extraction of the translatable strings. This " "is pretty simple using the provided functions presented in the section " "B below. See also the B, which presents an " "example." msgstr "" "所有工作都在这里进行：解析输入文档、生成输出和提取可翻译字符串。使用下面 " "B 章节中提供的函数可以非常简单地实现这一点。另请参阅 " "B，它提供了一个示例。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:21 msgid "" "This function is called by the process() function below, but if you choose " "to use the new() function, and to add content manually to your document, you " "will have to call this function yourself." msgstr "" "此函数由下面的 process() 函数调用，但如果您选择使用 new() 函数，并手动将内容" "添加到文档中，则必须自己调用此函数。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:22 msgid "docheader()" msgstr "docheader()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:23 msgid "" "This function returns the header we should add to the produced document, " "quoted properly to be a comment in the target language. See the section " "B, from L, for what " "it is good for." msgstr "" "此函数返回我们应该添加到生成的文档中的标题，并将其正确引用为目标语言中的注" "释。有关它的好处，请参阅 L 中的 B 章节。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:25 msgid "" "The following example parses a list of paragraphs beginning with \"

\". " "For the sake of simplicity, we assume that the document is well formatted, i." "e. that '

' tags are the only tags present, and that this tag is at the " "very beginning of each paragraph." msgstr "" "下面的示例解析以 \"

\" 开头的段落列表。为简单起见，我们假定文档格式良好，" "即 \"

\" 标记是唯一存在的标记，并且该标记位于每个段落的最开始。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:26 #, no-wrap msgid "" " sub parse {\n" " my $self = shift;\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:27 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PARAGRAPH: while (1) {\n" " my ($paragraph,$pararef)=(\"\",\"\");\n" " my $first=1;\n" " my ($line,$lref)=$self->shiftline();\n" " while (defined($line)) {\n" " if ($line =~ m/

/ && !$first--; ) {\n" " # Not the first time we see

.\n" " # Reput the current line in input,\n" " # and put the built paragraph to output\n" " $self->unshiftline($line,$lref);\n" "\n" msgstr "" " PARAGRAPH: while (1) {\n" " my ($paragraph,$pararef)=(\"\",\"\");\n" " my $first=1;\n" " my ($line,$lref)=$self->shiftline();\n" " while (defined($line)) {\n" " if ($line =~ m/

/ && !$first--; ) {\n" " # 这不是我们第一次看到

。\n" " # 将当前行重新放入输入，\n" " # 并将构建的段落输出\n" " $self->unshiftline($line,$lref);\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:28 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Now that the document is formed, translate it:\n" " # - Remove the leading tag\n" " $paragraph =~ s/^

//s;\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 现在文档已形成，请翻译它：\n" " # - 删除前导标记\n" " $paragraph =~ s/^

//s;\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:29 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # - push to output the leading tag (untranslated) and the\n" " # rest of the paragraph (translated)\n" " $self->pushline( \"

\"\n" " . $self->translate($paragraph,$pararef)\n" " );\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # - 按键输出前导标签(未翻译)和\n" " # 段落的其余部分(已翻译)\n" " $self->pushline( \"

\"\n" " . $self->translate($paragraph,$pararef)\n" " );\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:30 #, no-wrap msgid "" " next PARAGRAPH;\n" " } else {\n" " # Append to the paragraph\n" " $paragraph .= $line;\n" " $pararef = $lref unless(length($pararef));\n" " }\n" "\n" msgstr "" " next PARAGRAPH;\n" " } else {\n" " # 追加到段落后面\n" " $paragraph .= $line;\n" " $pararef = $lref unless(length($pararef));\n" " }\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:31 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # Reinit the loop\n" " ($line,$lref)=$self->shiftline();\n" " }\n" " # Did not get a defined line? End of input file.\n" " return;\n" " }\n" " }\n" "\n" msgstr "" " # 重新初始化循环\n" " ($line,$lref)=$self->shiftline();\n" " }\n" " # 没有得到定义的行吗？输入文件的结尾。\n" " return;\n" " }\n" " }\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:32 msgid "" "Once you've implemented the parse function, you can use your document class, " "using the public interface presented in the next section." msgstr "" "一旦实现了解析函数，就可以使用下一节中介绍的公共接口来使用 document 类。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:33 msgid "PUBLIC INTERFACE for scripts using your parser" msgstr "使用解析器的脚本的公共接口" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:34 msgid "Constructor" msgstr "构造函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:35 msgid "process(%)" msgstr "process(%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:36 msgid "" "This function can do all you need to do with a po4a document in one " "invocation. Its arguments must be packed as a hash. ACTIONS:" msgstr "" "此函数可以在一次调用中完成处理 po4a 文档所需的所有操作。它的参数必须打包为散" "列。操作：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:37 msgid "a." msgstr "a." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:38 msgid "Reads all the PO files specified in po_in_name" msgstr "读取 po_in_name 中指定的所有 PO 文件" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:39 msgid "b." msgstr "b." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:40 msgid "Reads all original documents specified in file_in_name" msgstr "读取在 file_in_name 中指定的所有原始文档" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:41 msgid "c." msgstr "c." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:42 msgid "Parses the document" msgstr "解析文档" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:43 msgid "d." msgstr "d." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:44 msgid "Reads and applies all the addenda specified" msgstr "读取并应用所有指定的附录" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:45 msgid "e." msgstr "e." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:46 msgid "Writes the translated document to file_out_name (if given)" msgstr "将翻译的文档写入 file_out_name (如果给定)" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:47 msgid "f." msgstr "f." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:48 msgid "Writes the extracted PO file to po_out_name (if given)" msgstr "将提取的 PO 文件写入 po_out_name (如果给定)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:49 msgid "ARGUMENTS, beside the ones accepted by new() (with expected type):" msgstr "参数，除了 new() 接受的参数(具有预期类型)：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:50 msgid "file_in_name (@)" msgstr "file_in_name (@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:51 msgid "List of filenames where we should read the input document." msgstr "我们应该在其中读取输入文档的文件名列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:52 msgid "file_in_charset ($)" msgstr "file_in_charset ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:53 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Charset used in the output document (if it isn't specified, it will use " #| "the PO file charset)." msgid "Charset used in the input document (if it isn't specified, use UTF-8)." msgstr "输出文档中使用的字符集(如果未指定，将使用 PO 文件字符集)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:54 msgid "file_out_name ($)" msgstr "file_out_name ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:55 msgid "Filename where we should write the output document." msgstr "我们应该在其中写入输出文档的文件名。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:56 msgid "file_out_charset ($)" msgstr "file_out_charset ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Charset used in the output document (if it isn't specified, it will use " #| "the PO file charset)." msgid "Charset used in the output document (if it isn't specified, use UTF-8)." msgstr "输出文档中使用的字符集(如果未指定，将使用 PO 文件字符集)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:58 msgid "po_in_name (@)" msgstr "po_in_name (@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:59 msgid "" "List of filenames where we should read the input PO files from, containing " "the translation which will be used to translate the document." msgstr "" "我们应该从中读取输入 PO 文件的文件名列表，其中包含将用于翻译文档的翻译。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:60 msgid "po_out_name ($)" msgstr "po_out_name ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:61 msgid "" "Filename where we should write the output PO file, containing the strings " "extracted from the input document." msgstr "" "我们应该在其中写入输出 PO 文件的文件名，其中包含从输入文档提取的字符串。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:62 msgid "addendum (@)" msgstr "addendum (@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:63 msgid "List of filenames where we should read the addenda from." msgstr "我们应该从中读取附录的文件名列表。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:64 msgid "addendum_charset ($)" msgstr "addendum_charset ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:65 msgid "Charset for the addenda." msgstr "附录的字符集。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:66 msgid "new(%)" msgstr "new(%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:67 msgid "" "Create a new po4a document. Accepted options (in the hash passed as a " "parameter):" msgstr "创建新的 po4a 文档。接受的选项 (在作为参数传递的哈希中)：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:68 msgid "verbose ($)" msgstr "verbose ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:69 msgid "Sets the verbosity." msgstr "设置详细程度。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:70 msgid "debug ($)" msgstr "debug ($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:71 msgid "Sets the debugging." msgstr "设置调试。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "B" msgid "wrapcol ($)" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:73 #, fuzzy #| msgid "the column at which we should wrap (default: 76)." msgid "" "The column at which we should wrap text in output document (default: 76)." msgstr "我们应该换行的列 (默认值：76)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:74 msgid "The negative value means not to wrap lines at all." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:75 msgid "" "Also it accepts next options for underlying Po-files: B, B, B, B, B, B." msgstr "" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:76 msgid "Manipulating document files" msgstr "操作文档文件" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:77 #, fuzzy #| msgid "read($$)" msgid "read($$$)" msgstr "read($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:78 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Push a new line to the end of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >>." msgid "" "Add another input document data at the end of the existing array C<< @{$self-" ">{TT}{doc_in}} >>." msgstr "将新行推到 C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >> 的末尾。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:79 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This function takes two mandatory arguments and an optional one.\n" " * The filename to read on disk;\n" " * The name to use as filename when building the reference in the PO file;\n" " * The charset to use to read that file (UTF-8 by default)\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:80 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This array C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> holds this input document data as an\n" "array of strings with alternating meanings.\n" " * The string C<$textline> holding each line of the input text data.\n" " * The string C<< $filename:$linenum >> holding its location and called as\n" " \"reference\" (C starts with 1).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "此数组 C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> 将此输入文档数据保存为。\n" "具有交替含义的字符串数组。\n" "*字符串 C<$textline> 保存输入文本数据的每一行。\n" "*字符串 C<< $filename:$linenum >> 保存其位置并调用为。\n" " \"reference\" (C 从 1 开始)。\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:81 msgid "" "Please note that it does not parse anything. You should use the parse() " "function when you're done with packing input files into the document." msgstr "" "请注意，它不解析任何内容。当您完成将输入文件打包到文档中时，应该使用 parse() " "函数。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:83 msgid "Write the translated document to the given filename." msgstr "将翻译后的文档写入给定的文件名。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:84 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This translated document data are provided by:\n" " * C<< $self->docheader() >> holding the header text for the plugin, and\n" " * C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >> holding each line of the main translated text in the array.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "此翻译文档数据由以下人员提供：\n" " * C<< $self->docheader() >> 保存插件的标题文本，以及。\n" " * C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >> 保存数组中主翻译文本的每一行。\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:85 msgid "Manipulating PO files" msgstr "操作 PO 文件" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:86 msgid "readpo($)" msgstr "readpo($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:87 msgid "" "Add the content of a file (which name is passed as argument) to the existing " "input PO. The old content is not discarded." msgstr "将文件的内容（该名称作为参数传递）添加到现有输入 PO。旧内容不会丢弃。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:88 msgid "writepo($)" msgstr "writepo($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:89 msgid "Write the extracted PO file to the given filename." msgstr "将提取的 PO 文件写入给定的文件名。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:90 msgid "stats()" msgstr "stats()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:91 msgid "" "Returns some statistics about the translation done so far. Please note that " "it's not the same statistics than the one printed by msgfmt --statistic. " "Here, it's stats about recent usage of the PO file, while msgfmt reports the " "status of the file. It is a wrapper to the Locale::Po4a::Po::stats_get " "function applied to the input PO file. Example of use:" msgstr "" "返回到目前为止完成的转换的一些统计信息。请注意，它与 msgfmt --statistic 打印" "的统计数据不同。在这里，它是关于 PO 文件最近使用情况的统计信息，而 msgfmt 则" "报告该文件的状态。它是应用于输入 PO 文件的 Locale::Po4a::Po::stats_get 函数的" "封装。使用示例：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:92 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [normal use of the po4a document...]\n" "\n" msgstr "" " [正常使用 po4a 文档...]\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:93 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $document->stats();\n" " print \"We found translations for $percent\\% ($hit from $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n" "\n" msgstr "" " ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $document->stats();\n" " print \"我们找到了 $percent\\% ($hit from $queries) 字符串的翻译\\n\";\n" "\n" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:94 msgid "Manipulating addenda" msgstr "操作附录" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:95 msgid "addendum($)" msgstr "addendum($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:96 msgid "" "Please refer to L for more information on what addenda are, " "and how translators should write them. To apply an addendum to the " "translated document, simply pass its filename to this function and you are " "done ;)" msgstr "" "请参阅 L，了解有关附录的详细信息，以及翻译人员应如何编写附" "录。要对翻译后的文档应用附录，只需将其文件名传递给此函数，即可完成 ;)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:97 msgid "This function returns a non-null integer on error." msgstr "此函数在出错时返回非空整数。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:99 msgid "Getting input, providing output" msgstr "获取输入，提供输出" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:100 msgid "" "Four functions are provided to get input and return output. They are very " "similar to shift/unshift and push/pop of Perl." msgstr "" "提供了四个函数来获取输入和返回输出。它们与 Perl 的 shift/unshift 和 push/pop " "非常相似。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:101 #, no-wrap msgid "" " * Perl shift returns the first array item and drop it from the array.\n" " * Perl unshift prepends an item to the array as the first array item.\n" " * Perl pop returns the last array item and drop it from the array.\n" " * Perl push appends an item to the array as the last array item.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " * Perl shift 返回第一个数组项并将其从数组中删除。\n" " * Perl unshift 将项作为第一个数组项添加到数组中。\n" " * Perl pop 返回最后一个数组项并将其从数组中删除。\n" " * Perl push 将一项作为最后一个数组项追加到数组中。\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:102 msgid "" "The first pair is about input, while the second is about output. Mnemonic: " "in input, you are interested in the first line, what shift gives, and in " "output you want to add your result at the end, like push does." msgstr "" "第一对是关于输入的，第二对是关于输出的。助记符：在 input 中，您感兴趣的是第一" "行，shift 提供什么，而在 output 中，您希望将结果添加到末尾，就像 push 一样。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:103 msgid "shiftline()" msgstr "shiftline()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:104 msgid "" "This function returns the first line to be parsed and its corresponding " "reference (packed as an array) from the array C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> " "and drop these first 2 array items. Here, the reference is provided by a " "string C<< $filename:$linenum >>." msgstr "" "此函数从数组 C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> 返回要解析的第一行及其对应的引用 " "(打包为数组)，并删除前两个数组项。这里，引用由字符串 C<< $filename:$linenum " ">> 提供。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:105 msgid "unshiftline($$)" msgstr "unshiftline($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:106 msgid "" "Unshifts the last shifted line of the input document and its corresponding " "reference back to the head of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >>." msgstr "" "取消将输入文档的最后移位行及其对应的引用移回 C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> 的" "头部。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:107 msgid "pushline($)" msgstr "pushline($)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:108 msgid "Push a new line to the end of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >>." msgstr "将新行推到 C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >> 的末尾。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:109 msgid "popline()" msgstr "popline()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:110 msgid "Pop the last pushed line from the end of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >>." msgstr "从 C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >> 的末尾弹出最后推送的行。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:111 msgid "Marking strings as translatable" msgstr "将字符串标记为可翻译" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:112 msgid "One function is provided to handle the text which should be translated." msgstr "提供一个函数来处理应该翻译的文本。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:113 msgid "translate($$$)" msgstr "translate($$$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:114 msgid "Mandatory arguments:" msgstr "必选参数：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:116 msgid "A string to translate" msgstr "要翻译的字符串" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:118 msgid "The reference of this string (i.e. position in inputfile)" msgstr "此字符串的引用 (即输入文件中的位置)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:120 msgid "" "The type of this string (i.e. the textual description of its structural " "role; used in Locale::Po4a::Po::gettextization(); see also L, section B)" msgstr "" "此字符串的类型(即对其结构角色的文本描述；在 Locale::Po4a::Po::" "gettextization() 中使用；另请参阅 L，B 部分)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:121 msgid "" "This function can also take some extra arguments. They must be organized as " "a hash. For example:" msgstr "此函数还可以接受一些额外的参数。它们必须组织为散列。例如：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:122 #, no-wrap msgid "" " $self->translate(\"string\",\"ref\",\"type\",\n" " 'wrap' => 1);\n" "\n" msgstr "" " $self->translate(\"string\",\"ref\",\"type\",\n" " 'wrap' => 1);\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:124 msgid "" "boolean indicating whether we can consider that whitespaces in string are " "not important. If yes, the function canonizes the string before looking for " "a translation or extracting it, and wraps the translation." msgstr "" "指示我们是否可以认为字符串中的空格不重要的布尔值。如果是，则该函数在查找或提" "取翻译之前对字符串进行规范化，并对翻译进行封装。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:126 msgid "" "the column at which we should wrap (default: the value of B " "specified during creation of the TransTractor or 76)." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:127 msgid "The negative value will be substracted from the default." msgstr "" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:129 msgid "an extra comment to add to the entry." msgstr "要添加到条目的额外注释。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:130 msgid "Actions:" msgstr "操作：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:132 msgid "Pushes the string, reference and type to po_out." msgstr "将字符串、引用和类型推送到 po_out。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:134 msgid "" "Returns the translation of the string (as found in po_in) so that the parser " "can build the doc_out." msgstr "返回字符串的翻译(如 po_in 中所示)，以便解析器可以构建 doc_out。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:136 msgid "" "Handles the charsets to recode the strings before sending them to po_out and " "before returning the translations." msgstr "在将字符串发送到 po_out 和返回翻译之前，处理字符集以重新编码字符串。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:137 msgid "Misc functions" msgstr "其他函数" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:138 msgid "verbose()" msgstr "verbose()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:139 msgid "" "Returns if the verbose option was passed during the creation of the " "TransTractor." msgstr "返回是否在创建翻译提取器期间传递了 verbose 选项。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:140 msgid "debug()" msgstr "debug()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:141 msgid "" "Returns if the debug option was passed during the creation of the " "TransTractor." msgstr "返回是否在创建翻译提取器期间传递了调试选项。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "get_charset()" msgid "get_in_charset()" msgstr "get_charset()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:143 msgid "This function return the charset that was provided as master charset" msgstr "" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:144 msgid "get_out_charset()" msgstr "get_out_charset()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:145 msgid "" "This function will return the charset that should be used in the output " "document (usually useful to substitute the input document's detected charset " "where it has been found)." msgstr "" "此函数将返回应该在输出文档中使用的字符集(通常用于替换已找到的输入文档的检测到" "的字符集)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:146 msgid "" "It will use the output charset specified in the command line. If it wasn't " "specified, it will use the input PO's charset, and if the input PO has the " "default \"CHARSET\", it will return the input document's charset, so that no " "encoding is performed." msgstr "" "它将使用命令行中指定的输出字符集。如果未指定该命令，则将使用输入 PO 的字符" "集，如果输入 PO 具有默认的 \"CHARSET\"，则返回输入文档的字符集，以便不会执行" "编码。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:147 msgid "FUTURE DIRECTIONS" msgstr "未来方向" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:148 msgid "" "One shortcoming of the current TransTractor is that it can't handle " "translated document containing all languages, like debconf templates, or ." "desktop files." msgstr "" "当前翻译提取器的一个缺点是它不能处理包含所有语言的翻译文档，如 debconf 模板" "或 .desktop 文件。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:149 msgid "To address this problem, the only interface changes needed are:" msgstr "要解决此问题，只需更改接口：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:151 msgid "take a hash as po_in_name (a list per language)" msgstr "将散列作为 po_in_name (每种语言的列表)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:153 msgid "add an argument to translate to indicate the target language" msgstr "添加要翻译的参数以指示目标语言" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:155 msgid "" "make a pushline_all function, which would make pushline of its content for " "all languages, using a map-like syntax:" msgstr "" "使用类似映射的语法创建一个 pushline_all 函数，该函数将为所有语言创建其内容的 " "pushline：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:156 #, no-wrap msgid "" " $self->pushline_all({ \"Description[\".$langcode.\"]=\".\n" " $self->translate($line,$ref,$langcode)\n" " });\n" "\n" msgstr "" " $self->pushline_all({ \"Description[\".$langcode.\"]=\".\n" " $self->translate($line,$ref,$langcode)\n" " });\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:157 msgid "Will see if it's enough ;)" msgstr "看看是否足够 ;)" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:159 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Denis Barbier \n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" " Jordi Vilalta \n" "\n" msgstr "" " Denis Barbier \n" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" " Jordi Vilalta \n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Wml - convert WML (web markup language) documents from/to PO " "files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Wml - 将 WML (web 标记语言)文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Wml is a module to help the translation of WML documents into " "other [human] languages. Do not mixup the WML we are speaking about here " "(web markup language) and the WAP crap used on cell phones." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Wml 是一个帮助将 WML 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。不要把我" "们在这里谈论的 WML (网络标记语言) 和手机上使用的 WAP 垃圾混为一谈。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:6 msgid "" "Please note that this module relies upon the Locale::Po4a::Xhtml module, " "which also relies upon the Locale::Po4a::Xml module. This means that all " "tags for web page expressions are assumed to be written in the XHTML syntax." msgstr "" "请注意，此模块依赖于 Locale::Po4a::Xhtml 模块，该模块也依赖于 Locale::Po4a::" "Xml 模块。这意味着网页表达式的所有标记都假定是用 XHTML 语法编写的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:10 msgid "" "This module works for some simple documents, but is still young. Currently, " "the biggest issue of the module is probably that it cannot handle documents " "that contain non-XML inline tags such as , which " "are often defined in the WML. Improvements will be added in the future " "releases." msgstr "" "此模块适用于一些简单的文档，但还很年轻。目前，该模块最大的问题可能是它不能处" "理包含非 XML 内联标记的文档，例如通常在 WML中定义的。在将来的版本中将添加改进。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:12 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" " Noriada Kobayashi \n" "\n" msgstr "" " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n" " Noriada Kobayashi \n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:14 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2005 SPI, Inc.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2005 SPI, Inc.\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Xhtml - convert XHTML documents from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Xhtml - 将 XHTML 文档从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Xhtml is a module to help the translation of XHTML documents " "into other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Xhtml 是一个帮助将 XHTML 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:8 msgid "B[B<=>I]" msgstr "B[B<=>I]" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:9 msgid "" "Include files specified by an include SSI (Server Side Includes) element (e." "g. )." msgstr "" "包括由 include SSI (服务器端包含) 元素指定文件(例如，)。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:10 msgid "B You should use it only for static files." msgstr "B 您应该只对静态文件使用它。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:11 msgid "" "An additional I parameter can be specified. It specifies the root " "path to find files included by a B attribute." msgstr "" "可以指定一个附加的 I 参数。它指定查找 B 属性包含的文件的根" "路径。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:14 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\"It works for me\", which means I use it successfully on my personal Web " #| "site. However, YMMV: please let me know if something doesn't work for " #| "you. In particular, tables are getting no testing whatsoever, as we don't " #| "use them." msgid "" "\"It works for me\", which means I use it successfully on my personal Web " "site. However, YMMV: please let me know if something doesn't work for you." msgstr "" "\"它适合我\"，这意味着我在我的个人网站上成功地使用它。然而，YMMV：请让我知" "道，如果有什么不为你工作。特别是，表没有任何测试，因为我们不使用它们。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:18 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Yves Rütschlé \n" " Nicolas François \n" "\n" msgstr "" " Yves Rütschlé \n" " Nicolas François \n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:20 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2004 Yves Rütschlé \n" " Copyright © 2007-2008 Nicolas François \n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2004 Yves Rütschlé \n" " 版权所有 © 2007-2008 Nicolas François \n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:2 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Xml - convert XML documents and derivates from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Xml - 将 XML 文档和衍生内容从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:5 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Xml is a module to help the translation of XML documents into " "other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules for " "XML-based documents." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Xml 是一个帮助将 XML 文档翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。它还可以" "用作为基于 XML 的文档构建模块的基础。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:6 msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::XML" msgstr "使用 PO4A::XML 进行转换" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:7 msgid "" "This module can be used directly to handle generic XML documents. This will " "extract all tag's content, and no attributes, since it's where the text is " "written in most XML based documents." msgstr "" "此模块可直接用于处理通用 XML 文档。这将提取所有标记的内容，而不提取属性，因为" "它是大多数基于 XML 的文档中的文本写入位置。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:8 msgid "" "There are some options (described in the next section) that can customize " "this behavior. If this doesn't fit to your document format you're " "encouraged to write your own module derived from this, to describe your " "format's details. See the section B below, for " "the process description." msgstr "" "有一些选项 (将在下一节中介绍) 可以自定义此行为。如果这不适合您的文档格式，则" "鼓励您编写由此衍生的您自己的模块，以描述您的格式的详细信息。有关过程描述，请" "参阅下面的 B 小节。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:10 msgid "" "The global debug option causes this module to show the excluded strings, in " "order to see if it skips something important." msgstr "全局调试选项会导致此模块显示排除的字符串，以查看它是否跳过了重要内容。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:12 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:13 msgid "Prevents it to strip the spaces around the extracted strings." msgstr "防止它剥离提取字符串周围的空格。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:15 msgid "" "Canonicalizes the string to translate, considering that whitespaces are not " "important, and wraps the translated document. This option can be overridden " "by custom tag options. See the B option below." msgstr "" "考虑到空格并不重要，规范化要翻译的字符串，并对翻译后的文档进行换行。自定义标" "记选项可以覆盖此选项。请参阅下面的 B 选项。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:16 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:17 msgid "Attributes are wrapped by default. This option disables wrapping." msgstr "默认情况下，属性是换行的。此选项禁用换行。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:18 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:19 msgid "" "It makes the tags and attributes searching to work in a case insensitive " "way. If it's defined, it will treat EBooKElaNG and " "EBOOKELang as EbookElang." msgstr "" "它使标签和属性搜索以不区分大小写的方式工作。如果定义了它，它会将 " "EBooKElaNG 和 EBOOKELang 视为 EbookElang。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:20 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:21 msgid "" "Escape quotes in output strings. Necessary, for example, for creating " "string resources for use by Android build tools." msgstr "" "输出字符串中的转义引号。例如，创建供 Android 构建工具使用的字符串资源时是必需" "的。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:22 msgid "" "See also: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/string-" "resource.html" msgstr "" "另请参阅：https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/string-" "resource.html" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:23 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:24 msgid "" "When defined, external entities are included in the generated (translated) " "document, and for the extraction of strings. If it's not defined, you will " "have to translate external entities separately as independent documents." msgstr "" "定义后，外部实体将包括在生成的 (翻译的) 文档中，并用于提取字符串。如果未定" "义，则必须将外部实体单独转换为独立文档。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:25 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:26 msgid "" "This option defines the behavior of the module when it encounters invalid " "XML syntax (a closing tag which does not match the last opening tag). It " "can take the following values:" msgstr "" "此选项定义模块遇到无效 XML 语法 (结束标记与最后一个开始标记不匹配) 时的行为。" "它可以采用以下值：" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:28 msgid "This is the default value. The module will exit with an error." msgstr "这是默认值。模块将退出，并出现错误。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:29 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:30 msgid "The module will continue, and will issue a warning." msgstr "该模块将继续运行，并发出警告。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:31 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:32 msgid "The module will continue without any warnings." msgstr "模块将继续，没有任何警告。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:33 msgid "" "Be careful when using this option. It is generally recommended to fix the " "input file." msgstr "使用此选项时要小心。通常建议修复输入文件。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:34 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:35 msgid "Note: This option is deprecated." msgstr "注意：此选项已弃用。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:36 msgid "" "Extracts only the specified tags in the B option. Otherwise, it will " "extract all the tags except the ones specified." msgstr "" "仅提取 B 选项中指定的标记。否则，它将提取除指定标记之外的所有标记。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:37 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:38 msgid "" "String that will try to match with the first line of the document's doctype " "(if defined). If it doesn't, a warning will indicate that the document might " "be of a bad type." msgstr "" "尝试与文档的 doctype 的第一行匹配的字符串(如果已定义)。如果不是，则会出现一条" "警告，指示该文档的类型可能不正确。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:39 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:40 msgid "" "String indicating the path (e.g. EbbbEEaaaE) of a tag where " "a lang=\"...\" attribute shall be added. The language will be defined as the " "basename of the PO file without any .po extension." msgstr "" "指示标记的路径 (例如，EbbbEEaaaE) 的字符串，其中 lang=\"..." "\" 需要增加属性。语言将定义为 PO 文件的基本名称，不带任何 .po 扩展名。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:41 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:42 msgid "" "Boolean indicating whether closing tags are optional (as in HTML). By " "default, missing closing tags raise an error handled according to " "B." msgstr "" "指示关闭标记是否可选的布尔值（如 HTML 中所示）。默认情况下，缺少的关闭标记会" "引发根据 B 处理的错误。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:43 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:44 msgid "" "Note: This option is deprecated. You should use the B and " "B options instead." msgstr "注意：此选项已弃用。您应该改用 B 和 B 选项。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:45 msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags you want to translate or skip. By default, the " "specified tags will be excluded, but if you use the \"tagsonly\" option, the " "specified tags will be the only ones included. The tags must be in the form " "EaaaE, but you can join some (EbbbEEaaaE) to say " "that the content of the tag EaaaE will only be translated when it's " "into a EbbbE tag." msgstr "" "要翻译或跳过的以空格分隔的标签列表。默认情况下，将排除指定的标记，但如果使用 " "\"tagsonly\" 选项，则只包含指定的标记。标记的格式必须是 EaaaE，但是您" "可以加入一些 (EbbbEEaaaE)，说明标记 EaaaE 的内容只有" "在转换为 EbbbE 标记时才会被转换。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:46 msgid "" "You can also specify some tag options by putting some characters in front of " "the tag hierarchy. For example, you can put I (wrap) or I (don't " "wrap) to override the default behavior specified by the global B " "option." msgstr "" "您还可以通过在标签层次结构前面放置一些字符来指定一些标签选项。例如，您可以放" "入 'W' (换行) 或 'W' (不换行) 来覆盖全局 B 选项指定的默认行为。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:92 msgid "Example: WEchapterEEtitleE" msgstr "例如：WEchapterEEtitleE" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:49 msgid "" "Space-separated list of tag's attributes you want to translate. You can " "specify the attributes by their name (for example, \"lang\"), but you can " "prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will only be " "translated when it's in the specified tag. For example: " "EbbbEEaaaElang specifies that the lang attribute will only " "be translated if it's in an EaaaE tag, and it's in a EbbbE " "tag." msgstr "" "要转换的标记属性的空格分隔列表。您可以按名称指定属性 (例如，\"lang\")，但可以" "在其前面加上标记层次结构，以指定此属性仅在其位于指定的标记中时才会被转换。例" "如：EbbbEEaaaElang 指定只有当 lang 属性在 EaaaE 标记" "中，并且它在 EbbbE 标记中时，lang 属性才会被转换。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:50 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:51 msgid "" "Do not translate attributes in inline tags. Instead, replace all attributes " "of a tag by po4a-id=." msgstr "不要转换行内标签中的属性。相反，将标记的所有属性替换为 po4a-id=。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:52 msgid "" "This is useful when attributes shall not be translated, as this simplifies " "the strings for translators, and avoids typos." msgstr "" "当属性不应该被翻译时，这很有用，因为这简化了翻译人员的字符串，并避免了打字错" "误。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:53 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:54 msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags which should not be treated as tags. These " "tags are treated as inline, and do not need to be closed." msgstr "" "不应视为标记的以空格分隔的标记列表。这些标记被视为内联标记，不需要关闭。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:55 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:56 msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags which should break the sequence. By default, " "all tags break the sequence." msgstr "空格分隔的应中断序列的标记列表。默认情况下，所有标签都会打破顺序。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:57 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:61 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:66 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:76 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:96 msgid "" "The tags must be in the form , but you can join some (), if a " "tag () should only be considered when it's within another tag ()." msgstr "" "标记的形式必须为，但如果标记 () 仅在另一个标记 () 内时才应考" "虑，则可以联接一些 ()。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:58 msgid "" "Please note a tag should be listed in only one of the B, B " "B, or B setting string." msgstr "" "请注意，标记只能在 B、B 、B 或 B 设置" "字符串之一中列出。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:60 msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags which should be treated as inline. By default, " "all tags break the sequence." msgstr "应视为内联的以空格分隔的标记列表。默认情况下，所有标签都会打破顺序。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:62 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:63 msgid "" "Space-separated list of tags which should be treated as placeholders. " "Placeholders do not break the sequence, but the content of placeholders is " "translated separately." msgstr "" "应视为占位符的以空格分隔的标记列表。占位符不会打乱顺序，但会单独转换占位符的" "内容。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:64 msgid "" "The location of the placeholder in its block will be marked with a string " "similar to:" msgstr "占位符在其块中的位置将使用类似于以下内容的字符串进行标记：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:65 #, no-wrap msgid "" " \n" "\n" msgstr "" " \n" "\n" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:67 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:68 msgid "" "By default, Processing Instructions (i.e., C? ... ?E> tags) are " "handled as inline tags. Pass this option if you want the PI to be handled " "as breaking tag. Note that unprocessed PHP tags are handled as Processing " "Instructions by the parser." msgstr "" "默认情况下，处理指令(即 C? ... ?E> 标记)作为内联标记处理。如果希望" "将 PI 作为中断标记处理，请通过此选项。请注意，解析器将未处理的 PHP 标记作为处" "理指令进行处理。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:69 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:70 msgid "" "Space separated list of tags that the module should not try to set by " "default in any category." msgstr "默认情况下，模块不应尝试在任何类别中设置的标记的空格分隔列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:71 msgid "" "If you have a tag which has its default setting by the subclass of this " "module but you want to set alternative setting, you need to list that tag as " "a part of the B setting string." msgstr "" "如果您的标记按此模块的子类具有其默认设置，但您想要设置替代设置，则需要将该标" "记作为 B 设置字符串的一部分列出。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:72 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:73 msgid "" "Support C preprocessor directives. When this option is set, po4a will " "consider preprocessor directives as paragraph separators. This is important " "if the XML file must be preprocessed because otherwise the directives may be " "inserted in the middle of lines if po4a consider it belong to the current " "paragraph, and they won't be recognized by the preprocessor. Note: the " "preprocessor directives must only appear between tags (they must not break a " "tag)." msgstr "" "支持 C 预处理器指令。设置此选项时，po4a 将把预处理器指令视为段落分隔符。如果" "必须对 XML 文件进行预处理，这一点很重要，因为否则，如果 po4a 认为它属于当前段" "落，则指令可能会插入到行的中间，并且预处理器无法识别它们。注意：预处理器指令" "只能出现在标记之间 (它们不能换开标记)。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:74 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:75 msgid "Space-separated list of tags you want to translate." msgstr "要翻译的标记的空格分隔列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:77 msgid "" "You can also specify some tag options by putting some characters in front of " "the tag hierarchy. This overrides the default behavior specified by the " "global B and B option." msgstr "" "您还可以通过在标签层次结构前面放置一些字符来指定一些标签选项。这将覆盖全局 " "B 和 B 选项指定的默认行为。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:78 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:79 msgid "Tags should be translated and content can be re-wrapped." msgstr "标签应该被翻译，内容可以重新封装。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:80 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:81 msgid "Tags should be translated and content should not be re-wrapped." msgstr "标签应该被翻译，内容不应该被重新包装。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:82 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:83 msgid "Tags should be translated inline." msgstr "标签应该内联翻译。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:84 msgid "I

" msgstr "I

" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:85 msgid "Tags should be translated as placeholders." msgstr "标记应转换为占位符。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:86 msgid "" "Internally, the XML parser only cares about these four options: I I " "I I

." msgstr "在内部，XML 解析器只关心以下四个选项： I I I I

。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:87 msgid "" "* Tags listed in B are set to I or I depending on the B " "option." msgstr "* 根据 B 选项，将 B 中列出的标记设置为 I 或 I 。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:88 msgid "* Tags listed in B are set to I." msgstr "* B 中列出的标记设置为 I。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:89 msgid "* Tags listed in B are set to I

." msgstr "* B 中列出的标记设置为 I

。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:90 msgid "* Tags listed in B are without any of these options set." msgstr "* B 中列出的标记未设置任何这些选项。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:91 msgid "" "You can verify actual internal parameter behavior by invoking B with " "B<--debug> option." msgstr "您可以通过使用 B<--debug> 选项调用 B 来验证实际的内部参数行为。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:93 msgid "" "Please note a tag should be listed in either B or " "B setting string." msgstr "请注意，标签应列在 B 或 B 设置字符串中。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:95 msgid "Space-separated list of tags you do not want to translate." msgstr "您不想翻译的以空格分隔的标签列表。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:97 msgid "" "Please note a translatable inline tag in an untranslated tag is treated as a " "translatable breaking tag, I setting is dropped and I or I is set " "depending on the B option." msgstr "" "请注意，未翻译标记中的可翻译行内标记将被视为可翻译中断标记，I 设置将被删" "除，I 或 I 将根据 B 选项进行设置。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:98 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:99 msgid "" "The default categories for tags that are not in any of the translated, " "untranslated, break, inline, or placeholder." msgstr "不在任何已翻译、未翻译、分隔符、内联或占位符中的标签的默认类别。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:100 msgid "" "This is a set of letters as defined in B and this setting is " "only valid for translatable tags." msgstr "这是 B 中定义的一组字母，此设置仅对可翻译标记有效。" #. type: =head1 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:101 msgid "WRITING DERIVATIVE MODULES" msgstr "编写衍生模块" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:102 msgid "DEFINE WHAT TAGS AND ATTRIBUTES TO TRANSLATE" msgstr "定义要转换的标签和属性" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:103 msgid "" "The simplest customization is to define which tags and attributes you want " "the parser to translate. This should be done in the initialize function. " "First you should call the main initialize, to get the command-line options, " "and then, append your custom definitions to the options hash. If you want " "to treat some new options from command line, you should define them before " "calling the main initialize:" msgstr "" "最简单的定制是定义希望解析器转换哪些标记和属性。这应该在 initialize 函数中完" "成。首先，您应该调用 main initialize 来获取命令行选项，然后将您的自定义定义附" "加到选项散列中。如果您想从命令行处理一些新选项，您应该在调用 main initialize " "之前定义它们：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:104 #, no-wrap msgid "" " $self->{options}{'new_option'}='';\n" " $self->SUPER::initialize(%options);\n" " $self->{options}{'_default_translated'}.='

';\n" " $self->{options}{'attributes'}.=' <p>lang id';\n" " $self->{options}{'_default_inline'}.=' <br>';\n" " $self->treat_options;\n" "\n" msgstr "" " $self->{options}{'new_option'}='';\n" " $self->SUPER::initialize(%options);\n" " $self->{options}{'_default_translated'}.=' <p> <head><title>';\n" " $self->{options}{'attributes'}.=' <p>lang id';\n" " $self->{options}{'_default_inline'}.=' <br>';\n" " $self->treat_options;\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:105 msgid "" "You should use the B<_default_inline>, B<_default_break>, " "B<_default_placeholder>, B<_default_translated>, B<_default_untranslated>, " "and B<_default_attributes> options in derivative modules. This allow users " "to override the default behavior defined in your module with command line " "options." msgstr "" "您应该在衍生模块中使用 B<_default_inline>, B<_default_break>, " "B<_default_placeholder>, B<_default_translated>, B<_default_untranslated>, " "和 B<_default_attributes> 选项。这允许用户使用命令行选项覆盖模块中定义的默认" "行为。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:107 msgid "" "If you don't like the default behavior of this xml module and its derivative " "modules, you can provide command line options to change their behavior." msgstr "" "如果您不喜欢这个 xml 模块及其派生模块的默认行为，则可以提供命令行选项来更改它" "们的行为。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:108 msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::Docbook>," msgstr "请参阅 L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::Docbook>," #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:109 msgid "OVERRIDING THE found_string FUNCTION" msgstr "覆盖 found_string 功能" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:110 msgid "" "Another simple step is to override the function \"found_string\", which " "receives the extracted strings from the parser, in order to translate them. " "There you can control which strings you want to translate, and perform " "transformations to them before or after the translation itself." msgstr "" "另一个简单的步骤是重写函数 \"found_string\"，该函数接收从解析器中提取的字符" "串，以便转换它们。您可以控制要翻译的字符串，并在转换本身之前或之后执行转换。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:111 msgid "" "It receives the extracted text, the reference on where it was, and a hash " "that contains extra information to control what strings to translate, how to " "translate them and to generate the comment." msgstr "" "它接收提取的文本、关于它所在位置的引用以及包含额外信息的散列，以控制要翻译哪" "些字符串、如何翻译它们以及生成注释。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:112 msgid "" "The content of these options depends on the kind of string it is (specified " "in an entry of this hash):" msgstr "这些选项的内容取决于字符串的类型 (在此散列的条目中指定)：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:113 msgid "type=\"tag\"" msgstr "type=\"tag\"" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:114 msgid "" "The found string is the content of a translatable tag. The entry " "\"tag_options\" contains the option characters in front of the tag hierarchy " "in the module \"tags\" option." msgstr "" "找到的字符串是可翻译标签的内容。条目 \"tag_options\" 包含模块 \"tags\" 选项中" "标记层次结构前面的选项字符。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:115 msgid "type=\"attribute\"" msgstr "type=\"attribute\"" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:116 msgid "" "Means that the found string is the value of a translatable attribute. The " "entry \"attribute\" has the name of the attribute." msgstr "" "表示找到的字符串是可翻译属性的值。条目 \"attribute\" 具有该属性的名称。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:117 msgid "" "It must return the text that will replace the original in the translated " "document. Here's a basic example of this function:" msgstr "" "它必须返回将替换翻译文档中原始文本的文本。下面是这个函数的一个基本示例：" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:118 #, no-wrap msgid "" " sub found_string {\n" " my ($self,$text,$ref,$options)=@_;\n" " $text = $self->translate($text,$ref,\"type \".$options->{'type'},\n" " 'wrap'=>$self->{options}{'wrap'});\n" " return $text;\n" " }\n" "\n" msgstr "" " sub found_string {\n" " my ($self,$text,$ref,$options)=@_;\n" " $text = $self->translate($text,$ref,\"type \".$options->{'type'},\n" " 'wrap'=>$self->{options}{'wrap'});\n" " return $text;\n" " }\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:119 msgid "" "There's another simple example in the new Dia module, which only filters " "some strings." msgstr "在新的 Dia 模块中还有另一个简单的示例，它只过滤一些字符串。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:120 msgid "MODIFYING TAG TYPES (TODO)" msgstr "修改标记类型 (TODO)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:121 msgid "" "This is a more complex one, but it enables a (almost) total customization. " "It's based on a list of hashes, each one defining a tag type's behavior. The " "list should be sorted so that the most general tags are after the most " "concrete ones (sorted first by the beginning and then by the end keys). To " "define a tag type you'll have to make a hash with the following keys:" msgstr "" "这是一个更复杂的方法，但它支持(几乎)完全自定义。它基于散列列表，每个散列定义" "一种标记类型的行为。应该对列表进行排序，以便最通用的标记位于最具体的标记之后" "(首先按开始排序，然后按结束键排序)。要定义标记类型，您必须使用以下键进行散" "列：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:122 msgid "B<beginning>" msgstr "B<beginning>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:123 msgid "Specifies the beginning of the tag, after the \"E<lt>\"." msgstr "在 \"E<lt>\" 之后指定标记的开始。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:124 msgid "B<end>" msgstr "B<end>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:125 msgid "Specifies the end of the tag, before the \"E<gt>\"." msgstr "在 \"E<gt>\" 之前指定标记的末尾。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:126 msgid "B<breaking>" msgstr "B<breaking>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:127 msgid "" "It says if this is a breaking tag class. A non-breaking (inline) tag is one " "that can be taken as part of the content of another tag. It can take the " "values false (0), true (1) or undefined. If you leave this undefined, " "you'll have to define the f_breaking function that will say whether a " "concrete tag of this class is a breaking tag or not." msgstr "" "它会显示这是否是中断标记类。非中断(内联)标签是可以作为另一个标签内容的一部分" "的标签。它可以采用值 false (0)、true (1) 或 undefined。如果未定义此标记，则必" "须定义 f_breaking 函数，该函数将说明该类的具体标记是否为中断标记。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:128 msgid "B<f_breaking>" msgstr "B<f_breaking>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:129 msgid "" "It's a function that will tell if the next tag is a breaking one or not. It " "should be defined if the B<breaking> option is not." msgstr "" "它是一个函数，它将判断下一个标记是否是中断标记。如果 B<breaking> 选项不是，则" "应该定义它。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:130 msgid "B<f_extract>" msgstr "B<f_extract>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:131 msgid "" "If you leave this key undefined, the generic extraction function will have " "to extract the tag itself. It's useful for tags that can have other tags or " "special structures in them, so that the main parser doesn't get mad. This " "function receives a boolean that says if the tag should be removed from the " "input stream or not." msgstr "" "如果您将此键未定义，泛型提取函数将必须提取标记本身。对于那些可以在它们中拥有" "其他标记或特殊结构的标签来说，它很有用，所以主解析器不会错乱。此函数接收一个" "布尔值，该布尔值表示如果标记应该从输入流中删除，或者不应该删除。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:132 msgid "B<f_translate>" msgstr "B<f_translate>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:133 msgid "" "This function receives the tag (in the get_string_until() format) and " "returns the translated tag (translated attributes or all needed " "transformations) as a single string." msgstr "" "此函数接收标记 (get_string_until() 格式)，并将转换后的标记 (转换后的属性或所" "有需要的转换) 作为单个字符串返回。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:135 msgid "WORKING WITH TAGS" msgstr "使用标记" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:136 msgid "get_path()" msgstr "get_path()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:137 msgid "" "This function returns the path to the current tag from the document's root, " "in the form E<lt>htmlE<gt>E<lt>bodyE<gt>E<lt>pE<gt>." msgstr "" "此函数返回从文档根到当前标记的路径，格式为 " "E<lt>htmlE<gt>E<lt>bodyE<gt>E<lt>pE<gt>." #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:138 msgid "" "An additional array of tags (without brackets) can be passed as argument. " "These path elements are added to the end of the current path." msgstr "" "可以作为参数传递额外的标记数组（不带括号）。这些路径元素将添加到当前路径的末" "尾。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:139 msgid "tag_type()" msgstr "tag_type()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:140 msgid "" "This function returns the index from the tag_types list that fits to the " "next tag in the input stream, or -1 if it's at the end of the input file." msgstr "" "此函数返回 tag_types 列表中适合输入流中下一个标记的索引，如果它位于输入文件的" "末尾，则返回 -1。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:141 msgid "" "Here, the tag has structure started by E<lt> and end by E<gt> and it can " "contain multiple lines." msgstr "这里，标记的结构以 E<lt> 开头，以 E<gt> 结尾，并且可以包含多行。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:142 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:145 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:152 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:161 msgid "" "This works on the array C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> holding input document " "data and reference indirectly via C<< $self->shiftline() >> and C<< $self-" ">unshiftline($$) >>." msgstr "" "这适用于通过 C<< $self->shiftline() >> 和 C<< $self->unshiftline($$) >> 间接" "保存输入文档数据和引用的数组 C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >>。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:143 msgid "extract_tag($$)" msgstr "extract_tag($$)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:144 msgid "" "This function returns the next tag from the input stream without the " "beginning and end, in an array form, to maintain the references from the " "input file. It has two parameters: the type of the tag (as returned by " "tag_type) and a boolean, that indicates if it should be removed from the " "input stream." msgstr "" "此函数返回输入流的下一个标记，而不以数组形式结束，以维护来自输入文件的引用。 " "它有两个参数：标记的类型（由 tag_type 返回）和布尔，指示是否应该从输入流中删" "除标记类型。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:146 msgid "get_tag_name(@)" msgstr "get_tag_name(@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:147 msgid "" "This function returns the name of the tag passed as an argument, in the " "array form returned by extract_tag." msgstr "此函数以 extract_tag 返回的数组形式返回作为参数传递的标记名。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:148 msgid "breaking_tag()" msgstr "breaking_tag()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:149 msgid "" "This function returns a boolean that says if the next tag in the input " "stream is a breaking tag or not (inline tag). It leaves the input stream " "intact." msgstr "" "此函数返回一个布尔值，该布尔值表示输入流中的下一个标记是否为中断标记（内联标" "记）。它保持输入流不变。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:150 msgid "treat_tag()" msgstr "treat_tag()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:151 msgid "" "This function translates the next tag from the input stream. Using each tag " "type's custom translation functions." msgstr "此函数用于转换输入流中的下一个标记。使用每种标签类型的自定义翻译功能。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:153 msgid "tag_in_list($@)" msgstr "tag_in_list($@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:154 msgid "" "This function returns a string value that says if the first argument (a tag " "hierarchy) matches any of the tags from the second argument (a list of tags " "or tag hierarchies). If it doesn't match, it returns 0. Else, it returns the " "matched tag's options (the characters in front of the tag) or 1 (if that tag " "doesn't have options)." msgstr "" "此函数返回一个字符串值，表示第一个参数 (标记层次结构) 是否与第二个参数 (标记" "列表或标记层次结构) 中的任何标记匹配。如果不匹配，则返回 0。否则，它返回匹配" "标记的选项(标记前面的字符)或 1 (如果该标记没有选项)。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:155 msgid "WORKING WITH ATTRIBUTES" msgstr "使用属性" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:156 msgid "treat_attributes(@)" msgstr "treat_attributes(@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:157 msgid "" "This function handles the translation of the tags' attributes. It receives " "the tag without the beginning / end marks, and then it finds the attributes, " "and it translates the translatable ones (specified by the module option " "B<attributes>). This returns a plain string with the translated tag." msgstr "" "此函数处理标记属性的转换。它接收没有开始/结束标记的标记，然后找到属性，并翻译" "可翻译的属性(由模块选项 B<attributes> 指定)。这将返回一个带有翻译后的标记的纯" "字符串。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:158 msgid "WORKING WITH TAGGED CONTENTS" msgstr "使用已标记的内容" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:159 msgid "treat_content()" msgstr "treat_content()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:160 msgid "" "This function gets the text until the next breaking tag (not inline) from " "the input stream. Translate it using each tag type's custom translation " "functions." msgstr "" "此函数从输入流获取文本，直到下一个换行标记(不是内联)。使用每种标记类型的自定" "义翻译功能对其进行翻译。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:162 msgid "WORKING WITH THE MODULE OPTIONS" msgstr "使用模块选项" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:163 msgid "treat_options()" msgstr "treat_options()" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:164 msgid "" "This function fills the internal structures that contain the tags, " "attributes and inline data with the options of the module (specified in the " "command-line or in the initialize function)." msgstr "" "此函数使用模块的选项 (在命令行或 initialize 函数中指定) 填充包含标记、属性和" "内联数据的内部结构。" #. type: =head2 #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:165 msgid "GETTING TEXT FROM THE INPUT DOCUMENT" msgstr "从输入文档获取文本" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:166 msgid "get_string_until($%)" msgstr "get_string_until($%)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:167 msgid "" "This function returns an array with the lines (and references) from the " "input document until it finds the first argument. The second argument is an " "options hash. Value 0 means disabled (the default) and 1, enabled." msgstr "" "此函数返回一个数组，该数组包含输入文档中的行（和引用），直到它找到第一个参" "数。第二个参数是选项哈希。值 0 表示已禁用（默认值）和启用 1。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:168 msgid "The valid options are:" msgstr "有效选项包括：" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:169 msgid "B<include>" msgstr "B<include>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:170 msgid "This makes the returned array to contain the searched text" msgstr "这使得返回的数组包含搜索的文本" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:171 msgid "B<remove>" msgstr "B<remove>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:172 msgid "This removes the returned stream from the input" msgstr "这将从输入中删除返回的流" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:173 msgid "B<unquoted>" msgstr "B<unquoted>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:174 msgid "This ensures that the searched text is outside any quotes" msgstr "这样可以确保搜索的文本位于任何引号之外" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:175 msgid "B<regex>" msgstr "B<regex>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:176 msgid "" "This denotes that the first argument is a regular expression rather than an " "plain string" msgstr "这表示第一个参数是正则表达式，而不是普通字符串" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:177 msgid "skip_spaces(\\@)" msgstr "skip_spaces(\\@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:178 msgid "" "This function receives as argument the reference to a paragraph (in the " "format returned by get_string_until), skips his heading spaces and returns " "them as a simple string." msgstr "" "此函数接收对段落的引用作为参数(格式由 get_string_until 返回)，跳过其标题空格" "并将其作为简单字符串返回。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:179 msgid "join_lines(@)" msgstr "join_lines(@)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:180 msgid "" "This function returns a simple string with the text from the argument array " "(discarding the references)." msgstr "此函数返回一个包含参数数组中文本的简单字符串（丢弃引用）。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:182 msgid "This module can translate tags and attributes." msgstr "此模块可以翻译标记和属性。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:184 msgid "DOCTYPE (ENTITIES)" msgstr "DOCTYPE (ENTITIES)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:185 msgid "" "There is a minimal support for the translation of entities. They are " "translated as a whole, and tags are not taken into account. Multilines " "entities are not supported and entities are always rewrapped during the " "translation." msgstr "" "对实体转换的支持最低。它们是作为整体翻译的，不考虑标签。不支持多行图元，并且" "在转换过程中始终重包裹图元。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:186 msgid "" "MODIFY TAG TYPES FROM INHERITED MODULES (move the tag_types structure inside " "the $self hash?)" msgstr "修改继承模块中的标记类型（在 tag_types 中移动 $self 结构？)" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:188 msgid "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" msgstr "" "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|" "po4a.7>" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:192 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " Copyright © 2008-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n" " 版权所有 © 2008-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" "\n" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:2 msgid "Locale::Po4a::Yaml - convert YAML files from/to PO files" msgstr "Locale::Po4a::Yaml - 将 YAML 文件从/转换为 PO 文件" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:4 msgid "" "Locale::Po4a::Yaml is a module to help the translation of Yaml files into " "other [human] languages." msgstr "" "Locale::Po4a::Yaml 是一个帮助将 Yaml 文件翻译成其他 [人类] 语言的模块。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:5 msgid "" "The module extracts the value of YAML hashes and arrays. Hash keys are not " "extracted." msgstr "该模块提取 YAML 散列和数组的值。不提取散列键。" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:6 msgid "NOTE: This module parses the YAML file with YAML::Tiny." msgstr "注意：此模块使用 YAML::Tiny 解析 YAML 文件。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:9 msgid "B<keys>" msgstr "B<keys>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:10 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Space-separated list of hash keys to process for extraction, all other " #| "keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-insensitive match. If " #| "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " #| "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always " #| "returned unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgid "" "Space-separated list of hash keys to process for extraction, all other keys " "are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-sensitive match. If B<paths> and " "B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are matched by at " "least one of the options. Arrays values are always returned unless the " "B<skip_array> option is provided." msgstr "" "要处理以进行提取的哈希键的空格分隔列表，将跳过所有其他键。密钥与不区分大小写" "的匹配项匹配。如果 B<paths> 和 B<keys> 一起使用，则包括至少一个选项匹配的值。" "除非提供了 B<skip_array> 选项，否则始终返回数组值。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:11 msgid "B<paths>" msgstr "B<paths>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:12 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction, all other " #| "paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a case-insensitive match. If " #| "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " #| "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always " #| "returned unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgid "" "Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction, all other " "paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a case-sensitive match. If " "B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are " "matched by at least one of the options. Arrays values are always returned " "unless the B<skip_array> option is provided." msgstr "" "要处理以进行提取的哈希路径的逗号分隔列表，则跳过所有其他路径。路径与不区分大" "小写的匹配匹配。如果 B<paths> 和 B<keys> 一起使用，则包括至少一个选项匹配的" "值。除非提供了 B<skip_array> 选项，否则始终返回数组值。" #. type: =item #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:13 msgid "B<skip_array>" msgstr "B<skip_array>" #. type: textblock #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:14 msgid "Do not translate array values." msgstr "不转换数组值。" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:18 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Brian Exelbierd <bex@pobox.com>\n" "\n" msgstr "" " Brian Exelbierd <bex@pobox.com>\n" "\n" #. type: verbatim #: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:20 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| " Copyright © 2008-2009, 2018 Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>.\n" #| " Copyright © 2020 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" #| "\n" msgid "" " Copyright © 2017 Brian Exelbierd.\n" " Copyright © 2022 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" " 版权所有 © 2008-2009, 2018 Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>.\n" " 版权所有 © 2020 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n" "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Add another input document data at the end of the existing array C<< " #~ "@{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >>. The argument is the filename to read. If a " #~ "second argument is provided, it is the filename to use in the references." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在现有数组 C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> 的末尾添加另一个输入文档数据。参" #~ "数是要读取的文件名。如果提供了第二个参数，则它是在引用中使用的文件名。" #~ msgid "This information is not written to the PO file." #~ msgstr "此信息不会写入 PO 文件。" #~ msgid "" #~ "new() can take options, in the form of key/value pairs, that control the " #~ "behavior of the parser. The recognized options common to all Pod::Parser " #~ "children are:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "new() 可以采用键/值对形式的选项来控制解析器的行为。所有 Pod::Parser 子级通" #~ "用的可识别选项为：" #~ msgid "B<alt>" #~ msgstr "B<alt>" #~ msgid "" #~ "If set to a true value, selects an alternate output format that, among " #~ "other things, uses a different heading style and marks B<=item> entries " #~ "with a colon in the left margin. Defaults to false." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果设置为 true 值，则选择使用不同标题样式的备用输出格式，并在左边距中用冒" #~ "号标记 B<=Item> 条目。默认值为 false。" #~ msgid "B<code>" #~ msgstr "B<code>" #~ msgid "" #~ "If set to a true value, the non-POD parts of the input file will be " #~ "included in the output. Useful for viewing code documented with POD " #~ "blocks with the POD rendered and the code left intact." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果设置为 true 值，则输入文件的非 POD 部分将包括在输出中。用于查看使用 " #~ "POD 块记录的代码，并呈现 POD 并保持代码不变。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The number of spaces to indent regular text, and the default indentation " #~ "for B<=over> blocks. Defaults to 4." #~ msgstr "用于缩进常规文本的空格数，以及 B<=over> 块的默认缩进。默认为 4。" #~ msgid "B<loose>" #~ msgstr "B<loose>" #~ msgid "" #~ "If set to a true value, a blank line is printed after a B<=head1> " #~ "heading. If set to false (the default), no blank line is printed after " #~ "B<=head1>, although one is still printed after B<=head2>. This is the " #~ "default because it's the expected formatting for manual pages; if you're " #~ "formatting arbitrary text documents, setting this to true may result in " #~ "more pleasing output." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果设置为 true 值，则在 B<=head1> 标题后打印一个空行。如果设置为 false " #~ "(默认值)，则在 B<=head1> 之后不打印空行，但在 B<=head2> 之后仍打印一个空" #~ "行。这是默认设置，因为这是手册页的预期格式；如果您正在格式化任意文本文档，" #~ "则将其设置为 true 可能会产生更令人满意的输出。" #~ msgid "B<quotes>" #~ msgstr "B<quotes>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Sets the quote marks used to surround CE<lt>> text. If the value is a " #~ "single character, it is used as both the left and right quote; if it is " #~ "two characters, the first character is used as the left quote and the " #~ "second as the right quote; and if it is four characters, the first two " #~ "are used as the left quote and the second two as the right quote." #~ msgstr "" #~ "设置用于将 CE<lt>> 文本括起来的引号。如果值是单字符，则同时用作左引号和右" #~ "引号；如果是两个字符，则第一个字符用作左引号，第二个字符用作右引号；如果是" #~ "四个字符，则前两个字符用作左引号，后两个字符用作右引号。" #~ msgid "" #~ "This may also be set to the special value B<none>, in which case no quote " #~ "marks are added around CE<lt>> text." #~ msgstr "" #~ "也可以将其设置为特殊值 B<none>，在这种情况下，CE<lt>> 文本两边不会添加引" #~ "号。" #~ msgid "B<sentence>" #~ msgstr "B<sentence>" #~ msgid "" #~ "If set to a true value, Locale::Po4a::Pod will assume that each sentence " #~ "ends in two spaces, and will try to preserve that spacing. If set to " #~ "false, all consecutive whitespace in non-verbatim paragraphs is " #~ "compressed into a single space. Defaults to true." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果设置为真值，Locale::Po4a::Pod 将假定每个句子以两个空格结束，并将尝试保" #~ "留该空格。如果设置为 false，则非逐字段落中的所有连续空格都将压缩为一个空" #~ "格。默认值为 true。" #~ msgid "B<width>" #~ msgstr "B<width>" #~ msgid "" #~ "The column at which to wrap text on the right-hand side. Defaults to 76." #~ msgstr "要在其右侧换行文本的列。默认为 76。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that this option has no impact on how the msgid and msgstr are " #~ "wrapped, ie on how newlines are added to the content of these strings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "请注意，此选项对 msgid 和 msgstr 的封装方式（即，将换行符添加到这些字符串" #~ "的内容中）没有影响。" #~ msgid "__END__" #~ msgstr "__END__" #~ msgid "" #~ "# LocalWords: Charset charset AsciiDoc tablecells po UTF gettext msgid " #~ "nostrip" #~ msgstr "" #~ "# LocalWords: Charset charset AsciiDoc tablecells po UTF gettext msgid " #~ "nostrip" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it " #~| "under the terms of GPL (see COPYING file)." #~ msgid "" #~ "This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it " #~ "under the terms of GPL v2.0 or later (see COPYING file)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "这个程序是自由软件；您可以根据 GPL 的条款重新分发和/或修改它（请参阅 " #~ "COPYING 文件）。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Historically, po4a was built around four scripts, each fulfilling a " #~ "specific task. L<po4a-gettextize(1)> helps bootstrapping translations and " #~ "optionally converting existing translation projects to po4a. L<po4a-" #~ "updatepo(1)> reflects the changes to the original documentation into the " #~ "corresponding po files. L<po4a-translate(1)> builds translated source " #~ "file from the original file and the corresponding PO file. In addition, " #~ "L<po4a-normalize(1)> is mostly useful to debug the po4a parsers, as it " #~ "produces an untranslated document from the original one. It makes it " #~ "easier to spot the glitches introduced by the parsing process." #~ msgstr "" #~ "从历史上看，po4a 是围绕四个脚本构建的，每个脚本都完成特定的任务。L<po4a-" #~ "gettexalize(1)> 帮助引导翻译，并可选择将现有翻译项目转换为 po4a。L<po4a-" #~ "updatepo(1)> 将对原始文档的更改反映到相应的 po 文件中。L<po4a-late(1)> 从" #~ "原始文件和相应的 PO 文件构建翻译后的源文件。此外，L<po4a-Normalize(1)> 对" #~ "于调试 po4a 解析器非常有用，因为它从原始文档生成一个未翻译的文档。它使发现" #~ "解析过程引入的故障变得更容易。" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Most projects only require the features of L<po4a-updatepo(1)> and " #~| "L<po4a-translate(1)>, but these scripts proved to be cumbersome and " #~| "error prone to use. If the documentation to translate is split over " #~| "several source files, it is difficult to keep the PO files up to date " #~| "and build the documentation files correctly. As an answer, a all-in-one " #~| "tool was provided: L<po4a(1)>. This tool takes a configuration file " #~| "describing the structure of the translation project: the location of the " #~| "PO files, the list of files to translate, and the options to use, and it " #~| "fully automatizes the process. When you invoke L<po4a(1)>, it both " #~| "updates the PO files and regenerate the translation files that need to. " #~| "If everything is already up to date, L<po4a(1)> does not change any file." #~ msgid "" #~ "Most projects only require the features of L<po4a-updatepo(1)> and L<po4a-" #~ "translate(1)>, but these scripts proved to be cumbersome and error prone " #~ "to use. If the documentation to translate is split over several source " #~ "files, it is difficult to keep the PO files up to date and build the " #~ "documentation files correctly. As an answer, a all-in-one tool was " #~ "provided: L<po4a(1)>. This tool takes a configuration file describing the " #~ "structure of the translation project: the location of the PO files, the " #~ "list of files to translate, and the options to use, and it fully " #~ "automates the process. When you invoke L<po4a(1)>, it both updates the PO " #~ "files and regenerate the translation files that need to. If everything is " #~ "already up to date, L<po4a(1)> does not change any file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "大多数项目只需要 L<po4a-updatepo(1)> 和 L<po4a-late(1)> 的特性，但事实证明" #~ "这些脚本使用起来很麻烦且容易出错。如果要翻译的文档分散在多个源文件中，则很" #~ "难使 PO 文件保持最新并正确构建文档文件。作为答案，我们提供了一个一体化工" #~ "具：L<po4a(1)>。该工具采用一个描述翻译项目结构的配置文件：PO 文件的位置、" #~ "要翻译的文件列表和要使用的选项，并且它完全自动化了该过程。当您调用 " #~ "L<po4a(1)> 时，它既更新 PO 文件，又重新生成需要的转换文件。如果所有内容都" #~ "已经是最新的，则 L<po4a(1)> 不会更改任何文件。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The rest of this section gives an overview of how use the scripts' " #~ "interface of po4a. Most users will probably prefer to use the all-in-one " #~ "tool, that is described in the documentation of L<po4a(1)>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "本节的其余部分将概述如何使用 po4a 的脚本界面。大多数用户可能更喜欢使用 " #~ "L<po4a(1)> 文档中描述的多合一工具。" #~ msgid "Graphical overview of the po4a scripts" #~ msgstr "Po4a 脚本的概述图" #~ msgid "" #~ "This schema is complicated, but in practice only the right part " #~ "(involving L<po4a-updatepo(1)> and L<po4a-translate(1)>) is used once the " #~ "project is setup and configured." #~ msgstr "" #~ "此模式很复杂，但实际上，一旦设置和配置了项目，就只使用正确的部分(涉及 " #~ "L<po4a-updatepo(1)> 和 L<po4a-late(1)> )。" #~ msgid "" #~ "As noted before, the L<po4a(1)> program combines the effects of the " #~ "separated scripts, updating the PO files and the translated document in " #~ "one invocation. The underlying logic remains the same." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如前所述，L<po4a(1)> 程序结合了分离脚本的效果，在一次调用中更新 PO 文件和" #~ "翻译后的文档。基本逻辑保持不变。" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you use L<po4a(1)>, there is no specific step to start a translation. " #~ "You just have to list the languages in the configuration file, and the " #~ "missing PO files are automatically created. Naturally, the translator " #~ "then have to provide translations for every content used in your " #~ "documents. L<po4a(1)> also creates a POT file, that is a PO template " #~ "file. Potential translators can translate your project into a new " #~ "language by renaming this file and providing the translations in their " #~ "language." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果使用 L<po4a(1)>，则没有特定的步骤来开始转换。您只需在配置文件中列出语" #~ "言，就会自动创建丢失的 PO 文件。自然，翻译人员必须为您的文档中使用的每个内" #~ "容提供翻译。L<po4a(1)>还创建 POT 文件，即 PO 模板文件。潜在的翻译人员可以" #~ "通过重命名此文件并提供其语言的翻译，将您的项目翻译成一种新的语言。" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "If you prefer to use the individual scripts separately, you should use " #~| "L<po4a-gettextize(1)> as follows to create the POT file. This file can " #~| "then be copied into F<XX.po> to initiate a new translation." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to use the individual scripts separately, you should use " #~ "L<po4a-gettextize(1)> as follows to bootstrap the POT file when " #~ "converting your project to po4a (prefer L<po4a-updatepo(1)> once " #~ "everything is setup, and reserve L<po4a-gettextize(1)> to this initial " #~ "conversion). The obtained POT file can then be copied into F<XX.po> to " #~ "initiate a new translation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果您喜欢单独使用各个脚本，则应该使用 L<po4a-gettexalize(1)> 创建 POT 文" #~ "件，如下所示。然后可以将该文件复制到 F<XX.po> 以启动新的翻译。" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " $ po4a-gettextize --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <translation.pot>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " $ po4a-gettextize --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <translation.pot>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The master document is used in input, while the POT file is the output of " #~ "this process." #~ msgstr "Master 文档用于输入，而 POT 文件是此过程的输出。" #~ msgid "Integrating changes to the original document" #~ msgstr "将更改集成到原始文档" #~ msgid "" #~ "The script to use for that is L<po4a-updatepo(1)> (please refer to its " #~ "documentation for details):" #~ msgstr "为此使用的脚本是 L<po4a-updatepo(1)> (有关详细信息，请参阅其文档)：" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " $ po4a-updatepo --format <format> --master <new_master.doc> --po <old_doc.XX.po>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " $ po4a-updatepo --format <format> --master <new_master.doc> --po <old_doc.XX.po>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The master document is used in input, while the PO file is updated: it is " #~ "used both in input and output." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在输入中使用 master 文档，同时更新 PO 文件：它在输入和输出中都使用。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Once you're done with the translation, you want to get the translated " #~ "documentation and distribute it to users along with the original one. " #~ "For that, use the L<po4a-translate(1)> program as follows:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "完成翻译后，您希望获得翻译后的文档，并将其与原始文档一起分发给用户。为此，" #~ "请使用 L<po4a-late(1)> 程序，如下所示：" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " $ po4a-translate --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <doc.XX.po> --localized <XX.doc>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " $ po4a-translate --format <format> --master <master.doc> --po <doc.XX.po> --localized <XX.doc>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Both the master and PO files are used in input, while the localized file " #~ "is the output of this process." #~ msgstr "Master 文件和 PO 文件都用于输入，而本地化文件是此过程的输出。" #~ msgid "to_utf8()" #~ msgstr "to_utf8()" #~ msgid "" #~ "Recodes to UTF-8 the PO's msgstrs. Does nothing if the charset is not " #~ "specified in the PO file (\"CHARSET\" value), or if it's already UTF-8 or " #~ "ASCII." #~ msgstr "" #~ "重新编码为UTF-8 PO的消息。如果 PO 文件中没有指定字符集 (\"CHARSET\" 值)，" #~ "或者它已经是 UTF-8 或 ASCII，则不执行任何操作。" #~ msgid "set_charset($)" #~ msgstr "set_charset($)" #~ msgid "" #~ "This sets the character set of the PO header to the value specified in " #~ "its first argument. If you never call this function (and no file with a " #~ "specified character set is read), the default value is left to \"UTF-8\". " #~ "This value doesn't change the behavior of this module, it's just used to " #~ "fill that field in the header, and to return it in get_charset()." #~ msgstr "" #~ "这会将 PO 标头的字符集设置为其第一个参数中指定的值。如果您从不调用此函数" #~ "(并且没有读取具有指定字符集的文件)，则默认值为 \"UTF-8\"。这个值不会改变这" #~ "个模块的行为，它只是用来填充头中的字段，并在 get_charset() 中返回它。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Charset used in the input document (if it isn't specified, it will try to " #~ "detect it from the input document)." #~ msgstr "输入文档中使用的字符集（如果未指定，它将尝试从输入文档中检测它）。" #~ msgid "detected_charset($)" #~ msgstr "detected_charset($)" #~ msgid "" #~ "This tells TransTractor that a new charset (the first argument) has been " #~ "detected from the input document. It can usually be read from the " #~ "document header. Only the first charset will remain, coming either from " #~ "the process() arguments or detected from the document." #~ msgstr "" #~ "这告诉翻译提取器已经从输入文档中检测到新的字符集(第一个参数)。通常可以从单" #~ "据表头读取。将只保留第一个字符集，它要么来自 process() 参数，要么来自文档" #~ "中检测到的字符集。" #~ msgid "recode_skipped_text($)" #~ msgstr "recode_skipped_text($)" #~ msgid "" #~ "This function returns the recoded text passed as argument, from the input " #~ "document's charset to the output document's one. This isn't needed when " #~ "translating a string (translate() recodes everything itself), but it is " #~ "when you skip a string from the input document and you want the output " #~ "document to be consistent with the global encoding." #~ msgstr "" #~ "此函数将重新编码的文本作为参数从输入文档的字符集返回到输出文档的字符集。翻" #~ "译字符串时不需要这样做 (translate() 会重新编码所有内容)，但是当您跳过输入" #~ "文档中的一个字符串并希望输出文档与全局编码一致时，就需要这样做。" #~ msgid "Copyright 2002-2020 by SPI, inc." #~ msgstr "版权所有 2002-2020，SPI，Inc." #~ msgid "" #~ "Comma-separated list of keys to process for translation in the YAML Front " #~ "Matter section. All other keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-" #~ "insensitive match. Array values are always translated, unless the " #~ "B<yfm_skip_array> option is provided." #~ msgstr "" #~ "要在 YAML Front Matter 部分中处理以进行翻译的关键字的逗号分隔列表。将跳过" #~ "所有其他关键点。密钥与不区分大小写的匹配匹配。除非提供了 " #~ "B<yfm_skip_array> 选项，否则始终转换数组值。" #~ msgid "Copyright © 2017 Brian Exelbierd." #~ msgstr "版权所有 © 2017 Brian Exelbierd." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "B<debug>" #~ msgid "B<dedup>" #~ msgstr "B<debug>" #~ msgid "gettextize($$)" #~ msgstr "gettextize($$)" #~ msgid "" #~ "This function produces one translated message catalog from two catalogs, " #~ "an original and a translation. This process is described in L<po4a(7)|" #~ "po4a.7>, section I<Gettextization: how does it work?>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "此函数从两个目录 (一个原始目录和一个翻译目录) 生成一个翻译后的消息目录。这" #~ "个过程在 L<po4a(7)|po4a.7> 这一章节 I<Gettextization: how does it work?> " #~ "中描述。" #~ msgid "" #~ "When you run the B<po4a> program for the first time, with only a " #~ "configuration file and the documents to translate (called master " #~ "documents), it produces a POT file (also called translation template) " #~ "that contains all of the translatable strings in the document in a form " #~ "that eases the work of translators." #~ msgstr "" #~ "当您第一次运行 B<po4a> 程序时，只有一个配置文件和要翻译的文档（称为主文" #~ "档），它会生成一个 POT 文件（也称为翻译模板），其中包含文档中的所有可翻译" #~ "字符串，格式可以简化翻译器的工作。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Those POT files can either be translated with a specific editor such as " #~ "the B<GNOME Translation Editor>, KDE's B<Lokalize> or B<poedit>, or they " #~ "can be integrated in an online localization platform such as B<weblate> " #~ "or B<pootle>. The translation result is a set of PO files, one per " #~ "language." #~ msgstr "" #~ "这些 POT 文件可以使用特定的编辑器（如 B<GNOME Translation editor>、KDE 的 " #~ "B<Lokalize> 或 B<poedit>）进行翻译，也可以集成到在线本地化平台（如 " #~ "B<weblate> 或 B<pootle>）中。翻译结果是一组 PO 文件，每种语言一个。" #~ msgid "" #~ "If the master documents changed in the meanwhile, po4a will update the PO " #~ "and POT files accordingly, so that the translators can easily detect the " #~ "modifications and update their work. Depending on your settings, po4a " #~ "will discard the partially translated documents, or produce a document " #~ "mixing English (for the new or modified paragraphs) and the target " #~ "language (for paragraphs where translation is already in the PO file)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果主文档同时发生了变化，po4a 将相应地更新 PO 和 POT 文件，以便翻译人员能" #~ "够轻松地检测到修改并更新他们的工作。根据您的设置，po4a 将丢弃部分翻译的文" #~ "档，或者生成一个混合了英语（对于新的或修改过的段落）和目标语言（对于翻译已" #~ "经在 PO 文件中的段落）的文档。" #~ msgid "Graphical overview" #~ msgstr "概述图" #~ msgid "" #~ "The master documents are authored by the documentation writers. Any " #~ "changes are automatically reflected by po4a in the PO files, that are " #~ "then updated by the translators. All changes to the PO files (either " #~ "manual or by po4a) are automatically reflected in translated documents. " #~ "You can mimic this behavior using the L<po4a-updatepo(1)> and L<po4a-" #~ "translate(1)> scripts in makefiles, but this quickly becomes bothersome " #~ "and repetitive (see L<po4a(7)>). It is highly recommended to use the " #~ "B<po4a> program in your build process." #~ msgstr "" #~ "主文档由文档作者编写。任何更改都会由 po4a 自动反映在 PO 文件中，然后由翻译" #~ "人员进行更新。对采购订单文件的所有更改（手动或通过 po4a）都会自动反映在翻" #~ "译的文档中。您可以使用 makefile 中的 L<po4a updatepo(1)> 和 L<po4a " #~ "translate(1)> 脚本模拟此行为，但这很快就会变得麻烦和重复（请参见 " #~ "L<po4a(7)>）。强烈建议在构建过程中使用 B<po4a>程序。" #~ msgid "CONFIGURATION EXAMPLE" #~ msgstr "配置示例" #~ msgid "TODO: Is this section really useful?" #~ msgstr "待办事项：这部分真的有用吗？" #~ msgid "" #~ "Let's assume you maintain a program named B<foo> which has a man page " #~ "F<man/foo.1> which naturally is maintained in English only. Now you as " #~ "the upstream or downstream maintainer want to create and maintain the " #~ "translation. First you need to create the POT file necessary to send to " #~ "translators using L<po4a-gettextize(1)>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "假设您维护一个名为 B<foo> 的程序，该程序有一个手册页 F<man/foo.1>，该手册" #~ "页自然只以英语维护。现在，作为上游或下游维护者，您需要创建和维护转换。首" #~ "先，需要创建 POT 文件，以便使用 L<po4a-gettextize(1)> 发送给转换器。" #~ msgid "So for our case we would call" #~ msgstr "因此，对于我们的情况，我们会将其称为" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " cd man && po4a-gettextize -f man -m foo.1 -p foo.pot\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " cd man && po4a-gettextize -f man -m foo.1 -p foo.pot\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You would then send this file to the appropriate language lists or offer " #~ "it for download somewhere on your website." #~ msgstr "" #~ "然后，您可以将此文件发送到适当的语言列表，或在您的网站上的某个位置提供下" #~ "载。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Now let's assume you received three translations before your next " #~ "release: F<de.po> (including an addendum F<de.add>), F<sv.po> and F<pt." #~ "po>. Since you don't want to change your F<Makefile>(s) whenever a new " #~ "translation arrives you can use B<po4a> with an appropriate configuration " #~ "file in your F<Makefile>. Let's call it F<po4a.cfg>. In our example it " #~ "would look like the following:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "现在假设您在下一个版本发布之前收到了三个翻译：F<de.po>（包括附录 F<de." #~ "po>)， F<sv.po> 和 F<pt.po>. 由于您不想在新的翻译到达时更改 F<Makefile>，" #~ "因此可以在 F<Makefile> 中使用 B<po4a> 和适当的配置文件。我们称之为 F<po4a." #~ "cfg>。在我们的示例中，如下所示：" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " [po_directory] man/po4a/po/\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " [po_directory] man/po4a/po/\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In this example we assume that your generated man pages (and all PO and " #~ "addenda files) should be stored in F<man/translated/$lang/> (respectively " #~ "in F<man/po4a/po/> and F<man/po4a/add_$lang/>) below the current " #~ "directory. In our example the F<man/po4a/po/> directory would include " #~ "F<de.po>, F<pt.po> and F<sv.po>, and the F<man/po4a/add_de/> directory " #~ "would include F<de.add>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在这个例子中，我们假设您生成的手册页（以及所有的 PO 和 addenda 文件）应该" #~ "存储在当前目录下的 F<man/translated/$lang/>（分别存储在 F<man/po4a/PO/> " #~ "和 F<man/po4a/add\\$lang/>）中。在我们的示例中，F<man/po4a/po/> 目录将包" #~ "括 F<de.po>，F<de.po> 和F<de.po>，并且 F<man/po4a/add_de/> 目录将包括 " #~ "F<de.add>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note the use of the modifier B<?> as only the German translation (F<de." #~ "po>) is accompanied by an addendum." #~ msgstr "注意修饰语 B<?> 的用法，因为只有德语翻译(F<de.po>)附有附录。" #~ msgid "" #~ "To actually build the translated man pages you would then (once!) add the " #~ "following line in the B<build> target of the appropriate F<Makefile>:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "要实际构建翻译后的手册页，您需要(只需一次！)。在相应 F<Makefile> 的 " #~ "B<build> 目标中添加以下行：" #~ msgid "" #~ "Once this is set up you don't need to touch the F<Makefile> when a new " #~ "translation arrives, i.e. if the French team sends you F<fr.po> and F<fr." #~ "add> then you simply drop them respectively in F<man/po4a/po/> and F<man/" #~ "po4a/add_fr/> and the next time the program is built the French " #~ "translation is automatically build as well in F<man/translated/fr/>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "设置好后，当新的翻译版本到达时，您不需要创建 F<Makefile>，也就是说，如果法" #~ "国团队向您发送 F<fr.po> 和 F<fr.add>，那么您只需将它们分别放在 F<man/po4a/" #~ "po/> 和 F<man/po4a/add_fr/> 中，下一次构建程序时，法语翻译也会自动在 F 中" #~ "构建。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that you still need an appropriate target to install localized " #~ "manual pages with English ones." #~ msgstr "请注意，您仍然需要一个合适的目标来安装带有英文的本地化手册页。" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ "Finally if you do not store generated files into your version control system,\n" #~ "you will need a line in your B<clean> target as well:\n" #~ " -rm -rf man/translated\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "最后，如果您没有将生成的文件存储到版本控制系统中，\n" #~ "您的 B<clean> 目标中也需要一行：\n" #~ " -rm -rf man/translated\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-" #~ "updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-" #~ "updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>." #~ msgid "As far as I know, there are only two of them:" #~ msgstr "据我所知，只有两个：" #~ msgid "" #~ "The B<po4a-gettextize> script is in charge of converting documentation " #~ "files into PO files. You only need it to setup your translation project " #~ "with po4a, never afterward." #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<po4a-gettex> 脚本负责将文档文件转换为 PO 文件。您只需要使用它来设置您的 " #~ "po4a 翻译项目，之后就不需要了。" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you start from scratch, B<po4a-gettextize> will extract the " #~ "translatable strings from the documentation and write a POT file. If you " #~ "provide a previously existing translated file with the B<-l> flag, B<po4a-" #~ "gettextize> will try to use the translations that it contains in the " #~ "produced PO file. This process remains tedious and manual, as explained " #~ "in Section 'Converting a manual translation to po4a' below." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果从头开始，B<po4a-gettextize> 从文档中提取可翻译字符串并编写 POT 文件。" #~ "如果使用 B<-l> 标志提供以前存在的翻译文件，B<po4a-gettextize> 将尝试使用它" #~ "所包含的 PO 文件中的翻译。此过程仍然繁琐和手动，如下面的\"将手动翻译转换" #~ "为 po4a\"一节所述。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Even when the document is successfully processed, undetected disparities " #~ "and silent errors are still possible. That is why any translation " #~ "associated automatically by po4a-gettextize is marked as I<fuzzy> to " #~ "require an manual inspection by humans. One has to check that each " #~ "retrieved msgstr is actually the translation of the associated msgid, and " #~ "not the string before or after." #~ msgstr "" #~ "即使成功处理文档，未检测到的差异和静默错误仍然是可能的。这就是为什么 po4a " #~ "-gettextize 自动关联的任何翻译被标记为<fuzzy>需要人工检查。必须检查每个检" #~ "索到的 msgstr 实际上是关联的 msgid 的转换，而不是之前或之后的字符串。" #~ msgid "" #~ "As you can see, the key here is to have the exact same structure in the " #~ "translated document and in the original one. The best is to do the " #~ "gettextization on the exact version of F<master.doc> that was used for " #~ "the translation, and only update the PO file against the latest master " #~ "file once the gettextization was successful." #~ msgstr "" #~ "如您了解，此处的关键是翻译的文档和原始文档中具有完全相同的结构。最好的方法" #~ "就是对用于翻译的 F<master.doc> 的确切版本进行文本化，并且仅在 gettextd 成" #~ "功后针对最新的主文件更新 PO 文件。" #~ msgid "" #~ "Even when things go wrong, gettextization often remains faster than " #~ "translating everything again. I was able to gettextize the existing " #~ "French translation of the whole Perl documentation in one day, even " #~ "though the structure of many documents were desynchronized. That was more " #~ "than two megabytes of original text (2 millions of characters): " #~ "restarting the translation from scratch would have required several " #~ "months of work." #~ msgstr "" #~ "即使事情出错，文本化通常仍然比再次翻译所有内容更快。尽管许多文档的结构已不" #~ "同步，但我能够在一天内对整个 Perl 文档的现有法语翻译进行文本化。这是超过两" #~ "兆字节的原始文本（200 万个字符）：从头开始翻译需要几个月的工作。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The gettextization stops as soon as a desynchronization is detected. In " #~ "theory, it should probably be possible resynchronize the gettextization " #~ "later in the documents using e.g. the same algorithm than the L<diff(1)> " #~ "utility. But a manual intervention would still be mandatory to manually " #~ "match the elements that couldn't be automatically matched, explaining why " #~ "automatic resynchronization is not implemented (yet?)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "检测到非同步一点后，gettextization 将停止。从理论上讲，在文档中的后期，使" #~ "用与 L<diff(1)> 实用程序相同的算法，可以重新同步获取文本化。但是，手动干预" #~ "仍是必需的，以手动匹配无法自动匹配的元素，这解释了为什么未实现自动重新同步" #~ "（尚未实现？）。" #~ msgid "" #~ "As a final note, do not be too surprised if the first synchronization of " #~ "your PO file takes a long time. This is because most of the msgid of the " #~ "PO file resulting from the gettextization don't match exactly any element " #~ "of the POT file built from the recent master files. This forces gettext " #~ "to search for the closest one using a costly string proximity algorithm." #~ msgstr "" #~ "最后一点，如果 PO 文件的第一次同步需要很长时间，不要太惊讶。这是因为由 " #~ "gettextization 生成的 PO 文件的 msgid 与从最近主文件生成的 POT 文件的任何" #~ "元素不完全匹配。这强制使用昂贵的字符串接近算法搜索最近的一个。" #~ msgid "" #~ "For example, the first B<po4a-updatepo> of the Perl documentation's " #~ "French translation (5.5 MB PO file) took about 48 hours (yes, two days) " #~ "while the subsequent ones only take a dozen of seconds." #~ msgstr "" #~ "例如，Perl 文档的法语翻译（5.5 MB PO 文件）的第一个 B<po4a-updatepo> 花了" #~ "大约 48 小时（是的，两天），而后续的 B<po4a-updatepo> 文件只需十几秒。" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #~| msgid "" #~| " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #~| msgid "" #~| " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ " Copyright (c) 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANCOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " 版权所有 © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In some unfortunate settings, you will get the feeling that po4a ate some " #~ "parts of the text, either the original or the translation. " #~ "F<gettextization.failed.po> indicates that both files matched as expected " #~ "up to the paragraph N. But then, an (unsuccessful) attempt is made to " #~ "match the N+1 paragraph in the original file not with the N+1 paragraph " #~ "in the translation as it should, but with the N+2 paragraph. Just as if " #~ "the N+1 paragraph that you see in the document simply disappeared from " #~ "the file during the process." #~ msgstr "" #~ "在一些不幸的环境中，你会觉得 po4a 吃了文本的某些部分，无论是原文还是翻译。" #~ "F<gettextization.failed.po> 表示两个文件都匹配到段落 N。但是，如果尝试（不" #~ "成功），原始文件中的 N+1 段落不会与翻译中的 N+1 段落匹配，而是与 N+2 段落" #~ "匹配。就像在文档中看到的 N+1 段落在过程中从文件中消失一样。" #~ msgid "" #~ "This unfortunate situation happens when the same paragraph is repeated " #~ "over the document. In that case, no new entry is created in the PO file, " #~ "but a new reference is added to the existing one instead." #~ msgstr "" #~ "当同一段落在文档中重复时，就会发生这种不幸的情况。在这种情况下，在 PO 文件" #~ "中不会创建任何新条目，而是向现有引用添加新引用。" #~ msgid "" #~ "So, the previous situation occurs when two similar but different " #~ "paragraphs are translated in the exact same way. This will apparently " #~ "remove a paragraph of the translation. To fix the problem, it is " #~ "sufficient to slightly alter one of the translations in the document. You " #~ "can also prefer to kill the second paragraph in the original document." #~ msgstr "" #~ "因此，当两个相似但不同的段落以完全相同的方式翻译时，将发生前一种情况。这显" #~ "然将删除翻译的一段。要解决此问题，请稍微更改文档中的一个翻译就足够了。您还" #~ "可以选择终止原始文档中的第二段。" #~ msgid "" #~ "To the opposite, if the same paragraph appearing twice in the original " #~ "document is not translated in the exact same way at both locations, you " #~ "will get the feeling that one paragraph of the original document just " #~ "vanished. Just copy the best translation over the other one in the " #~ "translated document to fix the problem." #~ msgstr "" #~ "相反，如果在原始文档中出现两次的同一段落在两个位置没有以完全相同的方式翻" #~ "译，您就会感觉到原始文档中的一段刚刚消失。只需将最佳翻译复制到翻译文档中的" #~ "另一个翻译，即解决问题。" #~ msgid "equals_msgid(po)" #~ msgstr "equals_msgid(po)" #~ msgid "" #~ "Returns ($uptodate, $diagnostic) with $uptodate indicating whether all " #~ "msgid of the current po file are also present in the one passed as " #~ "parameter (all other fields are ignored in the file comparison). " #~ "Informally, if $uptodate returns false, then the po files would be " #~ "changed when going through B<po4a-updatepo>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "返回 ($uptodate, $diagnostic)，其中 $uptodate 指示当前 po 文件的所有 " #~ "msgid 是否也出现在作为参数传递的参数中(所有其他字段在文件比较中被忽略)。非" #~ "正式地，如果$uptodate 返回 false，那么在通过 B<po4a-updatepo> 时 po 文件将" #~ "被更改。" #~ msgid "" #~ "If $uptodate is false, then $diagnostic contains a diagnostic of why this " #~ "is so." #~ msgstr "如果 $uptodate 为 false，则 $diagnostic 包含对原因的诊断。" #~ msgid "is_po_uptodate()" #~ msgstr "is_po_uptodate()" #~ msgid "" #~ "Returns ($uptodate, $diagnostic) where $uptodate is whether the input po " #~ "and the output po match (if not, it means that the input po should be " #~ "updated) and $diagnostic is a string explaining why the po file is not " #~ "uptodate, when this happens." #~ msgstr "" #~ "返回 ($uptodate, $diagnostic) ，其中 $uptodate 是输入 po 和输出 po 是否匹" #~ "配 (如果不匹配，则表示应该更新输入 po)，而 $diagnostic 是一个字符串，解释" #~ "当发生这种情况时 po 文件为什么不是最新的。" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " * Tags listed in B<break> are set to I<w> or I<W> depending on the <wrap> option.\n" #~ " * Tags listed in B<inline> are set to I<i>.\n" #~ " * Tags listed in B<placeholder> are set to I<p>.\n" #~ " * Tags listed in B<untranslated> are without any of these options set.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " * B<break> 中列出的标记根据 <wrap> 选项设置为 I<w> 或 I<W>。\n" #~ " * B<inline> 中列出的标记设置为 I<i>。\n" #~ " * B<placeholder> 中列出的标记设置为 I<p>。\n" #~ " * B<untranslated> 中列出的标记没有设置这些选项中的任何一个。\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "INTERNAL FUNCTIONS used to write derivated parsers" #~ msgstr "用于编写导出解析器的内部函数" #~ msgid "" #~ "If there are name conflicts because several files have the same filename, " #~ "the name of the master file can be specified by adding a C<master:" #~ "file=>I<name> option:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "如果由于多个文件具有相同的文件名而导致名称冲突，则可以通过添加 C<master:" #~ "file=>I<name> 选项：" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer, you can give the same information explicitly as follows:" #~ msgstr "如果愿意，您可以显式地提供相同的信息，如下所示：" #~ msgid "" #~ "<command>po4aman-display-po</command> can be used by a translator who " #~ "wants to check how the man page being translated in a PO will be " #~ "displayed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<command>po4aman-display-po</command>可供翻译人员使用, 以检查在 PO 中翻译" #~ "的男子页面将如何显示。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The manual page must be in one of the formats supported by the po4a's " #~ "<emphasis remap='I'>man</emphasis> module. The manual page can be " #~ "provided on the command line, or installed on the system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "手册页必须采用po4a的<emphasis remap='I'> man </emphasis>模块支持的格式之" #~ "一。手册页可以在命令行上提供，也可以安装在系统上。" #~ msgid "PO4APOD-DISPLAY-PO" #~ msgstr "PO4APOD-DISPLAY-PO" #~ msgid "po4apod-display-po" #~ msgstr "po4apod-display-po"